<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/950/index.xml"/>
    <title>Stream Popular Full Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Biology &amp; Chemistry</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/950/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/950/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals &amp;amp; Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/950/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Sat, 07 Dec 2024 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Sat, 07 Dec 2024 08:01:21 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/950/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/950/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Stream Popular Full Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Biology &amp; Chemistry</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/950/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/950/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Sierra Roob</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/950/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/950/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals &amp;amp; Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Education"/>
    <item>
      <title>The Descent of Man and Selection in Relation to Sex, Part 3 by Charles Darwin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258860</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258860">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258860</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Descent of Man and Selection in Relation to Sex, Part 3
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 6 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2016
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
III. SEXUAL SELECTION IN RELATION TO MAN, AND CONCLUSION. Part 3 of 3 of a book on evolutionary theory by English naturalist Charles Darwin, first published in 1871. It was Darwin&amp;#039;s second great book on evolutionary theory, following his 1859 work, On The Origin of Species. In The Descent of Man, Darwin applies evolutionary theory to human evolution, and details his theory of sexual selection. The book discusses many related issues, including evolutionary psychology, evolutionary ethics, differences between human races, differences between sexes, the superiority of men to women, and the relevance of the evolutionary theory to society.(Summary by Wikipedia)</description>
      <author>Charles Darwin</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Jan 2016 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/SABLIB9782104.mp3" length="903609" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258860</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/SABLIB9782104.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258860">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258860</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Descent of Man and Selection in Relation to Sex, Part 3
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 6 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2016
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
III. SEXUAL SELECTION IN RELATION TO MAN, AND CONCLUSION. Part 3 of 3 of a book on evolutionary theory by English naturalist Charles Darwin, first published in 1871. It was Darwin&amp;#039;s second great book on evolutionary theory, following his 1859 work, On The Origin of Species. In The Descent of Man, Darwin applies evolutionary theory to human evolution, and details his theory of sexual selection. The book discusses many related issues, including evolutionary psychology, evolutionary ethics, differences between human races, differences between sexes, the superiority of men to women, and the relevance of the evolutionary theory to society.(Summary by Wikipedia)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258860">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258860</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Descent of Man and Selection in Relation to Sex, Part 3
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 6 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2016
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
III. SEXUAL SELECTION IN RELATION TO MAN, AND CONCLUSION. Part 3 of 3 of a book on evolutionary theory by English naturalist Charles Darwin, first published in 1871. It was Darwin&amp;#039;s second great book on evolutionary theory, following his 1859 work, On The Origin of Species. In The Descent of Man, Darwin applies evolutionary theory to human evolution, and details his theory of sexual selection. The book discusses many related issues, including evolutionary psychology, evolutionary ethics, differences between human races, differences between sexes, the superiority of men to women, and the relevance of the evolutionary theory to society.(Summary by Wikipedia)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Radioactive Substances by Marie Curie</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258430</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258430">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258430</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Radioactive Substances
Author: Marie Curie
Narrator: Availle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 56 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Marie Curie, born in Warsaw in 1867, was a Polish-French physicist and chemist famous for her work on radioactivity. She was a pioneer in the field of radioactivity and the first person honored with two Nobel Prizes - in physics (1903) and chemistry (1911). The risks of working with strongly radioactive materials were not known at that time, and she eventually died in 1934 from an illness likely caused by radiation poisoning.  Radioactive Substances is the thesis of Marie Curie, presented to the Faculté de Sciences de Paris in 1903, and subsequently published in &amp;quot;Chemical News&amp;quot; vol 88, 1903. Marie Curie gives a detailed description of her research on radioactive substances carried out at the Sorbonne. She details how she obtained the two new elements radium and polonium from pitchblende, explains her numerous experiments and presents measurements of all kinds. (Summary by Availle)</description>
      <author>Marie Curie</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Jan 2016 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/SABLIB9782569.mp3" length="908639" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258430</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/SABLIB9782569.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258430">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258430</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Radioactive Substances
Author: Marie Curie
Narrator: Availle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 56 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Marie Curie, born in Warsaw in 1867, was a Polish-French physicist and chemist famous for her work on radioactivity. She was a pioneer in the field of radioactivity and the first person honored with two Nobel Prizes - in physics (1903) and chemistry (1911). The risks of working with strongly radioactive materials were not known at that time, and she eventually died in 1934 from an illness likely caused by radiation poisoning.  Radioactive Substances is the thesis of Marie Curie, presented to the Faculté de Sciences de Paris in 1903, and subsequently published in &amp;quot;Chemical News&amp;quot; vol 88, 1903. Marie Curie gives a detailed description of her research on radioactive substances carried out at the Sorbonne. She details how she obtained the two new elements radium and polonium from pitchblende, explains her numerous experiments and presents measurements of all kinds. (Summary by Availle)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258430">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258430</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Radioactive Substances
Author: Marie Curie
Narrator: Availle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 56 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Marie Curie, born in Warsaw in 1867, was a Polish-French physicist and chemist famous for her work on radioactivity. She was a pioneer in the field of radioactivity and the first person honored with two Nobel Prizes - in physics (1903) and chemistry (1911). The risks of working with strongly radioactive materials were not known at that time, and she eventually died in 1934 from an illness likely caused by radiation poisoning.  Radioactive Substances is the thesis of Marie Curie, presented to the Faculté de Sciences de Paris in 1903, and subsequently published in &amp;quot;Chemical News&amp;quot; vol 88, 1903. Marie Curie gives a detailed description of her research on radioactive substances carried out at the Sorbonne. She details how she obtained the two new elements radium and polonium from pitchblende, explains her numerous experiments and presents measurements of all kinds. (Summary by Availle)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Descent of Man and Selection in Relation to Sex, Part 2 by Charles Darwin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257331</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257331">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257331</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Descent of Man and Selection in Relation to Sex, Part 2
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2016
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Part 2 of 3 of a book on evolutionary theory by English naturalist Charles Darwin, first published in 1871. It was Darwin&amp;#039;s second great book on evolutionary theory, following his 1859 work, On The Origin of Species. In The Descent of Man, Darwin applies evolutionary theory to human evolution, and details his theory of sexual selection. The book discusses many related issues, including evolutionary psychology, evolutionary ethics, differences between human races, differences between sexes, the superiority of men to women, and the relevance of the evolutionary theory to society. (Summary by Wikipedia)</description>
      <author>Charles Darwin</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Jan 2016 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/SABLIB9782705.mp3" length="897500" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257331</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/SABLIB9782705.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257331">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257331</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Descent of Man and Selection in Relation to Sex, Part 2
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2016
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Part 2 of 3 of a book on evolutionary theory by English naturalist Charles Darwin, first published in 1871. It was Darwin&amp;#039;s second great book on evolutionary theory, following his 1859 work, On The Origin of Species. In The Descent of Man, Darwin applies evolutionary theory to human evolution, and details his theory of sexual selection. The book discusses many related issues, including evolutionary psychology, evolutionary ethics, differences between human races, differences between sexes, the superiority of men to women, and the relevance of the evolutionary theory to society. (Summary by Wikipedia)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257331">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257331</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Descent of Man and Selection in Relation to Sex, Part 2
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2016
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Part 2 of 3 of a book on evolutionary theory by English naturalist Charles Darwin, first published in 1871. It was Darwin&amp;#039;s second great book on evolutionary theory, following his 1859 work, On The Origin of Species. In The Descent of Man, Darwin applies evolutionary theory to human evolution, and details his theory of sexual selection. The book discusses many related issues, including evolutionary psychology, evolutionary ethics, differences between human races, differences between sexes, the superiority of men to women, and the relevance of the evolutionary theory to society. (Summary by Wikipedia)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creative Chemistry by Edwin E. Slosson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257132</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257132">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257132</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Creative Chemistry
Author: Edwin E. Slosson
Narrator: LivelyHive
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Slosson reviews the transformation of alchemistry from an obscure and imprecise practice to the science of chemistry. Along the way, he explains how the modern industrial world now relies on fertilizers, explosives, textile materials, polymers and metals. By exploring the properties of a once undervalued element, the high strength of vanadium steel made the Ford car possible. Another element, cerium, appears in butane lighters and was once seen as a threat to the match industry in France. In his chapter on oils, Slosson reviews the development of hydrogenated oils, especially during WWII, in the search for a way to reuse otherwise discarded components of corn and cottonseed. Through the revolutionary reaction of hydrogenation, waste materials became a stable product that wouldn&amp;#039;t spoil when packaged or carried without refrigeration. Once thought of as a miracle, shoppers were once willing to pay more for fully hydrogenated oils than their natural, unsaturated forms. Only in recent years has evidence of health risks checked their popularity and given them the image of cheap, unhealthy fillers. (Summary by LivelyHive)</description>
      <author>Edwin E. Slosson</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Jan 2016 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/SABLIB9782841.mp3" length="804169" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257132</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/SABLIB9782841.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257132">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257132</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Creative Chemistry
Author: Edwin E. Slosson
Narrator: LivelyHive
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Slosson reviews the transformation of alchemistry from an obscure and imprecise practice to the science of chemistry. Along the way, he explains how the modern industrial world now relies on fertilizers, explosives, textile materials, polymers and metals. By exploring the properties of a once undervalued element, the high strength of vanadium steel made the Ford car possible. Another element, cerium, appears in butane lighters and was once seen as a threat to the match industry in France. In his chapter on oils, Slosson reviews the development of hydrogenated oils, especially during WWII, in the search for a way to reuse otherwise discarded components of corn and cottonseed. Through the revolutionary reaction of hydrogenation, waste materials became a stable product that wouldn&amp;#039;t spoil when packaged or carried without refrigeration. Once thought of as a miracle, shoppers were once willing to pay more for fully hydrogenated oils than their natural, unsaturated forms. Only in recent years has evidence of health risks checked their popularity and given them the image of cheap, unhealthy fillers. (Summary by LivelyHive)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257132">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257132</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Creative Chemistry
Author: Edwin E. Slosson
Narrator: LivelyHive
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Slosson reviews the transformation of alchemistry from an obscure and imprecise practice to the science of chemistry. Along the way, he explains how the modern industrial world now relies on fertilizers, explosives, textile materials, polymers and metals. By exploring the properties of a once undervalued element, the high strength of vanadium steel made the Ford car possible. Another element, cerium, appears in butane lighters and was once seen as a threat to the match industry in France. In his chapter on oils, Slosson reviews the development of hydrogenated oils, especially during WWII, in the search for a way to reuse otherwise discarded components of corn and cottonseed. Through the revolutionary reaction of hydrogenation, waste materials became a stable product that wouldn&amp;#039;t spoil when packaged or carried without refrigeration. Once thought of as a miracle, shoppers were once willing to pay more for fully hydrogenated oils than their natural, unsaturated forms. Only in recent years has evidence of health risks checked their popularity and given them the image of cheap, unhealthy fillers. (Summary by LivelyHive)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Sleep Revolution: Transforming Your Life, One Night at a Time by Arianna Huffington</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256601</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256601">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256601</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sleep Revolution: Transforming Your Life, One Night at a Time
Author: Arianna Huffington
Narrator: Agapi Stassinopoulos
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Co-founder and editor in chief of The Huffington Post Arianna Huffington shows how our cultural dismissal of sleep as time wasted compromises our  health and our decision-making and undermines our work lives, our  personal lives--and even our sex lives in this New York Times bestseller.  We  are in the midst of a sleep deprivation crisis, with profound  consequences to our health, our job performance, our relationships and  our happiness. What we need is nothing short of a sleep revolution: only by renewing our relationship with sleep can we take back control of our lives. In The Sleep Revolution, Arianna explores all the latest science  on what exactly is going on while we sleep and dream. She takes on the sleeping pill industry, and all the ways our addiction to  technology disrupts our sleep. She also offers a range of  recommendations and tips from leading scientists on how we can get  better and more restorative sleep, and harness its incredible power.  The result is a sweeping, scientifically rigorous, and deeply personal exploration of sleep from all angles, from the history of sleep, to the role of dreams in our lives, to the consequences of sleep deprivation, and the new golden age of sleep science that reveals the vital role sleep plays in our every waking moment and every aspect of our health--from weight gain, diabetes, and heart disease to cancer and Alzheimer’s.    In today&amp;#039;s fast-paced, always-connected, perpetually-harried and sleep-deprived world, our need for a good night’s sleep is more important--and elusive--than ever. The Sleep Revolution both sounds the alarm on our worldwide sleep crisis and provides a detailed road map to the great sleep awakening that can help transform our lives, our communities, and our world. Includes a PDF of Appendices from the Book</description>
      <author>Arianna Huffington</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2016 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780147522832.mp3" length="2683843" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256601</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780147522832.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256601">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256601</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sleep Revolution: Transforming Your Life, One Night at a Time
Author: Arianna Huffington
Narrator: Agapi Stassinopoulos
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Co-founder and editor in chief of The Huffington Post Arianna Huffington shows how our cultural dismissal of sleep as time wasted compromises our  health and our decision-making and undermines our work lives, our  personal lives--and even our sex lives in this New York Times bestseller.  We  are in the midst of a sleep deprivation crisis, with profound  consequences to our health, our job performance, our relationships and  our happiness. What we need is nothing short of a sleep revolution: only by renewing our relationship with sleep can we take back control of our lives. In The Sleep Revolution, Arianna explores all the latest science  on what exactly is going on while we sleep and dream. She takes on the sleeping pill industry, and all the ways our addiction to  technology disrupts our sleep. She also offers a range of  recommendations and tips from leading scientists on how we can get  better and more restorative sleep, and harness its incredible power.  The result is a sweeping, scientifically rigorous, and deeply personal exploration of sleep from all angles, from the history of sleep, to the role of dreams in our lives, to the consequences of sleep deprivation, and the new golden age of sleep science that reveals the vital role sleep plays in our every waking moment and every aspect of our health--from weight gain, diabetes, and heart disease to cancer and Alzheimer’s.    In today&amp;#039;s fast-paced, always-connected, perpetually-harried and sleep-deprived world, our need for a good night’s sleep is more important--and elusive--than ever. The Sleep Revolution both sounds the alarm on our worldwide sleep crisis and provides a detailed road map to the great sleep awakening that can help transform our lives, our communities, and our world. Includes a PDF of Appendices from the Book</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256601">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256601</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sleep Revolution: Transforming Your Life, One Night at a Time
Author: Arianna Huffington
Narrator: Agapi Stassinopoulos
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Co-founder and editor in chief of The Huffington Post Arianna Huffington shows how our cultural dismissal of sleep as time wasted compromises our  health and our decision-making and undermines our work lives, our  personal lives--and even our sex lives in this New York Times bestseller.  We  are in the midst of a sleep deprivation crisis, with profound  consequences to our health, our job performance, our relationships and  our happiness. What we need is nothing short of a sleep revolution: only by renewing our relationship with sleep can we take back control of our lives. In The Sleep Revolution, Arianna explores all the latest science  on what exactly is going on while we sleep and dream. She takes on the sleeping pill industry, and all the ways our addiction to  technology disrupts our sleep. She also offers a range of  recommendations and tips from leading scientists on how we can get  better and more restorative sleep, and harness its incredible power.  The result is a sweeping, scientifically rigorous, and deeply personal exploration of sleep from all angles, from the history of sleep, to the role of dreams in our lives, to the consequences of sleep deprivation, and the new golden age of sleep science that reveals the vital role sleep plays in our every waking moment and every aspect of our health--from weight gain, diabetes, and heart disease to cancer and Alzheimer’s.    In today&amp;#039;s fast-paced, always-connected, perpetually-harried and sleep-deprived world, our need for a good night’s sleep is more important--and elusive--than ever. The Sleep Revolution both sounds the alarm on our worldwide sleep crisis and provides a detailed road map to the great sleep awakening that can help transform our lives, our communities, and our world. Includes a PDF of Appendices from the Book</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Switched On: A Memoir of Brain Change and Emotional Awakening by John Elder Robison</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256286</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256286">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256286</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Switched On: A Memoir of Brain Change and Emotional Awakening
Author: John Elder Robison
Narrator: John Elder Robison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An extraordinary memoir about the cutting-edge brain therapy that dramatically changed the life and mind of John Elder Robison, the New York Times bestselling author of Look Me in the Eye NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY THE WASHINGTON POST  Imagine spending the first forty years of your life in darkness, blind to the emotions and social signals of other people. Then imagine that someone suddenly switches the lights on. It has long been assumed that people living with autism are born with the diminished ability to read the emotions of others, even as they feel emotion deeply. But what if we’ve been wrong all this time? What if that “missing” emotional insight was there all along, locked away and inaccessible in the mind?  In 2007 John Elder Robison wrote the international bestseller Look Me in the Eye, a memoir about growing up with Asperger’s syndrome. Amid the blaze of publicity that followed, he received a unique invitation: Would John like to take part in a study led by one of the world’s foremost neuroscientists, who would use an experimental new brain therapy known as TMS, or transcranial magnetic stimulation, in an effort to understand and then address the issues at the heart of autism? Switched On is the extraordinary story of what happened next.  Having spent forty years as a social outcast, misreading others’ emotions or missing them completely, John is suddenly able to sense a powerful range of feelings in other people. However, this newfound insight brings unforeseen problems and serious questions. As the emotional ground shifts beneath his feet, John struggles with the very real possibility that choosing to diminish his disability might also mean sacrificing his unique gifts and even some of his closest relationships. Switched On is a real-life Flowers for Algernon, a fascinating and intimate window into what it means to be neurologically different, and what happens when the world as you know it is upended overnight.  Praise for Switched On “An eye-opening book with a radical message . . . The transformations [Robison] undergoes throughout the book are astonishing—as foreign and overwhelming as if he woke up one morning with the visual range of a bee or the auditory prowess of a bat.”—The New York Times  “Astonishing, brave . . . reads like a medical thriller and keeps you wondering what will happen next . . . [Robison] takes readers for a ride through the thorny thickets of neuroscience and leaves us wanting more.”—The Washington Post  “Fascinating for its insights into Asperger’s and research, this engrossing record will make readers reexamine their preconceptions about this syndrome and the future of brain manipulation.”—Booklist “Like books by Andrew Solomon and Oliver Sacks, Switched On offers an opportunity to consider mental processes through a combination of powerful narrative and informative medical context.”—BookPage  “A mind-blowing book that will force you to ask deep questions about what is important in life. Would normalizing the brains of those who think differently reduce their motivation for great achievement?”—Temple Grandin, author of The Autistic Brain  “At the heart of Switched On are fundamental questions of who we are, of where our identity resides, of difference and disability and free will, which are brought into sharp focus by Robison’s lived experience.”—Graeme Simsion, author of The Rosie Effect</description>
      <author>John Elder Robison</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2016 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781101888865.mp3" length="2557427" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256286</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781101888865.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256286">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256286</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Switched On: A Memoir of Brain Change and Emotional Awakening
Author: John Elder Robison
Narrator: John Elder Robison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An extraordinary memoir about the cutting-edge brain therapy that dramatically changed the life and mind of John Elder Robison, the New York Times bestselling author of Look Me in the Eye NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY THE WASHINGTON POST  Imagine spending the first forty years of your life in darkness, blind to the emotions and social signals of other people. Then imagine that someone suddenly switches the lights on. It has long been assumed that people living with autism are born with the diminished ability to read the emotions of others, even as they feel emotion deeply. But what if we’ve been wrong all this time? What if that “missing” emotional insight was there all along, locked away and inaccessible in the mind?  In 2007 John Elder Robison wrote the international bestseller Look Me in the Eye, a memoir about growing up with Asperger’s syndrome. Amid the blaze of publicity that followed, he received a unique invitation: Would John like to take part in a study led by one of the world’s foremost neuroscientists, who would use an experimental new brain therapy known as TMS, or transcranial magnetic stimulation, in an effort to understand and then address the issues at the heart of autism? Switched On is the extraordinary story of what happened next.  Having spent forty years as a social outcast, misreading others’ emotions or missing them completely, John is suddenly able to sense a powerful range of feelings in other people. However, this newfound insight brings unforeseen problems and serious questions. As the emotional ground shifts beneath his feet, John struggles with the very real possibility that choosing to diminish his disability might also mean sacrificing his unique gifts and even some of his closest relationships. Switched On is a real-life Flowers for Algernon, a fascinating and intimate window into what it means to be neurologically different, and what happens when the world as you know it is upended overnight.  Praise for Switched On “An eye-opening book with a radical message . . . The transformations [Robison] undergoes throughout the book are astonishing—as foreign and overwhelming as if he woke up one morning with the visual range of a bee or the auditory prowess of a bat.”—The New York Times  “Astonishing, brave . . . reads like a medical thriller and keeps you wondering what will happen next . . . [Robison] takes readers for a ride through the thorny thickets of neuroscience and leaves us wanting more.”—The Washington Post  “Fascinating for its insights into Asperger’s and research, this engrossing record will make readers reexamine their preconceptions about this syndrome and the future of brain manipulation.”—Booklist “Like books by Andrew Solomon and Oliver Sacks, Switched On offers an opportunity to consider mental processes through a combination of powerful narrative and informative medical context.”—BookPage  “A mind-blowing book that will force you to ask deep questions about what is important in life. Would normalizing the brains of those who think differently reduce their motivation for great achievement?”—Temple Grandin, author of The Autistic Brain  “At the heart of Switched On are fundamental questions of who we are, of where our identity resides, of difference and disability and free will, which are brought into sharp focus by Robison’s lived experience.”—Graeme Simsion, author of The Rosie Effect</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256286">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256286</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Switched On: A Memoir of Brain Change and Emotional Awakening
Author: John Elder Robison
Narrator: John Elder Robison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An extraordinary memoir about the cutting-edge brain therapy that dramatically changed the life and mind of John Elder Robison, the New York Times bestselling author of Look Me in the Eye NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY THE WASHINGTON POST  Imagine spending the first forty years of your life in darkness, blind to the emotions and social signals of other people. Then imagine that someone suddenly switches the lights on. It has long been assumed that people living with autism are born with the diminished ability to read the emotions of others, even as they feel emotion deeply. But what if we’ve been wrong all this time? What if that “missing” emotional insight was there all along, locked away and inaccessible in the mind?  In 2007 John Elder Robison wrote the international bestseller Look Me in the Eye, a memoir about growing up with Asperger’s syndrome. Amid the blaze of publicity that followed, he received a unique invitation: Would John like to take part in a study led by one of the world’s foremost neuroscientists, who would use an experimental new brain therapy known as TMS, or transcranial magnetic stimulation, in an effort to understand and then address the issues at the heart of autism? Switched On is the extraordinary story of what happened next.  Having spent forty years as a social outcast, misreading others’ emotions or missing them completely, John is suddenly able to sense a powerful range of feelings in other people. However, this newfound insight brings unforeseen problems and serious questions. As the emotional ground shifts beneath his feet, John struggles with the very real possibility that choosing to diminish his disability might also mean sacrificing his unique gifts and even some of his closest relationships. Switched On is a real-life Flowers for Algernon, a fascinating and intimate window into what it means to be neurologically different, and what happens when the world as you know it is upended overnight.  Praise for Switched On “An eye-opening book with a radical message . . . The transformations [Robison] undergoes throughout the book are astonishing—as foreign and overwhelming as if he woke up one morning with the visual range of a bee or the auditory prowess of a bat.”—The New York Times  “Astonishing, brave . . . reads like a medical thriller and keeps you wondering what will happen next . . . [Robison] takes readers for a ride through the thorny thickets of neuroscience and leaves us wanting more.”—The Washington Post  “Fascinating for its insights into Asperger’s and research, this engrossing record will make readers reexamine their preconceptions about this syndrome and the future of brain manipulation.”—Booklist “Like books by Andrew Solomon and Oliver Sacks, Switched On offers an opportunity to consider mental processes through a combination of powerful narrative and informative medical context.”—BookPage  “A mind-blowing book that will force you to ask deep questions about what is important in life. Would normalizing the brains of those who think differently reduce their motivation for great achievement?”—Temple Grandin, author of The Autistic Brain  “At the heart of Switched On are fundamental questions of who we are, of where our identity resides, of difference and disability and free will, which are brought into sharp focus by Robison’s lived experience.”—Graeme Simsion, author of The Rosie Effect</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cosmosapiens: Human Evolution from the Origin of the Universe by John Hands</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255755</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255755">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255755</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cosmosapiens: Human Evolution from the Origin of the Universe
Author: John Hands
Narrator: Gildart Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 31 hours 15 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The book that transforms our understanding of what we are and where we came from. Specialist scientific fields are developing at incredibly swift speeds, but what can they really tell us about how the universe began and how we humans evolved to play such a dominant role on Earth? John Hands’ extraordinarily ambitious quest is to bring together this scientific knowledge and evaluate without bias or preconception all the theories and evidence about the origin and evolution of matter, life, consciousness, and humankind. This astonishing book provides the most comprehensive account yet of current ideas such as cosmic inflation, dark energy, the selfish gene, and neurogenetic determinism. In the clearest possible prose it differentiates the firmly established from the speculative and examines the claims of various fields such as string theory to approach a unified theory of everything. In doing so it challenges the orthodox consensus in those branches of cosmology, biology, and neuroscience that have ossified into dogma. Its striking analysis reveals underlying patterns of cooperation, complexification, and convergence that lead to the unique emergence in humans of a self-reflective consciousness that enables us to determine our future evolution. This groundbreaking book is destined to become a classic of scientific thinking.</description>
      <author>John Hands</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2016 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781504699310.mp3" length="850175" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255755</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781504699310.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>31:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255755">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255755</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cosmosapiens: Human Evolution from the Origin of the Universe
Author: John Hands
Narrator: Gildart Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 31 hours 15 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The book that transforms our understanding of what we are and where we came from. Specialist scientific fields are developing at incredibly swift speeds, but what can they really tell us about how the universe began and how we humans evolved to play such a dominant role on Earth? John Hands’ extraordinarily ambitious quest is to bring together this scientific knowledge and evaluate without bias or preconception all the theories and evidence about the origin and evolution of matter, life, consciousness, and humankind. This astonishing book provides the most comprehensive account yet of current ideas such as cosmic inflation, dark energy, the selfish gene, and neurogenetic determinism. In the clearest possible prose it differentiates the firmly established from the speculative and examines the claims of various fields such as string theory to approach a unified theory of everything. In doing so it challenges the orthodox consensus in those branches of cosmology, biology, and neuroscience that have ossified into dogma. Its striking analysis reveals underlying patterns of cooperation, complexification, and convergence that lead to the unique emergence in humans of a self-reflective consciousness that enables us to determine our future evolution. This groundbreaking book is destined to become a classic of scientific thinking.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255755">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255755</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cosmosapiens: Human Evolution from the Origin of the Universe
Author: John Hands
Narrator: Gildart Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 31 hours 15 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The book that transforms our understanding of what we are and where we came from. Specialist scientific fields are developing at incredibly swift speeds, but what can they really tell us about how the universe began and how we humans evolved to play such a dominant role on Earth? John Hands’ extraordinarily ambitious quest is to bring together this scientific knowledge and evaluate without bias or preconception all the theories and evidence about the origin and evolution of matter, life, consciousness, and humankind. This astonishing book provides the most comprehensive account yet of current ideas such as cosmic inflation, dark energy, the selfish gene, and neurogenetic determinism. In the clearest possible prose it differentiates the firmly established from the speculative and examines the claims of various fields such as string theory to approach a unified theory of everything. In doing so it challenges the orthodox consensus in those branches of cosmology, biology, and neuroscience that have ossified into dogma. Its striking analysis reveals underlying patterns of cooperation, complexification, and convergence that lead to the unique emergence in humans of a self-reflective consciousness that enables us to determine our future evolution. This groundbreaking book is destined to become a classic of scientific thinking.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Linked: The New Science of Networks by Albert-Laszlo Barabasi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252416</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252416">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252416</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Linked: The New Science of Networks
Author: Albert-Laszlo Barabasi
Narrator: Henry Levya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2002
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A cocktail party? A terrorist cell? Ancient bacteria? An international conglomerate? All are networks, and all are a part of a surprising scientific revolution. Albert-László Barabási, the nation’s foremost expert in the new science of networks and author of Bursts, takes us on an intellectual adventure to prove that social networks, corporations, and living organisms are more similar than previously thought. Grasping a full understanding of network science will someday allow us to design blue-chip businesses, stop the outbreak of deadly diseases, and influence the exchange of ideas and information. Just as James Gleick and the Erdos–Rényi model brought the discovery of chaos theory to the general public, Linked tells the story of the true science of the future and of experiments in statistical mechanics on the internet, all vital parts of what would eventually be called the Barabási–Albert model.</description>
      <author>Albert-Laszlo Barabasi</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2002 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780739304846.mp3" length="2886880" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252416</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780739304846.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252416">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252416</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Linked: The New Science of Networks
Author: Albert-Laszlo Barabasi
Narrator: Henry Levya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2002
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A cocktail party? A terrorist cell? Ancient bacteria? An international conglomerate? All are networks, and all are a part of a surprising scientific revolution. Albert-László Barabási, the nation’s foremost expert in the new science of networks and author of Bursts, takes us on an intellectual adventure to prove that social networks, corporations, and living organisms are more similar than previously thought. Grasping a full understanding of network science will someday allow us to design blue-chip businesses, stop the outbreak of deadly diseases, and influence the exchange of ideas and information. Just as James Gleick and the Erdos–Rényi model brought the discovery of chaos theory to the general public, Linked tells the story of the true science of the future and of experiments in statistical mechanics on the internet, all vital parts of what would eventually be called the Barabási–Albert model.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252416">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252416</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Linked: The New Science of Networks
Author: Albert-Laszlo Barabasi
Narrator: Henry Levya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2002
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A cocktail party? A terrorist cell? Ancient bacteria? An international conglomerate? All are networks, and all are a part of a surprising scientific revolution. Albert-László Barabási, the nation’s foremost expert in the new science of networks and author of Bursts, takes us on an intellectual adventure to prove that social networks, corporations, and living organisms are more similar than previously thought. Grasping a full understanding of network science will someday allow us to design blue-chip businesses, stop the outbreak of deadly diseases, and influence the exchange of ideas and information. Just as James Gleick and the Erdos–Rényi model brought the discovery of chaos theory to the general public, Linked tells the story of the true science of the future and of experiments in statistical mechanics on the internet, all vital parts of what would eventually be called the Barabási–Albert model.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pandemic: Tracking Contagions, from Cholera to Ebola and Beyond by Sonia Shah</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252401</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252401">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252401</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pandemic: Tracking Contagions, from Cholera to Ebola and Beyond
Author: Sonia Shah
Narrator: Sonia Shah
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of The Fever, a wide-ranging inquiry into the origins of pandemics Interweaving history, original reportage, and personal narrative, Pandemic explores the origin of epidemics, drawing parallels between the story of cholera--one of history&amp;#039;s most disruptive and deadly pathogens--and the new pathogens that stalk humankind today, from Ebola and avian influenza to drug-resistant superbugs. More than three hundred infectious diseases have emerged or reemerged in new territory during the past fifty years, and 90 percent of epidemiologists expect that one of them will cause a disruptive, deadly pandemic sometime in the next two generations. To reveal how that might happen, Sonia Shah tracks each stage of cholera&amp;#039;s dramatic journey from harmless microbe to world-changing pandemic, from its 1817 emergence in the South Asian hinterlands to its rapid dispersal across the nineteenth-century world and its latest beachhead in Haiti. She reports on the pathogens following in cholera&amp;#039;s footsteps, from the MRSA bacterium that besieges her own family to the never-before-seen killers emerging from China&amp;#039;s wet markets, the surgical wards of New Delhi, the slums of Port-au-Prince, and the suburban backyards of the East Coast. By delving into the convoluted science, strange politics, and checkered history of one of the world&amp;#039;s deadliest diseases, Pandemic reveals what the next epidemic might look like--and what we can do to prevent it.</description>
      <author>Sonia Shah</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2016 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780451482167.mp3" length="2649360" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252401</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780451482167.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252401">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252401</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pandemic: Tracking Contagions, from Cholera to Ebola and Beyond
Author: Sonia Shah
Narrator: Sonia Shah
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of The Fever, a wide-ranging inquiry into the origins of pandemics Interweaving history, original reportage, and personal narrative, Pandemic explores the origin of epidemics, drawing parallels between the story of cholera--one of history&amp;#039;s most disruptive and deadly pathogens--and the new pathogens that stalk humankind today, from Ebola and avian influenza to drug-resistant superbugs. More than three hundred infectious diseases have emerged or reemerged in new territory during the past fifty years, and 90 percent of epidemiologists expect that one of them will cause a disruptive, deadly pandemic sometime in the next two generations. To reveal how that might happen, Sonia Shah tracks each stage of cholera&amp;#039;s dramatic journey from harmless microbe to world-changing pandemic, from its 1817 emergence in the South Asian hinterlands to its rapid dispersal across the nineteenth-century world and its latest beachhead in Haiti. She reports on the pathogens following in cholera&amp;#039;s footsteps, from the MRSA bacterium that besieges her own family to the never-before-seen killers emerging from China&amp;#039;s wet markets, the surgical wards of New Delhi, the slums of Port-au-Prince, and the suburban backyards of the East Coast. By delving into the convoluted science, strange politics, and checkered history of one of the world&amp;#039;s deadliest diseases, Pandemic reveals what the next epidemic might look like--and what we can do to prevent it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252401">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252401</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pandemic: Tracking Contagions, from Cholera to Ebola and Beyond
Author: Sonia Shah
Narrator: Sonia Shah
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of The Fever, a wide-ranging inquiry into the origins of pandemics Interweaving history, original reportage, and personal narrative, Pandemic explores the origin of epidemics, drawing parallels between the story of cholera--one of history&amp;#039;s most disruptive and deadly pathogens--and the new pathogens that stalk humankind today, from Ebola and avian influenza to drug-resistant superbugs. More than three hundred infectious diseases have emerged or reemerged in new territory during the past fifty years, and 90 percent of epidemiologists expect that one of them will cause a disruptive, deadly pandemic sometime in the next two generations. To reveal how that might happen, Sonia Shah tracks each stage of cholera&amp;#039;s dramatic journey from harmless microbe to world-changing pandemic, from its 1817 emergence in the South Asian hinterlands to its rapid dispersal across the nineteenth-century world and its latest beachhead in Haiti. She reports on the pathogens following in cholera&amp;#039;s footsteps, from the MRSA bacterium that besieges her own family to the never-before-seen killers emerging from China&amp;#039;s wet markets, the surgical wards of New Delhi, the slums of Port-au-Prince, and the suburban backyards of the East Coast. By delving into the convoluted science, strange politics, and checkered history of one of the world&amp;#039;s deadliest diseases, Pandemic reveals what the next epidemic might look like--and what we can do to prevent it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Consumer’s Guide to a Brave New World by Wesley J. Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251403</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251403">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251403</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Consumer’s Guide to a Brave New World
Author: Wesley J. Smith
Narrator: Brian Emerson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 26 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2006
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
What is embryonic stem cell research? Why is it so controversial? What is its relationship to human cloning? Events are moving so fast—and biotechnology seems so complicated—that many of us don’t have an informed opinion about issues that are remaking the human future before our very eyes. Now Wesley J. Smith provides us with a guide to the new world that is no longer a figment of our imagination but right around the corner. This highly readable and carefully researched book reports on the gargantuan “big biotech” industry and its supporters in science and in the universities. Smith reveals how this lobby works and how the ideology of “scientism,” mixed with the lure of riches, threatens to dismantle ethical norms and compromise the uniqueness and importance of all human life.</description>
      <author>Wesley J. Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Jan 2006 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481564595.mp3" length="878920" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251403</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481564595.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251403">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251403</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Consumer’s Guide to a Brave New World
Author: Wesley J. Smith
Narrator: Brian Emerson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 26 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2006
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
What is embryonic stem cell research? Why is it so controversial? What is its relationship to human cloning? Events are moving so fast—and biotechnology seems so complicated—that many of us don’t have an informed opinion about issues that are remaking the human future before our very eyes. Now Wesley J. Smith provides us with a guide to the new world that is no longer a figment of our imagination but right around the corner. This highly readable and carefully researched book reports on the gargantuan “big biotech” industry and its supporters in science and in the universities. Smith reveals how this lobby works and how the ideology of “scientism,” mixed with the lure of riches, threatens to dismantle ethical norms and compromise the uniqueness and importance of all human life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251403">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251403</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Consumer’s Guide to a Brave New World
Author: Wesley J. Smith
Narrator: Brian Emerson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 26 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2006
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
What is embryonic stem cell research? Why is it so controversial? What is its relationship to human cloning? Events are moving so fast—and biotechnology seems so complicated—that many of us don’t have an informed opinion about issues that are remaking the human future before our very eyes. Now Wesley J. Smith provides us with a guide to the new world that is no longer a figment of our imagination but right around the corner. This highly readable and carefully researched book reports on the gargantuan “big biotech” industry and its supporters in science and in the universities. Smith reveals how this lobby works and how the ideology of “scientism,” mixed with the lure of riches, threatens to dismantle ethical norms and compromise the uniqueness and importance of all human life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Exuberance: The Passion For Life by Kay Redfield Jamison</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346801</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346801">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346801</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Exuberance: The Passion For Life
Author: Kay Redfield Jamison
Narrator: Bernadette Dunne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 15 minutes
Release date: June  7, 2004
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
We have learned much about depression, but what about its opposite?  Why hasn&amp;#039;t the human emotion that lifts us, inspires us, drives us on, and makes life worth living been discussed-and celebrated?  In this outstanding book, bestselling author Dr. Kay Redfield Jamison explores exuberance in all its unrestrained, joyful energy, and shows how its unique vitality is essential to our existence. Jamison points to the contagiousness of laughter, excitement, and positive feelings, and how it plays a role in choosing a mate, in the giddiness of new love, music, and religious ecstasy.  She also discusses our dangerous desire to simulate exuberance by using drugs or alcohol. Most of all, Jamison points to some of our most famous artists and scientists to show how they all share an exuberance for life that inspires their discoveries, drives, and the force to persevere even when it seems the odds are against them.</description>
      <author>Kay Redfield Jamison</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Jun 2004 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781415917534.mp3" length="2810114" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346801</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781415917534.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346801">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346801</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Exuberance: The Passion For Life
Author: Kay Redfield Jamison
Narrator: Bernadette Dunne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 15 minutes
Release date: June  7, 2004
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
We have learned much about depression, but what about its opposite?  Why hasn&amp;#039;t the human emotion that lifts us, inspires us, drives us on, and makes life worth living been discussed-and celebrated?  In this outstanding book, bestselling author Dr. Kay Redfield Jamison explores exuberance in all its unrestrained, joyful energy, and shows how its unique vitality is essential to our existence. Jamison points to the contagiousness of laughter, excitement, and positive feelings, and how it plays a role in choosing a mate, in the giddiness of new love, music, and religious ecstasy.  She also discusses our dangerous desire to simulate exuberance by using drugs or alcohol. Most of all, Jamison points to some of our most famous artists and scientists to show how they all share an exuberance for life that inspires their discoveries, drives, and the force to persevere even when it seems the odds are against them.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346801">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346801</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Exuberance: The Passion For Life
Author: Kay Redfield Jamison
Narrator: Bernadette Dunne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 15 minutes
Release date: June  7, 2004
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
We have learned much about depression, but what about its opposite?  Why hasn&amp;#039;t the human emotion that lifts us, inspires us, drives us on, and makes life worth living been discussed-and celebrated?  In this outstanding book, bestselling author Dr. Kay Redfield Jamison explores exuberance in all its unrestrained, joyful energy, and shows how its unique vitality is essential to our existence. Jamison points to the contagiousness of laughter, excitement, and positive feelings, and how it plays a role in choosing a mate, in the giddiness of new love, music, and religious ecstasy.  She also discusses our dangerous desire to simulate exuberance by using drugs or alcohol. Most of all, Jamison points to some of our most famous artists and scientists to show how they all share an exuberance for life that inspires their discoveries, drives, and the force to persevere even when it seems the odds are against them.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Genome War: How Craig Venter Tried to Capture the Code of Life and Save the World by James Shreeve</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250323</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250323">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250323</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Genome War: How Craig Venter Tried to Capture the Code of Life and Save the World
Author: James Shreeve
Narrator: Grover Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2003
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The long-awaited story of the science, the business, the politics, the intrigue behind the scenes of the most ferocious competition in the history of modern science—the race to map the human genome. On May 10, 1998, biologist Craig Venter, director of the Institute for Genomic Research, announced that he was forming a private company that within three years would unravel the complete genetic code of human life—seven years before the projected finish of the U.S. government’s Human Genome Project. Venter hoped that by decoding the genome ahead of schedule, he would speed up the pace of biomedical research and save the lives of thousands of people. He also hoped to become very famous and very rich. Calling his company Celera (from the Latin for “speed”), he assembled a small group of scientists in an empty building in Rockville, Maryland, and set to work. At the same time, the leaders of the government program, under the direction of Francis Collins, head of the National Human Genome Research Institute at the National Institutes of Health, began to mobilize an unexpectedly unified effort to beat Venter to the prize—knowledge that had the potential to revolutionize medicine and society.  The stage was set for one of the most thrilling—and important—dramas in the history of science. The Genome War is the definitive account of that drama—the race for the greatest prize biology has had to offer, told by a writer with exclusive access to Venter’s operation from start to finish. It is also the story of how one man’s ambition created a scientific Camelot where, for a moment, it seemed that the competing interests of pure science and commercial profit might be gloriously reconciled—and the national repercussions that resulted when that dream went awry.</description>
      <author>James Shreeve</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Oct 2003 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781415901991.mp3" length="2906991" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250323</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781415901991.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250323">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250323</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Genome War: How Craig Venter Tried to Capture the Code of Life and Save the World
Author: James Shreeve
Narrator: Grover Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2003
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The long-awaited story of the science, the business, the politics, the intrigue behind the scenes of the most ferocious competition in the history of modern science—the race to map the human genome. On May 10, 1998, biologist Craig Venter, director of the Institute for Genomic Research, announced that he was forming a private company that within three years would unravel the complete genetic code of human life—seven years before the projected finish of the U.S. government’s Human Genome Project. Venter hoped that by decoding the genome ahead of schedule, he would speed up the pace of biomedical research and save the lives of thousands of people. He also hoped to become very famous and very rich. Calling his company Celera (from the Latin for “speed”), he assembled a small group of scientists in an empty building in Rockville, Maryland, and set to work. At the same time, the leaders of the government program, under the direction of Francis Collins, head of the National Human Genome Research Institute at the National Institutes of Health, began to mobilize an unexpectedly unified effort to beat Venter to the prize—knowledge that had the potential to revolutionize medicine and society.  The stage was set for one of the most thrilling—and important—dramas in the history of science. The Genome War is the definitive account of that drama—the race for the greatest prize biology has had to offer, told by a writer with exclusive access to Venter’s operation from start to finish. It is also the story of how one man’s ambition created a scientific Camelot where, for a moment, it seemed that the competing interests of pure science and commercial profit might be gloriously reconciled—and the national repercussions that resulted when that dream went awry.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250323">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250323</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Genome War: How Craig Venter Tried to Capture the Code of Life and Save the World
Author: James Shreeve
Narrator: Grover Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2003
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The long-awaited story of the science, the business, the politics, the intrigue behind the scenes of the most ferocious competition in the history of modern science—the race to map the human genome. On May 10, 1998, biologist Craig Venter, director of the Institute for Genomic Research, announced that he was forming a private company that within three years would unravel the complete genetic code of human life—seven years before the projected finish of the U.S. government’s Human Genome Project. Venter hoped that by decoding the genome ahead of schedule, he would speed up the pace of biomedical research and save the lives of thousands of people. He also hoped to become very famous and very rich. Calling his company Celera (from the Latin for “speed”), he assembled a small group of scientists in an empty building in Rockville, Maryland, and set to work. At the same time, the leaders of the government program, under the direction of Francis Collins, head of the National Human Genome Research Institute at the National Institutes of Health, began to mobilize an unexpectedly unified effort to beat Venter to the prize—knowledge that had the potential to revolutionize medicine and society.  The stage was set for one of the most thrilling—and important—dramas in the history of science. The Genome War is the definitive account of that drama—the race for the greatest prize biology has had to offer, told by a writer with exclusive access to Venter’s operation from start to finish. It is also the story of how one man’s ambition created a scientific Camelot where, for a moment, it seemed that the competing interests of pure science and commercial profit might be gloriously reconciled—and the national repercussions that resulted when that dream went awry.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Too Much of a Good Thing: How Four Key Survival Traits Are Now Killing Us by Lee Goldman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250154</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250154">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250154</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Too Much of a Good Thing: How Four Key Survival Traits Are Now Killing Us
Author: Lee Goldman
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 1 minute
Release date: December  8, 2015
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The dean of Columbia University&amp;#039;s medical school explains why our bodies are out of sync with today&amp;#039;s environment and how we can correct this to save our health.   Over the past 200 years, human life-expectancy has approximately doubled. Yet we face soaring worldwide rates of obesity, diabetes, high blood pressure, mental illness, heart disease, and stroke. In his fascinating new book, Dr. Lee Goldman presents a radical explanation: The key protective traits that once ensured our species&amp;#039; survival are now the leading global causes of illness and death.   Our capacity to store food, for example, lures us into overeating, and a clotting system designed to protect us from bleeding to death now directly contributes to heart attacks and strokes. A deeply compelling narrative that puts a new spin on evolutionary biology, Too Much of a Good Thing also provides a roadmap for getting back in sync with the modern world.</description>
      <author>Lee Goldman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Dec 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478951483.mp3" length="908582" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250154</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478951483.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250154">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250154</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Too Much of a Good Thing: How Four Key Survival Traits Are Now Killing Us
Author: Lee Goldman
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 1 minute
Release date: December  8, 2015
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The dean of Columbia University&amp;#039;s medical school explains why our bodies are out of sync with today&amp;#039;s environment and how we can correct this to save our health.   Over the past 200 years, human life-expectancy has approximately doubled. Yet we face soaring worldwide rates of obesity, diabetes, high blood pressure, mental illness, heart disease, and stroke. In his fascinating new book, Dr. Lee Goldman presents a radical explanation: The key protective traits that once ensured our species&amp;#039; survival are now the leading global causes of illness and death.   Our capacity to store food, for example, lures us into overeating, and a clotting system designed to protect us from bleeding to death now directly contributes to heart attacks and strokes. A deeply compelling narrative that puts a new spin on evolutionary biology, Too Much of a Good Thing also provides a roadmap for getting back in sync with the modern world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250154">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250154</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Too Much of a Good Thing: How Four Key Survival Traits Are Now Killing Us
Author: Lee Goldman
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 1 minute
Release date: December  8, 2015
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The dean of Columbia University&amp;#039;s medical school explains why our bodies are out of sync with today&amp;#039;s environment and how we can correct this to save our health.   Over the past 200 years, human life-expectancy has approximately doubled. Yet we face soaring worldwide rates of obesity, diabetes, high blood pressure, mental illness, heart disease, and stroke. In his fascinating new book, Dr. Lee Goldman presents a radical explanation: The key protective traits that once ensured our species&amp;#039; survival are now the leading global causes of illness and death.   Our capacity to store food, for example, lures us into overeating, and a clotting system designed to protect us from bleeding to death now directly contributes to heart attacks and strokes. A deeply compelling narrative that puts a new spin on evolutionary biology, Too Much of a Good Thing also provides a roadmap for getting back in sync with the modern world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Brief History of Creation: Science and the Search for the Origin of Life by Bill Mesler, H. James Cleaves</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250060</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250060">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250060</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Brief History of Creation: Science and the Search for the Origin of Life
Author: Bill Mesler, H. James Cleaves
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 44 minutes
Release date: December  7, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
How did life begin? It is perhaps the most important question science has ever asked. Over the centuries, the search for an answer has been entwined with some of science’s most revolutionary advances, including van Leeuwenhoek’s microscope, Darwin’s theory of evolution, and Crick and Watson’s unveiling of DNA. Now, in an age of genetic engineering and space exploration, some scientists believe they are on the verge of creating life from nonliving elements and that our knowledge of the potential for life on other planets is ever-expanding. In the midst of these exciting developments, A Brief History of Creation provides an essential and illuminating history of Western science, tracing the trials and triumphs of the iconoclastic scientists who have sought to uncover the mystery of how life first came to be. Authors Bill Mesler and H. James Cleaves II examine historical discoveries in the context of philosophical debates, political change, and our evolving understanding of the complexity of biology. The story they tell is rooted in metaphysical arguments, in a changing understanding of the age of the earth, and even in the politics of the Cold War. It has involved exploration into the inner recesses of our cells and scientific journeys to the farthest reaches of outer space. This elegantly written narrative culminates in an analysis of modern models for life’s genesis, such as the possibility that some of the earliest life was composed of little more than RNA, and that life arose around deep-sea hydrothermal vents or even on other planets, only to be carried to the earth on meteorites. Can we ever conclusively prove how life began? A Brief History of Creation is a fascinating exploration not only of the origin-of-life question but of the very nature of scientific objectivity and the process of scientific discovery.</description>
      <author>Bill Mesler, H. James Cleaves</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Dec 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781504657617.mp3" length="763902" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250060</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781504657617.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250060">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250060</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Brief History of Creation: Science and the Search for the Origin of Life
Author: Bill Mesler, H. James Cleaves
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 44 minutes
Release date: December  7, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
How did life begin? It is perhaps the most important question science has ever asked. Over the centuries, the search for an answer has been entwined with some of science’s most revolutionary advances, including van Leeuwenhoek’s microscope, Darwin’s theory of evolution, and Crick and Watson’s unveiling of DNA. Now, in an age of genetic engineering and space exploration, some scientists believe they are on the verge of creating life from nonliving elements and that our knowledge of the potential for life on other planets is ever-expanding. In the midst of these exciting developments, A Brief History of Creation provides an essential and illuminating history of Western science, tracing the trials and triumphs of the iconoclastic scientists who have sought to uncover the mystery of how life first came to be. Authors Bill Mesler and H. James Cleaves II examine historical discoveries in the context of philosophical debates, political change, and our evolving understanding of the complexity of biology. The story they tell is rooted in metaphysical arguments, in a changing understanding of the age of the earth, and even in the politics of the Cold War. It has involved exploration into the inner recesses of our cells and scientific journeys to the farthest reaches of outer space. This elegantly written narrative culminates in an analysis of modern models for life’s genesis, such as the possibility that some of the earliest life was composed of little more than RNA, and that life arose around deep-sea hydrothermal vents or even on other planets, only to be carried to the earth on meteorites. Can we ever conclusively prove how life began? A Brief History of Creation is a fascinating exploration not only of the origin-of-life question but of the very nature of scientific objectivity and the process of scientific discovery.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250060">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250060</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Brief History of Creation: Science and the Search for the Origin of Life
Author: Bill Mesler, H. James Cleaves
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 44 minutes
Release date: December  7, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
How did life begin? It is perhaps the most important question science has ever asked. Over the centuries, the search for an answer has been entwined with some of science’s most revolutionary advances, including van Leeuwenhoek’s microscope, Darwin’s theory of evolution, and Crick and Watson’s unveiling of DNA. Now, in an age of genetic engineering and space exploration, some scientists believe they are on the verge of creating life from nonliving elements and that our knowledge of the potential for life on other planets is ever-expanding. In the midst of these exciting developments, A Brief History of Creation provides an essential and illuminating history of Western science, tracing the trials and triumphs of the iconoclastic scientists who have sought to uncover the mystery of how life first came to be. Authors Bill Mesler and H. James Cleaves II examine historical discoveries in the context of philosophical debates, political change, and our evolving understanding of the complexity of biology. The story they tell is rooted in metaphysical arguments, in a changing understanding of the age of the earth, and even in the politics of the Cold War. It has involved exploration into the inner recesses of our cells and scientific journeys to the farthest reaches of outer space. This elegantly written narrative culminates in an analysis of modern models for life’s genesis, such as the possibility that some of the earliest life was composed of little more than RNA, and that life arose around deep-sea hydrothermal vents or even on other planets, only to be carried to the earth on meteorites. Can we ever conclusively prove how life began? A Brief History of Creation is a fascinating exploration not only of the origin-of-life question but of the very nature of scientific objectivity and the process of scientific discovery.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Super Genes: Unlock the Astonishing Power of Your DNA for Optimum Health and Well-Being by Rudolph E. Tanzi, Deepak Chopra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247567</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247567">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247567</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Super Genes: Unlock the Astonishing Power of Your DNA for Optimum Health and Well-Being
Author: Rudolph E. Tanzi, Deepak Chopra
Narrator: Shishir Kurup
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 17 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The authors of the New York Times bestseller Super Brain present a bold new understanding of our genes and how simple changes in lifestyle can boost genetic activity. The leap into &amp;#039;radical well-being&amp;#039; is a promise waiting to be fulfilled.         &amp;#039;You are not simply the sum total of the genes you were born with,&amp;#039; writes Deepak Chopra and Rudy Tanzi. &amp;#039;You are the user and controller of your genes, the author of your biological story. No prospect in self-care is more exciting.&amp;#039;   Learning how to shape your gene activity is at the heart of this exciting and eagerly-anticipated book from the bestselling duo behind Super Brain, which became a nationwide hit on public television.   For decades medical science has believed that genes determined our biological destiny. Now the new genetics has changed that assumption forever. You will always have the genes you were born with, but genes are dynamic, responding to everything we think, say, and do. Suddenly they&amp;#039;ve become our strongest allies for personal transformation. When you make lifestyle choices that optimize how your genes behave, you can reach for a state of health and fulfillment undreamed of even a decade ago.  The impact on prevention, immunity, diet, aging, and chronic disorders is unparalleled.</description>
      <author>Rudolph E. Tanzi, Deepak Chopra</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781101922927.mp3" length="2684926" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247567</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781101922927.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247567">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247567</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Super Genes: Unlock the Astonishing Power of Your DNA for Optimum Health and Well-Being
Author: Rudolph E. Tanzi, Deepak Chopra
Narrator: Shishir Kurup
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 17 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The authors of the New York Times bestseller Super Brain present a bold new understanding of our genes and how simple changes in lifestyle can boost genetic activity. The leap into &amp;#039;radical well-being&amp;#039; is a promise waiting to be fulfilled.         &amp;#039;You are not simply the sum total of the genes you were born with,&amp;#039; writes Deepak Chopra and Rudy Tanzi. &amp;#039;You are the user and controller of your genes, the author of your biological story. No prospect in self-care is more exciting.&amp;#039;   Learning how to shape your gene activity is at the heart of this exciting and eagerly-anticipated book from the bestselling duo behind Super Brain, which became a nationwide hit on public television.   For decades medical science has believed that genes determined our biological destiny. Now the new genetics has changed that assumption forever. You will always have the genes you were born with, but genes are dynamic, responding to everything we think, say, and do. Suddenly they&amp;#039;ve become our strongest allies for personal transformation. When you make lifestyle choices that optimize how your genes behave, you can reach for a state of health and fulfillment undreamed of even a decade ago.  The impact on prevention, immunity, diet, aging, and chronic disorders is unparalleled.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247567">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247567</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Super Genes: Unlock the Astonishing Power of Your DNA for Optimum Health and Well-Being
Author: Rudolph E. Tanzi, Deepak Chopra
Narrator: Shishir Kurup
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 17 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The authors of the New York Times bestseller Super Brain present a bold new understanding of our genes and how simple changes in lifestyle can boost genetic activity. The leap into &amp;#039;radical well-being&amp;#039; is a promise waiting to be fulfilled.         &amp;#039;You are not simply the sum total of the genes you were born with,&amp;#039; writes Deepak Chopra and Rudy Tanzi. &amp;#039;You are the user and controller of your genes, the author of your biological story. No prospect in self-care is more exciting.&amp;#039;   Learning how to shape your gene activity is at the heart of this exciting and eagerly-anticipated book from the bestselling duo behind Super Brain, which became a nationwide hit on public television.   For decades medical science has believed that genes determined our biological destiny. Now the new genetics has changed that assumption forever. You will always have the genes you were born with, but genes are dynamic, responding to everything we think, say, and do. Suddenly they&amp;#039;ve become our strongest allies for personal transformation. When you make lifestyle choices that optimize how your genes behave, you can reach for a state of health and fulfillment undreamed of even a decade ago.  The impact on prevention, immunity, diet, aging, and chronic disorders is unparalleled.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Frankenstein&amp;#039;s Cat: Cuddling Up to Biotech&amp;#039;s Brave New Beasts by Emily Anthes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247228</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Frankenstein&amp;#039;s Cat: Cuddling Up to Biotech&amp;#039;s Brave New Beasts
Author: Emily Anthes
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 24 minutes
Release date: June 24, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
For centuries, we&amp;#039;ve toyed with our creature companions, breeding dogs that herd and hunt, housecats that look like tigers, and teacup pigs that fit snugly in our handbags. But what happens when we take animal alteration a step further, engineering a cat that glows green under ultraviolet light or cloning the beloved family Labrador? Science has given us a whole new toolbox for tinkering with life. How are we using it? In Frankenstein&amp;#039;s Cat, journalist Emily Anthes takes us from petri dish to pet store as she explores how biotechnology is shaping the future of our furry and feathered friends. As she ventures from bucolic barnyards to a &amp;#039;frozen zoo&amp;#039; where scientists are storing DNA from the planet&amp;#039;s most exotic creatures, she discovers how we can use cloning to protect endangered species, craft prosthetics to save injured animals, and employ genetic engineering to supply farms with disease-resistant livestock. Along the way, we meet some of the animals that are ushering in this astonishing age of enhancement, including sensor-wearing seals, cyborg beetles, a bionic bulldog, and the world&amp;#039;s first cloned cat. Through her encounters with scientists, conservationists, ethicists, and entrepreneurs, Anthes reveals that while some of our interventions may be trivial (behold: the GloFish), others could improve the lives of many species—including our own. So what does biotechnology really mean for the world&amp;#039;s wild things? And what do our brave new beasts tell us about ourselves? With keen insight and her trademark spunk, Anthes highlights both the peril and the promise of our scientific superpowers, taking us on an adventure into a world where our grandest science fiction fantasies are fast becoming reality.</description>
      <author>Emily Anthes</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jun 2013 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781452684437.mp3" length="8510907" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247228</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781452684437.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Frankenstein&amp;#039;s Cat: Cuddling Up to Biotech&amp;#039;s Brave New Beasts
Author: Emily Anthes
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 24 minutes
Release date: June 24, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
For centuries, we&amp;#039;ve toyed with our creature companions, breeding dogs that herd and hunt, housecats that look like tigers, and teacup pigs that fit snugly in our handbags. But what happens when we take animal alteration a step further, engineering a cat that glows green under ultraviolet light or cloning the beloved family Labrador? Science has given us a whole new toolbox for tinkering with life. How are we using it? In Frankenstein&amp;#039;s Cat, journalist Emily Anthes takes us from petri dish to pet store as she explores how biotechnology is shaping the future of our furry and feathered friends. As she ventures from bucolic barnyards to a &amp;#039;frozen zoo&amp;#039; where scientists are storing DNA from the planet&amp;#039;s most exotic creatures, she discovers how we can use cloning to protect endangered species, craft prosthetics to save injured animals, and employ genetic engineering to supply farms with disease-resistant livestock. Along the way, we meet some of the animals that are ushering in this astonishing age of enhancement, including sensor-wearing seals, cyborg beetles, a bionic bulldog, and the world&amp;#039;s first cloned cat. Through her encounters with scientists, conservationists, ethicists, and entrepreneurs, Anthes reveals that while some of our interventions may be trivial (behold: the GloFish), others could improve the lives of many species—including our own. So what does biotechnology really mean for the world&amp;#039;s wild things? And what do our brave new beasts tell us about ourselves? With keen insight and her trademark spunk, Anthes highlights both the peril and the promise of our scientific superpowers, taking us on an adventure into a world where our grandest science fiction fantasies are fast becoming reality.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Frankenstein&amp;#039;s Cat: Cuddling Up to Biotech&amp;#039;s Brave New Beasts
Author: Emily Anthes
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 24 minutes
Release date: June 24, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
For centuries, we&amp;#039;ve toyed with our creature companions, breeding dogs that herd and hunt, housecats that look like tigers, and teacup pigs that fit snugly in our handbags. But what happens when we take animal alteration a step further, engineering a cat that glows green under ultraviolet light or cloning the beloved family Labrador? Science has given us a whole new toolbox for tinkering with life. How are we using it? In Frankenstein&amp;#039;s Cat, journalist Emily Anthes takes us from petri dish to pet store as she explores how biotechnology is shaping the future of our furry and feathered friends. As she ventures from bucolic barnyards to a &amp;#039;frozen zoo&amp;#039; where scientists are storing DNA from the planet&amp;#039;s most exotic creatures, she discovers how we can use cloning to protect endangered species, craft prosthetics to save injured animals, and employ genetic engineering to supply farms with disease-resistant livestock. Along the way, we meet some of the animals that are ushering in this astonishing age of enhancement, including sensor-wearing seals, cyborg beetles, a bionic bulldog, and the world&amp;#039;s first cloned cat. Through her encounters with scientists, conservationists, ethicists, and entrepreneurs, Anthes reveals that while some of our interventions may be trivial (behold: the GloFish), others could improve the lives of many species—including our own. So what does biotechnology really mean for the world&amp;#039;s wild things? And what do our brave new beasts tell us about ourselves? With keen insight and her trademark spunk, Anthes highlights both the peril and the promise of our scientific superpowers, taking us on an adventure into a world where our grandest science fiction fantasies are fast becoming reality.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Life on the Edge: The Coming of Age of Quantum Biology by Johnjoe McFadden, Jim Al-Khalili</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245982</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245982">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245982</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life on the Edge: The Coming of Age of Quantum Biology
Author: Johnjoe McFadden, Jim Al-Khalili
Narrator: Pete Cross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 41 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Life is the most extraordinary phenomenon in the known universe; but how does it work? Even in this age of cloning and synthetic biology, the remarkable truth remains: nobody has ever made anything living entirely out of dead material. Life remains the only way to make life. Are we missing a vital ingredient in its creation?  Like Richard Dawkins&amp;#039; The Selfish Gene, which provided a new perspective on how evolution works, Life on the Edge alters our understanding of life&amp;#039;s dynamics. Bringing together first-hand experience of science at the cutting edge with unparalleled gifts of exposition and explanation, Jim Al-Khalili and Johnjoe Macfadden reveal the hitherto missing ingredient to be quantum mechanics and the strange phenomena that lie at the heart of this most mysterious of sciences. Drawing on recent ground-breaking experiments around the world, they show how photosynthesis relies on subatomic particles existing in many places at once, while inside enzymes, those workhorses of life that make every molecule within our cells, particles vanish from one point in space and instantly materialize in another.   Each chapter in Life on the Edge opens with an engaging example that illustrates one of life’s puzzles – How do migrating birds know where to go? How do we really smell the scent of a rose? How do our genes manage to copy themselves with such precision? – and then reveals how quantum mechanics delivers its answer. Guiding the reader through the maze of rapidly unfolding discovery, Al-Khalili and McFadden communicate vividly the excitement of this explosive new field of quantum biology, with its potentially revolutionary applications, and also offer insights into the biggest puzzle of all: what is life? As they brilliantly demonstrate here, life lives on the quantum edge.</description>
      <author>Johnjoe McFadden, Jim Al-Khalili</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Oct 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473541146.mp3" length="1361607" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245982</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473541146.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245982">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245982</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life on the Edge: The Coming of Age of Quantum Biology
Author: Johnjoe McFadden, Jim Al-Khalili
Narrator: Pete Cross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 41 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Life is the most extraordinary phenomenon in the known universe; but how does it work? Even in this age of cloning and synthetic biology, the remarkable truth remains: nobody has ever made anything living entirely out of dead material. Life remains the only way to make life. Are we missing a vital ingredient in its creation?  Like Richard Dawkins&amp;#039; The Selfish Gene, which provided a new perspective on how evolution works, Life on the Edge alters our understanding of life&amp;#039;s dynamics. Bringing together first-hand experience of science at the cutting edge with unparalleled gifts of exposition and explanation, Jim Al-Khalili and Johnjoe Macfadden reveal the hitherto missing ingredient to be quantum mechanics and the strange phenomena that lie at the heart of this most mysterious of sciences. Drawing on recent ground-breaking experiments around the world, they show how photosynthesis relies on subatomic particles existing in many places at once, while inside enzymes, those workhorses of life that make every molecule within our cells, particles vanish from one point in space and instantly materialize in another.   Each chapter in Life on the Edge opens with an engaging example that illustrates one of life’s puzzles – How do migrating birds know where to go? How do we really smell the scent of a rose? How do our genes manage to copy themselves with such precision? – and then reveals how quantum mechanics delivers its answer. Guiding the reader through the maze of rapidly unfolding discovery, Al-Khalili and McFadden communicate vividly the excitement of this explosive new field of quantum biology, with its potentially revolutionary applications, and also offer insights into the biggest puzzle of all: what is life? As they brilliantly demonstrate here, life lives on the quantum edge.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245982">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245982</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life on the Edge: The Coming of Age of Quantum Biology
Author: Johnjoe McFadden, Jim Al-Khalili
Narrator: Pete Cross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 41 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Life is the most extraordinary phenomenon in the known universe; but how does it work? Even in this age of cloning and synthetic biology, the remarkable truth remains: nobody has ever made anything living entirely out of dead material. Life remains the only way to make life. Are we missing a vital ingredient in its creation?  Like Richard Dawkins&amp;#039; The Selfish Gene, which provided a new perspective on how evolution works, Life on the Edge alters our understanding of life&amp;#039;s dynamics. Bringing together first-hand experience of science at the cutting edge with unparalleled gifts of exposition and explanation, Jim Al-Khalili and Johnjoe Macfadden reveal the hitherto missing ingredient to be quantum mechanics and the strange phenomena that lie at the heart of this most mysterious of sciences. Drawing on recent ground-breaking experiments around the world, they show how photosynthesis relies on subatomic particles existing in many places at once, while inside enzymes, those workhorses of life that make every molecule within our cells, particles vanish from one point in space and instantly materialize in another.   Each chapter in Life on the Edge opens with an engaging example that illustrates one of life’s puzzles – How do migrating birds know where to go? How do we really smell the scent of a rose? How do our genes manage to copy themselves with such precision? – and then reveals how quantum mechanics delivers its answer. Guiding the reader through the maze of rapidly unfolding discovery, Al-Khalili and McFadden communicate vividly the excitement of this explosive new field of quantum biology, with its potentially revolutionary applications, and also offer insights into the biggest puzzle of all: what is life? As they brilliantly demonstrate here, life lives on the quantum edge.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Brain: The Story of You by David Eagleman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244905</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244905">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244905</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Brain: The Story of You
Author: David Eagleman
Narrator: David Eagleman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the renowned neuroscientist and New York Times bestselling author of Incognito comes the companion volume to the international PBS series about how your life shapes your brain, and how your brain shapes your life.  &amp;#039;An ideal introduction to how biology generates the mind.... Clear, engaging and thought-provoking.&amp;#039; —Nature Locked in the silence and darkness of your skull, your brain fashions the rich narratives of your reality and your identity. Join renowned neuroscientist David Eagleman for a journey into the questions at the mysterious heart of our existence. What is reality? Who are “you”? How do you make decisions? Why does your brain need other people? How is technology poised to change what it means to be human?   In the course of his investigations, Eagleman guides us through the world of extreme sports, criminal justice, facial expressions, genocide, brain surgery, gut feelings, robotics, and the search for immortality.  Strap in for a whistle-stop tour into the inner cosmos. In the infinitely dense tangle of billions of brain cells and their trillions of connections, something emerges that you might not have expected to see in there: you.  Color illustrations throughout.</description>
      <author>David Eagleman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780399568015.mp3" length="2645421" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244905</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780399568015.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244905">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244905</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Brain: The Story of You
Author: David Eagleman
Narrator: David Eagleman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the renowned neuroscientist and New York Times bestselling author of Incognito comes the companion volume to the international PBS series about how your life shapes your brain, and how your brain shapes your life.  &amp;#039;An ideal introduction to how biology generates the mind.... Clear, engaging and thought-provoking.&amp;#039; —Nature Locked in the silence and darkness of your skull, your brain fashions the rich narratives of your reality and your identity. Join renowned neuroscientist David Eagleman for a journey into the questions at the mysterious heart of our existence. What is reality? Who are “you”? How do you make decisions? Why does your brain need other people? How is technology poised to change what it means to be human?   In the course of his investigations, Eagleman guides us through the world of extreme sports, criminal justice, facial expressions, genocide, brain surgery, gut feelings, robotics, and the search for immortality.  Strap in for a whistle-stop tour into the inner cosmos. In the infinitely dense tangle of billions of brain cells and their trillions of connections, something emerges that you might not have expected to see in there: you.  Color illustrations throughout.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244905">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244905</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Brain: The Story of You
Author: David Eagleman
Narrator: David Eagleman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the renowned neuroscientist and New York Times bestselling author of Incognito comes the companion volume to the international PBS series about how your life shapes your brain, and how your brain shapes your life.  &amp;#039;An ideal introduction to how biology generates the mind.... Clear, engaging and thought-provoking.&amp;#039; —Nature Locked in the silence and darkness of your skull, your brain fashions the rich narratives of your reality and your identity. Join renowned neuroscientist David Eagleman for a journey into the questions at the mysterious heart of our existence. What is reality? Who are “you”? How do you make decisions? Why does your brain need other people? How is technology poised to change what it means to be human?   In the course of his investigations, Eagleman guides us through the world of extreme sports, criminal justice, facial expressions, genocide, brain surgery, gut feelings, robotics, and the search for immortality.  Strap in for a whistle-stop tour into the inner cosmos. In the infinitely dense tangle of billions of brain cells and their trillions of connections, something emerges that you might not have expected to see in there: you.  Color illustrations throughout.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What to Think About Machines That Think: Today&amp;#039;s Leading Thinkers on the Age of Machine Intelligence by John Brockman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244735</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244735">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244735</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What to Think About Machines That Think: Today&amp;#039;s Leading Thinkers on the Age of Machine Intelligence
Author: John Brockman
Narrator: Lisa Larsen, Brett Barry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Weighing in from the cutting-edge frontiers of science, today’s most forward-thinking minds explore the rise of “machines that think.” Stephen Hawking recently made headlines by noting, “The development of full artificial intelligence could spell the end of the human race.” Others, conversely, have trumpeted a new age of “superintelligence” in which smart devices will exponentially extend human capacities. No longer just a matter of science-fiction fantasy (2001, Blade Runner, The Terminator, Her, etc.), it is time to seriously consider the reality of intelligent technology, many forms of which are already being integrated into our daily lives. In that spirit, John Brockman, publisher of Edge. org (“the world’s smartest website” – The Guardian), asked the world’s most influential scientists, philosophers, and artists one of today’s most consequential questions: What do you think about machines that think?</description>
      <author>John Brockman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062432933.mp3" length="1339926" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244735</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062432933.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244735">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244735</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What to Think About Machines That Think: Today&amp;#039;s Leading Thinkers on the Age of Machine Intelligence
Author: John Brockman
Narrator: Lisa Larsen, Brett Barry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Weighing in from the cutting-edge frontiers of science, today’s most forward-thinking minds explore the rise of “machines that think.” Stephen Hawking recently made headlines by noting, “The development of full artificial intelligence could spell the end of the human race.” Others, conversely, have trumpeted a new age of “superintelligence” in which smart devices will exponentially extend human capacities. No longer just a matter of science-fiction fantasy (2001, Blade Runner, The Terminator, Her, etc.), it is time to seriously consider the reality of intelligent technology, many forms of which are already being integrated into our daily lives. In that spirit, John Brockman, publisher of Edge. org (“the world’s smartest website” – The Guardian), asked the world’s most influential scientists, philosophers, and artists one of today’s most consequential questions: What do you think about machines that think?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244735">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244735</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What to Think About Machines That Think: Today&amp;#039;s Leading Thinkers on the Age of Machine Intelligence
Author: John Brockman
Narrator: Lisa Larsen, Brett Barry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Weighing in from the cutting-edge frontiers of science, today’s most forward-thinking minds explore the rise of “machines that think.” Stephen Hawking recently made headlines by noting, “The development of full artificial intelligence could spell the end of the human race.” Others, conversely, have trumpeted a new age of “superintelligence” in which smart devices will exponentially extend human capacities. No longer just a matter of science-fiction fantasy (2001, Blade Runner, The Terminator, Her, etc.), it is time to seriously consider the reality of intelligent technology, many forms of which are already being integrated into our daily lives. In that spirit, John Brockman, publisher of Edge. org (“the world’s smartest website” – The Guardian), asked the world’s most influential scientists, philosophers, and artists one of today’s most consequential questions: What do you think about machines that think?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Brain Fog Fix: Reclaim Your Focus, Memory, and Joy in Just 3 Weeks by Mike Dow</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243324</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243324">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243324</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Brain Fog Fix: Reclaim Your Focus, Memory, and Joy in Just 3 Weeks
Author: Mike Dow
Narrator: Mike Dow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A new epidemic is sweeping the country. Some people call it ADHD, scatter brain, or brain fog. Some simply say they just don’t feel like themselves—and haven’t for a long time. People are thinking and feeling worse than ever. Why? Because our brains are not getting the support they need to produce the essential brain chemicals that keep us energized, calm, focused, and inspired. In fact, if you look at the way most of us live, it’s almost as though we’ve chosen a lifestyle deliberately intended to undermine our brain chemistry. Fortunately, there is a solution. The Brain Fog Fix is a three-week program designed to help you naturally restore three of your brain’s most crucial chemicals: serotonin, dopamine, and cortisol. Rebalancing these three brain chemicals will, in turn, enable the rest of your brain’s chemistry to reach optimal levels. You will find yourself thinking more clearly, remembering more accurately, learning more quickly, and unleashing the floodgates of your creativity. You will also find yourself feeling more optimistic, calm, energized, connected, and inspired. The good news is that this is easier than you think. Instead of trying to ambitiously overhaul one aspect of your life entirely with some difficult-to-maintain resolution, begin by making small and achievable changes in many different areas of your life. “If I’ve learned one thing from the thousands of people I’ve treated, it’s that you have to take the whole person into account if you want to think and feel better.”—Dr. Mike Dow</description>
      <author>Mike Dow</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781483021560.mp3" length="857168" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243324</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781483021560.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243324">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243324</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Brain Fog Fix: Reclaim Your Focus, Memory, and Joy in Just 3 Weeks
Author: Mike Dow
Narrator: Mike Dow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A new epidemic is sweeping the country. Some people call it ADHD, scatter brain, or brain fog. Some simply say they just don’t feel like themselves—and haven’t for a long time. People are thinking and feeling worse than ever. Why? Because our brains are not getting the support they need to produce the essential brain chemicals that keep us energized, calm, focused, and inspired. In fact, if you look at the way most of us live, it’s almost as though we’ve chosen a lifestyle deliberately intended to undermine our brain chemistry. Fortunately, there is a solution. The Brain Fog Fix is a three-week program designed to help you naturally restore three of your brain’s most crucial chemicals: serotonin, dopamine, and cortisol. Rebalancing these three brain chemicals will, in turn, enable the rest of your brain’s chemistry to reach optimal levels. You will find yourself thinking more clearly, remembering more accurately, learning more quickly, and unleashing the floodgates of your creativity. You will also find yourself feeling more optimistic, calm, energized, connected, and inspired. The good news is that this is easier than you think. Instead of trying to ambitiously overhaul one aspect of your life entirely with some difficult-to-maintain resolution, begin by making small and achievable changes in many different areas of your life. “If I’ve learned one thing from the thousands of people I’ve treated, it’s that you have to take the whole person into account if you want to think and feel better.”—Dr. Mike Dow</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243324">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243324</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Brain Fog Fix: Reclaim Your Focus, Memory, and Joy in Just 3 Weeks
Author: Mike Dow
Narrator: Mike Dow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A new epidemic is sweeping the country. Some people call it ADHD, scatter brain, or brain fog. Some simply say they just don’t feel like themselves—and haven’t for a long time. People are thinking and feeling worse than ever. Why? Because our brains are not getting the support they need to produce the essential brain chemicals that keep us energized, calm, focused, and inspired. In fact, if you look at the way most of us live, it’s almost as though we’ve chosen a lifestyle deliberately intended to undermine our brain chemistry. Fortunately, there is a solution. The Brain Fog Fix is a three-week program designed to help you naturally restore three of your brain’s most crucial chemicals: serotonin, dopamine, and cortisol. Rebalancing these three brain chemicals will, in turn, enable the rest of your brain’s chemistry to reach optimal levels. You will find yourself thinking more clearly, remembering more accurately, learning more quickly, and unleashing the floodgates of your creativity. You will also find yourself feeling more optimistic, calm, energized, connected, and inspired. The good news is that this is easier than you think. Instead of trying to ambitiously overhaul one aspect of your life entirely with some difficult-to-maintain resolution, begin by making small and achievable changes in many different areas of your life. “If I’ve learned one thing from the thousands of people I’ve treated, it’s that you have to take the whole person into account if you want to think and feel better.”—Dr. Mike Dow</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brief Candle in the Dark: My Life in Science by Richard Dawkins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243230</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brief Candle in the Dark: My Life in Science
Author: Richard Dawkins
Narrator: Richard Dawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 55 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In An Appetite for Wonder Richard Dawkins brought us his engaging memoir of the first 35 years of his life from early childhood in Africa to publication of The Selfish Gene in 1976, when he shot to fame as one of the most exciting new scientists of his generation. In Brief Candle in the Dark he continues his autobiography, following the threads that have run through the second half of his life so far and homing in on the key individuals, institutions and ideas that inspired and motivated him.  He paints a vivid picture, coloured with wit, anecdote and digression, of the twenty-five postgraduate years he spent teaching at Oxford. He pays affectionate tribute to past colleagues and students, recalling the idiosyncrasies of an establishment steeped in ancient tradition and arcane ritual while also recording his respect for the profound commitment to learning and discovery that lies at its core. He invites us to share the life of a travelling scientist, from fieldwork on the Panama Canal to conferences of stratospheric eminence in exotic locations in the company of some of the most prominent of the world’s scientific luminaries. And he describes his experiences with his many publishers, television producers, interviewers and partners in debate, not least in the heady period when, after publication of The God Delusion in 2006, he is dubbed the world’s most outspoken and controversial atheist.  Most important of all, for the first time he reviews with fresh and stimulating insights the evolving narrative of his ideas about science over the course of his highly distinguished career as thinker, teacher and writer. In Brief Candle in the Dark we are invited to enter with him a constantly stimulating world of discovery and to meet a fascinating cast of exceptional characters described by the talented pen of one of the most exceptional of them all. Includes a bonus PDF of photographs.</description>
      <author>Richard Dawkins</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Sep 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781448170845.mp3" length="1296282" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243230</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781448170845.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brief Candle in the Dark: My Life in Science
Author: Richard Dawkins
Narrator: Richard Dawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 55 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In An Appetite for Wonder Richard Dawkins brought us his engaging memoir of the first 35 years of his life from early childhood in Africa to publication of The Selfish Gene in 1976, when he shot to fame as one of the most exciting new scientists of his generation. In Brief Candle in the Dark he continues his autobiography, following the threads that have run through the second half of his life so far and homing in on the key individuals, institutions and ideas that inspired and motivated him.  He paints a vivid picture, coloured with wit, anecdote and digression, of the twenty-five postgraduate years he spent teaching at Oxford. He pays affectionate tribute to past colleagues and students, recalling the idiosyncrasies of an establishment steeped in ancient tradition and arcane ritual while also recording his respect for the profound commitment to learning and discovery that lies at its core. He invites us to share the life of a travelling scientist, from fieldwork on the Panama Canal to conferences of stratospheric eminence in exotic locations in the company of some of the most prominent of the world’s scientific luminaries. And he describes his experiences with his many publishers, television producers, interviewers and partners in debate, not least in the heady period when, after publication of The God Delusion in 2006, he is dubbed the world’s most outspoken and controversial atheist.  Most important of all, for the first time he reviews with fresh and stimulating insights the evolving narrative of his ideas about science over the course of his highly distinguished career as thinker, teacher and writer. In Brief Candle in the Dark we are invited to enter with him a constantly stimulating world of discovery and to meet a fascinating cast of exceptional characters described by the talented pen of one of the most exceptional of them all. Includes a bonus PDF of photographs.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brief Candle in the Dark: My Life in Science
Author: Richard Dawkins
Narrator: Richard Dawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 55 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In An Appetite for Wonder Richard Dawkins brought us his engaging memoir of the first 35 years of his life from early childhood in Africa to publication of The Selfish Gene in 1976, when he shot to fame as one of the most exciting new scientists of his generation. In Brief Candle in the Dark he continues his autobiography, following the threads that have run through the second half of his life so far and homing in on the key individuals, institutions and ideas that inspired and motivated him.  He paints a vivid picture, coloured with wit, anecdote and digression, of the twenty-five postgraduate years he spent teaching at Oxford. He pays affectionate tribute to past colleagues and students, recalling the idiosyncrasies of an establishment steeped in ancient tradition and arcane ritual while also recording his respect for the profound commitment to learning and discovery that lies at its core. He invites us to share the life of a travelling scientist, from fieldwork on the Panama Canal to conferences of stratospheric eminence in exotic locations in the company of some of the most prominent of the world’s scientific luminaries. And he describes his experiences with his many publishers, television producers, interviewers and partners in debate, not least in the heady period when, after publication of The God Delusion in 2006, he is dubbed the world’s most outspoken and controversial atheist.  Most important of all, for the first time he reviews with fresh and stimulating insights the evolving narrative of his ideas about science over the course of his highly distinguished career as thinker, teacher and writer. In Brief Candle in the Dark we are invited to enter with him a constantly stimulating world of discovery and to meet a fascinating cast of exceptional characters described by the talented pen of one of the most exceptional of them all. Includes a bonus PDF of photographs.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Science Of Discworld II: The Globe by Terry Pratchett, Jack Cohen, Ian Stewart</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242452</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242452">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242452</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Science Of Discworld II: The Globe
Author: Terry Pratchett, Jack Cohen, Ian Stewart
Narrator: Michael Fenton Stevens, Stephen Briggs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July  5, 2012
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The acclaimed Science of Discworld centred around an original Pratchett story about the Wizards of Discworld. In it they accidentally witnessed the creation and evolution of our universe, a plot which was interleaved with a Cohen &amp;amp; Stewart non-fiction narrative about Big Science. In The Science of Discworld II our authors join forces again to see just what happens when the wizards meddle with history in a battle against the elves for the future of humanity on Earth. London is replaced by a dozy Neanderthal village. The Renaissance is given a push. The role of fat women in art is developed. And one very famous playwright gets born and writes The Play. Weaving together a fast-paced Discworld novelette with cutting-edge scientific commentary on the evolution and development of the human mind, culture, language, art, and science, this is a book in which &amp;#039;the hard science is as gripping as the fiction&amp;#039;. (The Times)</description>
      <author>Terry Pratchett, Jack Cohen, Ian Stewart</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Jul 2012 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781448124176.mp3" length="1374802" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242452</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781448124176.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242452">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242452</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Science Of Discworld II: The Globe
Author: Terry Pratchett, Jack Cohen, Ian Stewart
Narrator: Michael Fenton Stevens, Stephen Briggs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July  5, 2012
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The acclaimed Science of Discworld centred around an original Pratchett story about the Wizards of Discworld. In it they accidentally witnessed the creation and evolution of our universe, a plot which was interleaved with a Cohen &amp;amp; Stewart non-fiction narrative about Big Science. In The Science of Discworld II our authors join forces again to see just what happens when the wizards meddle with history in a battle against the elves for the future of humanity on Earth. London is replaced by a dozy Neanderthal village. The Renaissance is given a push. The role of fat women in art is developed. And one very famous playwright gets born and writes The Play. Weaving together a fast-paced Discworld novelette with cutting-edge scientific commentary on the evolution and development of the human mind, culture, language, art, and science, this is a book in which &amp;#039;the hard science is as gripping as the fiction&amp;#039;. (The Times)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242452">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242452</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Science Of Discworld II: The Globe
Author: Terry Pratchett, Jack Cohen, Ian Stewart
Narrator: Michael Fenton Stevens, Stephen Briggs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July  5, 2012
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The acclaimed Science of Discworld centred around an original Pratchett story about the Wizards of Discworld. In it they accidentally witnessed the creation and evolution of our universe, a plot which was interleaved with a Cohen &amp;amp; Stewart non-fiction narrative about Big Science. In The Science of Discworld II our authors join forces again to see just what happens when the wizards meddle with history in a battle against the elves for the future of humanity on Earth. London is replaced by a dozy Neanderthal village. The Renaissance is given a push. The role of fat women in art is developed. And one very famous playwright gets born and writes The Play. Weaving together a fast-paced Discworld novelette with cutting-edge scientific commentary on the evolution and development of the human mind, culture, language, art, and science, this is a book in which &amp;#039;the hard science is as gripping as the fiction&amp;#039;. (The Times)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Science of Discworld III: Darwin&amp;#039;s Watch by Terry Pratchett, Jack Cohen, Ian Stewart</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242411</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242411">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242411</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Science of Discworld III: Darwin&amp;#039;s Watch
Author: Terry Pratchett, Jack Cohen, Ian Stewart
Narrator: Michael Fenton Stevens, Stephen Briggs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Roundworld is in trouble again, and this time it looks fatal. Having created it in the first place, the wizards of Unseen University feel vaguely responsible for its safety. They know the creatures who lived there escaped the impending Big Freeze by inventing the space elevator - they even intervened to rid the planet of a plague of elves, who attempted to divert humanity onto a different time track. But now it&amp;#039;s all gone wrong - Victorian England has stagnated and the pace of progress would embarrass a limping snail. Unless something drastic is done, there won&amp;#039;t be time for anyone to invent spaceflight and the human race will be turned into ice-pops.  Why, though, did history come adrift? Was it Sir Arthur Nightingale&amp;#039;s dismal book about natural selection? Or was it the devastating response by an obscure country vicar called Charles Darwin, whose bestselling Theology of Species made it impossible to refute the divine design of living creatures? Either way, it&amp;#039;s no easy task to change history, as the wizards discover to their cost. Can the God of Evolution come to humanity&amp;#039;s aid and ensure Darwin writes a very different book? And who stopped him writing it in the first place?</description>
      <author>Terry Pratchett, Jack Cohen, Ian Stewart</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Sep 2012 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781448124787.mp3" length="1462868" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242411</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781448124787.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242411">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242411</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Science of Discworld III: Darwin&amp;#039;s Watch
Author: Terry Pratchett, Jack Cohen, Ian Stewart
Narrator: Michael Fenton Stevens, Stephen Briggs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Roundworld is in trouble again, and this time it looks fatal. Having created it in the first place, the wizards of Unseen University feel vaguely responsible for its safety. They know the creatures who lived there escaped the impending Big Freeze by inventing the space elevator - they even intervened to rid the planet of a plague of elves, who attempted to divert humanity onto a different time track. But now it&amp;#039;s all gone wrong - Victorian England has stagnated and the pace of progress would embarrass a limping snail. Unless something drastic is done, there won&amp;#039;t be time for anyone to invent spaceflight and the human race will be turned into ice-pops.  Why, though, did history come adrift? Was it Sir Arthur Nightingale&amp;#039;s dismal book about natural selection? Or was it the devastating response by an obscure country vicar called Charles Darwin, whose bestselling Theology of Species made it impossible to refute the divine design of living creatures? Either way, it&amp;#039;s no easy task to change history, as the wizards discover to their cost. Can the God of Evolution come to humanity&amp;#039;s aid and ensure Darwin writes a very different book? And who stopped him writing it in the first place?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242411">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242411</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Science of Discworld III: Darwin&amp;#039;s Watch
Author: Terry Pratchett, Jack Cohen, Ian Stewart
Narrator: Michael Fenton Stevens, Stephen Briggs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Roundworld is in trouble again, and this time it looks fatal. Having created it in the first place, the wizards of Unseen University feel vaguely responsible for its safety. They know the creatures who lived there escaped the impending Big Freeze by inventing the space elevator - they even intervened to rid the planet of a plague of elves, who attempted to divert humanity onto a different time track. But now it&amp;#039;s all gone wrong - Victorian England has stagnated and the pace of progress would embarrass a limping snail. Unless something drastic is done, there won&amp;#039;t be time for anyone to invent spaceflight and the human race will be turned into ice-pops.  Why, though, did history come adrift? Was it Sir Arthur Nightingale&amp;#039;s dismal book about natural selection? Or was it the devastating response by an obscure country vicar called Charles Darwin, whose bestselling Theology of Species made it impossible to refute the divine design of living creatures? Either way, it&amp;#039;s no easy task to change history, as the wizards discover to their cost. Can the God of Evolution come to humanity&amp;#039;s aid and ensure Darwin writes a very different book? And who stopped him writing it in the first place?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How We Feel by Giovanni Frazzetto</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242003</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242003">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242003</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How We Feel
Author: Giovanni Frazzetto
Narrator: Giovanni Frazzetto
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2013
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
What can a brain scan, or our reaction to a Caravaggio painting, reveal about the deep seat of guilt? How can reading Heidegger, or conducting experiments on rats, help us to cope with anxiety in the face of the world&amp;#039;s economic crisis? Can ancient remedies fight sadness more effectively than anti-depressants? What does the neuroscience of acting tell us about how we feel empathy, and fall for an actor on stage? What can writing poetry tell us about how joy works? And how can a bizarre neurological syndrome or a Shakespearean sonnet explain love and intimacy? We live at a time when neuroscience is unlocking the secrets of our emotions. But is science ever enough to explain why we feel the way we feel? Giovanni Frazzetto takes us on a journey through our everyday lives and most common emotions. In each chapter, his scientific knowledge mixes with personal experience to offer a compelling account of the continual contrast between rationality and sentiment, science and poetry. And he shows us that by facing this contrast, we can more fully understand ourselves and how we feel.</description>
      <author>Giovanni Frazzetto</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Aug 2013 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781448186693.mp3" length="1398618" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242003</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781448186693.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242003">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242003</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How We Feel
Author: Giovanni Frazzetto
Narrator: Giovanni Frazzetto
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2013
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
What can a brain scan, or our reaction to a Caravaggio painting, reveal about the deep seat of guilt? How can reading Heidegger, or conducting experiments on rats, help us to cope with anxiety in the face of the world&amp;#039;s economic crisis? Can ancient remedies fight sadness more effectively than anti-depressants? What does the neuroscience of acting tell us about how we feel empathy, and fall for an actor on stage? What can writing poetry tell us about how joy works? And how can a bizarre neurological syndrome or a Shakespearean sonnet explain love and intimacy? We live at a time when neuroscience is unlocking the secrets of our emotions. But is science ever enough to explain why we feel the way we feel? Giovanni Frazzetto takes us on a journey through our everyday lives and most common emotions. In each chapter, his scientific knowledge mixes with personal experience to offer a compelling account of the continual contrast between rationality and sentiment, science and poetry. And he shows us that by facing this contrast, we can more fully understand ourselves and how we feel.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242003">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242003</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How We Feel
Author: Giovanni Frazzetto
Narrator: Giovanni Frazzetto
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2013
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
What can a brain scan, or our reaction to a Caravaggio painting, reveal about the deep seat of guilt? How can reading Heidegger, or conducting experiments on rats, help us to cope with anxiety in the face of the world&amp;#039;s economic crisis? Can ancient remedies fight sadness more effectively than anti-depressants? What does the neuroscience of acting tell us about how we feel empathy, and fall for an actor on stage? What can writing poetry tell us about how joy works? And how can a bizarre neurological syndrome or a Shakespearean sonnet explain love and intimacy? We live at a time when neuroscience is unlocking the secrets of our emotions. But is science ever enough to explain why we feel the way we feel? Giovanni Frazzetto takes us on a journey through our everyday lives and most common emotions. In each chapter, his scientific knowledge mixes with personal experience to offer a compelling account of the continual contrast between rationality and sentiment, science and poetry. And he shows us that by facing this contrast, we can more fully understand ourselves and how we feel.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Thirty Million Words: Building a Child&amp;#039;s Brain by Dana Suskind</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241868</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241868">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241868</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Thirty Million Words: Building a Child&amp;#039;s Brain
Author: Dana Suskind
Narrator: Kathleen McInerney
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The founder and director of the Thirty Million Words Initiative, Professor Dana Suskind, explains why the most important—and astoundingly simple—thing you can do for your child’s future success in life is to to talk to them. What nurtures the brain to optimum intelligence and stability? It is a secret hiding in plain sight: the most important thing we can do for our children is to have conversations with them. The way you talk with your growing child literally builds his or her brain. Parent talk can drastically improve school readiness and lifelong learning in everything from math to art. Indeed, parent–child talk is a fundamental, critical factor in building grit, self-control, leadership skills, and generosity. It is crucial to making the most in life of the luck you have with your genes. This landmark account of a new scientific perspective describes what works and what doesn&amp;#039;t (baby talk is fine; relentless correction isn&amp;#039;t). Discover how to create the best &amp;#039;language environments&amp;#039; for children by following the simple structure of the Three Ts: Tune In; Talk More; Take Turns. Dr. Suskind and her colleagues around the country have worked with thousands of families; now their insights and successful, measured approaches are available to all. This is the first book to reveal how and why the first step in nurturing successful lives is talking to children in ways that build their brains. Your family—and our nation—need to know. *Nominated for the Books for a Better Life Award*</description>
      <author>Dana Suskind</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780698411548.mp3" length="1324069" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241868</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780698411548.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241868">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241868</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Thirty Million Words: Building a Child&amp;#039;s Brain
Author: Dana Suskind
Narrator: Kathleen McInerney
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The founder and director of the Thirty Million Words Initiative, Professor Dana Suskind, explains why the most important—and astoundingly simple—thing you can do for your child’s future success in life is to to talk to them. What nurtures the brain to optimum intelligence and stability? It is a secret hiding in plain sight: the most important thing we can do for our children is to have conversations with them. The way you talk with your growing child literally builds his or her brain. Parent talk can drastically improve school readiness and lifelong learning in everything from math to art. Indeed, parent–child talk is a fundamental, critical factor in building grit, self-control, leadership skills, and generosity. It is crucial to making the most in life of the luck you have with your genes. This landmark account of a new scientific perspective describes what works and what doesn&amp;#039;t (baby talk is fine; relentless correction isn&amp;#039;t). Discover how to create the best &amp;#039;language environments&amp;#039; for children by following the simple structure of the Three Ts: Tune In; Talk More; Take Turns. Dr. Suskind and her colleagues around the country have worked with thousands of families; now their insights and successful, measured approaches are available to all. This is the first book to reveal how and why the first step in nurturing successful lives is talking to children in ways that build their brains. Your family—and our nation—need to know. *Nominated for the Books for a Better Life Award*</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241868">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241868</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Thirty Million Words: Building a Child&amp;#039;s Brain
Author: Dana Suskind
Narrator: Kathleen McInerney
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The founder and director of the Thirty Million Words Initiative, Professor Dana Suskind, explains why the most important—and astoundingly simple—thing you can do for your child’s future success in life is to to talk to them. What nurtures the brain to optimum intelligence and stability? It is a secret hiding in plain sight: the most important thing we can do for our children is to have conversations with them. The way you talk with your growing child literally builds his or her brain. Parent talk can drastically improve school readiness and lifelong learning in everything from math to art. Indeed, parent–child talk is a fundamental, critical factor in building grit, self-control, leadership skills, and generosity. It is crucial to making the most in life of the luck you have with your genes. This landmark account of a new scientific perspective describes what works and what doesn&amp;#039;t (baby talk is fine; relentless correction isn&amp;#039;t). Discover how to create the best &amp;#039;language environments&amp;#039; for children by following the simple structure of the Three Ts: Tune In; Talk More; Take Turns. Dr. Suskind and her colleagues around the country have worked with thousands of families; now their insights and successful, measured approaches are available to all. This is the first book to reveal how and why the first step in nurturing successful lives is talking to children in ways that build their brains. Your family—and our nation—need to know. *Nominated for the Books for a Better Life Award*</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Becoming Fluent: How Cognitive Science Can Help Adults Learn a Foreign Language by Richard Roberts, Roger Kreuz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241844</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241844">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241844</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Becoming Fluent: How Cognitive Science Can Help Adults Learn a Foreign Language
Author: Richard Roberts, Roger Kreuz
Narrator: P. J. Ochlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August 28, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Adults who want to learn a foreign language are often discouraged because they believe they cannot acquire a language as easily as children. Once they begin to learn a language, students may be further discouraged when they find the methods used to teach children don’t seem to work for them. What is an adult language learner to do? In Becoming Fluent, Richard Roberts and Roger Kreuz draw on insights from psychology and cognitive science to show that adults can master a foreign language if they bring to bear the skills and knowledge they have honed over a lifetime. Adults shouldn’t try to learn as children do; they should learn like adults. Roberts and Kreuz report evidence that adults can learn new languages even more easily than children. Children appear to have only two advantages over adults in learning a language: they acquire a native accent more easily, and they do not suffer from self-defeating anxiety about learning a language. Adults, on the other hand, have the greater advantages—gained from experience—of an understanding of their own mental processes and knowing how to use language to do things. Adults have an especially advantageous grasp of pragmatics, the social use of language, and Roberts and Kreuz show how to leverage this metalinguistic ability in learning a new language. Learning a language takes effort. But if adult learners apply the tools acquired over a lifetime, it can be enjoyable and rewarding.</description>
      <author>Richard Roberts, Roger Kreuz</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Aug 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781504640312.mp3" length="815488" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241844</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781504640312.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241844">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241844</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Becoming Fluent: How Cognitive Science Can Help Adults Learn a Foreign Language
Author: Richard Roberts, Roger Kreuz
Narrator: P. J. Ochlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August 28, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Adults who want to learn a foreign language are often discouraged because they believe they cannot acquire a language as easily as children. Once they begin to learn a language, students may be further discouraged when they find the methods used to teach children don’t seem to work for them. What is an adult language learner to do? In Becoming Fluent, Richard Roberts and Roger Kreuz draw on insights from psychology and cognitive science to show that adults can master a foreign language if they bring to bear the skills and knowledge they have honed over a lifetime. Adults shouldn’t try to learn as children do; they should learn like adults. Roberts and Kreuz report evidence that adults can learn new languages even more easily than children. Children appear to have only two advantages over adults in learning a language: they acquire a native accent more easily, and they do not suffer from self-defeating anxiety about learning a language. Adults, on the other hand, have the greater advantages—gained from experience—of an understanding of their own mental processes and knowing how to use language to do things. Adults have an especially advantageous grasp of pragmatics, the social use of language, and Roberts and Kreuz show how to leverage this metalinguistic ability in learning a new language. Learning a language takes effort. But if adult learners apply the tools acquired over a lifetime, it can be enjoyable and rewarding.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241844">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241844</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Becoming Fluent: How Cognitive Science Can Help Adults Learn a Foreign Language
Author: Richard Roberts, Roger Kreuz
Narrator: P. J. Ochlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August 28, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Adults who want to learn a foreign language are often discouraged because they believe they cannot acquire a language as easily as children. Once they begin to learn a language, students may be further discouraged when they find the methods used to teach children don’t seem to work for them. What is an adult language learner to do? In Becoming Fluent, Richard Roberts and Roger Kreuz draw on insights from psychology and cognitive science to show that adults can master a foreign language if they bring to bear the skills and knowledge they have honed over a lifetime. Adults shouldn’t try to learn as children do; they should learn like adults. Roberts and Kreuz report evidence that adults can learn new languages even more easily than children. Children appear to have only two advantages over adults in learning a language: they acquire a native accent more easily, and they do not suffer from self-defeating anxiety about learning a language. Adults, on the other hand, have the greater advantages—gained from experience—of an understanding of their own mental processes and knowing how to use language to do things. Adults have an especially advantageous grasp of pragmatics, the social use of language, and Roberts and Kreuz show how to leverage this metalinguistic ability in learning a new language. Learning a language takes effort. But if adult learners apply the tools acquired over a lifetime, it can be enjoyable and rewarding.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Lost Dinosaurs of Egypt by William Nothdurft, Josh Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241604</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241604">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241604</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lost Dinosaurs of Egypt
Author: William Nothdurft, Josh Smith
Narrator: Michael C. Hall
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2002
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.69 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The date is January 11, 1911. A young German paleontologist, accompanied only by a guide, a cook, four camels, and a couple of camel drivers, reaches the lip of the vast Bahariya Depression after a long trek across the bleak plateau of the western desert of Egypt. The scientist, Ernst Freiherr Stromer von Reichenbach, hopes to find fossil evidence of early mammals. In this, he will be disappointed, for the rocks here will prove to be much older than he thinks. They are nearly a hundred million years old. Stromer is about to learn that he has walked into the age of the dinosaurs. At the bottom of the Bahariya Depression, Stromer will find the remains of four immense and entirely new dinosaurs, along with dozens of other unique specimens. But there will be reversals—shipments delayed for years by war, fossils shattered in transit, stunning personal and professional setbacks. Then, in a single cataclysmic night, all of his work will be destroyed and Ernst Stromer will slip into history and be forgotten. The date is January 11, 2000—eighty-nine years to the day after Stromer descended into Bahariya. Another young paleontologist, Ameri-can graduate student Josh Smith, has brought a team of fellow scientists to Egypt to find Stromer’ s dinosaur graveyard and resurrect the German pioneer’s legacy. After weeks of digging, often under appalling conditions, they fail utterly at rediscovering any of Stromer’ s dinosaur species. Then, just when they are about to declare defeat, Smith’s team discovers a dinosaur of such staggering immensity that it will stun the world of paleontology and make headlines around the globe. Masterfully weaving together history, science, and human drama, The Lost Dinosaurs of Egypt is the gripping account of not one but two of the twentieth century’s great expeditions of discovery.</description>
      <author>William Nothdurft, Josh Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2002 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780553755480.mp3" length="2935620" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241604</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780553755480.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241604">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241604</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lost Dinosaurs of Egypt
Author: William Nothdurft, Josh Smith
Narrator: Michael C. Hall
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2002
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.69 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The date is January 11, 1911. A young German paleontologist, accompanied only by a guide, a cook, four camels, and a couple of camel drivers, reaches the lip of the vast Bahariya Depression after a long trek across the bleak plateau of the western desert of Egypt. The scientist, Ernst Freiherr Stromer von Reichenbach, hopes to find fossil evidence of early mammals. In this, he will be disappointed, for the rocks here will prove to be much older than he thinks. They are nearly a hundred million years old. Stromer is about to learn that he has walked into the age of the dinosaurs. At the bottom of the Bahariya Depression, Stromer will find the remains of four immense and entirely new dinosaurs, along with dozens of other unique specimens. But there will be reversals—shipments delayed for years by war, fossils shattered in transit, stunning personal and professional setbacks. Then, in a single cataclysmic night, all of his work will be destroyed and Ernst Stromer will slip into history and be forgotten. The date is January 11, 2000—eighty-nine years to the day after Stromer descended into Bahariya. Another young paleontologist, Ameri-can graduate student Josh Smith, has brought a team of fellow scientists to Egypt to find Stromer’ s dinosaur graveyard and resurrect the German pioneer’s legacy. After weeks of digging, often under appalling conditions, they fail utterly at rediscovering any of Stromer’ s dinosaur species. Then, just when they are about to declare defeat, Smith’s team discovers a dinosaur of such staggering immensity that it will stun the world of paleontology and make headlines around the globe. Masterfully weaving together history, science, and human drama, The Lost Dinosaurs of Egypt is the gripping account of not one but two of the twentieth century’s great expeditions of discovery.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241604">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241604</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lost Dinosaurs of Egypt
Author: William Nothdurft, Josh Smith
Narrator: Michael C. Hall
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2002
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.69 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The date is January 11, 1911. A young German paleontologist, accompanied only by a guide, a cook, four camels, and a couple of camel drivers, reaches the lip of the vast Bahariya Depression after a long trek across the bleak plateau of the western desert of Egypt. The scientist, Ernst Freiherr Stromer von Reichenbach, hopes to find fossil evidence of early mammals. In this, he will be disappointed, for the rocks here will prove to be much older than he thinks. They are nearly a hundred million years old. Stromer is about to learn that he has walked into the age of the dinosaurs. At the bottom of the Bahariya Depression, Stromer will find the remains of four immense and entirely new dinosaurs, along with dozens of other unique specimens. But there will be reversals—shipments delayed for years by war, fossils shattered in transit, stunning personal and professional setbacks. Then, in a single cataclysmic night, all of his work will be destroyed and Ernst Stromer will slip into history and be forgotten. The date is January 11, 2000—eighty-nine years to the day after Stromer descended into Bahariya. Another young paleontologist, Ameri-can graduate student Josh Smith, has brought a team of fellow scientists to Egypt to find Stromer’ s dinosaur graveyard and resurrect the German pioneer’s legacy. After weeks of digging, often under appalling conditions, they fail utterly at rediscovering any of Stromer’ s dinosaur species. Then, just when they are about to declare defeat, Smith’s team discovers a dinosaur of such staggering immensity that it will stun the world of paleontology and make headlines around the globe. Masterfully weaving together history, science, and human drama, The Lost Dinosaurs of Egypt is the gripping account of not one but two of the twentieth century’s great expeditions of discovery.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Global Brain: The Evolution of Mass Mind from the Big Bang to the 21st Century by Howard Bloom</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240499</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240499">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240499</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Global Brain: The Evolution of Mass Mind from the Big Bang to the 21st Century
Author: Howard Bloom
Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this extraordinary follow-up to the critically acclaimed The Lucifer Principle, Howard Bloom—one of today’s preeminent thinkers—offers us a bold rewrite of the evolutionary saga. He shows how plants and animals (including humans) have evolved together as components of a worldwide learning machine. He describes the network of life on Earth as one that is, in fact, a “complex adaptive system,” a global brain in which each of us plays a sometimes conscious, sometimes unknowing role. And he reveals that the World Wide Web is just the latest step in the development of this brain. These are theories as important as they are radical. Informed by twenty years of interdisciplinary research, Bloom takes us on a spellbinding journey back to the big bang to let us see how its fires forged primordial sociality. As he brings us back via surprising routes, we see how our earliest bacterial ancestors built multitrillion-member research-and-development teams a full 3.5 billion years ago. We watch him unravel the previously unrecognized strands of interconnectedness woven by crowds of trilobites, hunting packs of dinosaurs, flocks of flying lizards, troops of baboons making communal decisions, and adventurous tribes of protohumans spreading across continents but still linked by primitive forms of information networking. We soon find ourselves reconsidering our place in the world. Along the way, Bloom offers us exhilarating insights into the strange tricks of body and mind that have organized a variety of life forms: spiny lobsters, which, during the Paleozoic Era, participated in communal marching rituals; and bees, which, during the age of dinosaurs, conducted collective brainwork. This fascinating tour continues on to the sometimes brutal subculture wars that have spurred the growth of human civilization since the Stone Age. Bloom shows us how culture shapes our infant brains, immersing us in a matrix of truth and mass delusion that we think of as reality. Global Brain is more than just a brilliantly original contribution to the ongoing debate on the inner workings of evolution; it is a “grand vision,” says the eminent evolutionary biologist David Sloan Wilson, a work that transforms our very view of who we are and why.</description>
      <author>Howard Bloom</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781504624909.mp3" length="808416" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240499</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781504624909.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240499">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240499</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Global Brain: The Evolution of Mass Mind from the Big Bang to the 21st Century
Author: Howard Bloom
Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this extraordinary follow-up to the critically acclaimed The Lucifer Principle, Howard Bloom—one of today’s preeminent thinkers—offers us a bold rewrite of the evolutionary saga. He shows how plants and animals (including humans) have evolved together as components of a worldwide learning machine. He describes the network of life on Earth as one that is, in fact, a “complex adaptive system,” a global brain in which each of us plays a sometimes conscious, sometimes unknowing role. And he reveals that the World Wide Web is just the latest step in the development of this brain. These are theories as important as they are radical. Informed by twenty years of interdisciplinary research, Bloom takes us on a spellbinding journey back to the big bang to let us see how its fires forged primordial sociality. As he brings us back via surprising routes, we see how our earliest bacterial ancestors built multitrillion-member research-and-development teams a full 3.5 billion years ago. We watch him unravel the previously unrecognized strands of interconnectedness woven by crowds of trilobites, hunting packs of dinosaurs, flocks of flying lizards, troops of baboons making communal decisions, and adventurous tribes of protohumans spreading across continents but still linked by primitive forms of information networking. We soon find ourselves reconsidering our place in the world. Along the way, Bloom offers us exhilarating insights into the strange tricks of body and mind that have organized a variety of life forms: spiny lobsters, which, during the Paleozoic Era, participated in communal marching rituals; and bees, which, during the age of dinosaurs, conducted collective brainwork. This fascinating tour continues on to the sometimes brutal subculture wars that have spurred the growth of human civilization since the Stone Age. Bloom shows us how culture shapes our infant brains, immersing us in a matrix of truth and mass delusion that we think of as reality. Global Brain is more than just a brilliantly original contribution to the ongoing debate on the inner workings of evolution; it is a “grand vision,” says the eminent evolutionary biologist David Sloan Wilson, a work that transforms our very view of who we are and why.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240499">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240499</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Global Brain: The Evolution of Mass Mind from the Big Bang to the 21st Century
Author: Howard Bloom
Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this extraordinary follow-up to the critically acclaimed The Lucifer Principle, Howard Bloom—one of today’s preeminent thinkers—offers us a bold rewrite of the evolutionary saga. He shows how plants and animals (including humans) have evolved together as components of a worldwide learning machine. He describes the network of life on Earth as one that is, in fact, a “complex adaptive system,” a global brain in which each of us plays a sometimes conscious, sometimes unknowing role. And he reveals that the World Wide Web is just the latest step in the development of this brain. These are theories as important as they are radical. Informed by twenty years of interdisciplinary research, Bloom takes us on a spellbinding journey back to the big bang to let us see how its fires forged primordial sociality. As he brings us back via surprising routes, we see how our earliest bacterial ancestors built multitrillion-member research-and-development teams a full 3.5 billion years ago. We watch him unravel the previously unrecognized strands of interconnectedness woven by crowds of trilobites, hunting packs of dinosaurs, flocks of flying lizards, troops of baboons making communal decisions, and adventurous tribes of protohumans spreading across continents but still linked by primitive forms of information networking. We soon find ourselves reconsidering our place in the world. Along the way, Bloom offers us exhilarating insights into the strange tricks of body and mind that have organized a variety of life forms: spiny lobsters, which, during the Paleozoic Era, participated in communal marching rituals; and bees, which, during the age of dinosaurs, conducted collective brainwork. This fascinating tour continues on to the sometimes brutal subculture wars that have spurred the growth of human civilization since the Stone Age. Bloom shows us how culture shapes our infant brains, immersing us in a matrix of truth and mass delusion that we think of as reality. Global Brain is more than just a brilliantly original contribution to the ongoing debate on the inner workings of evolution; it is a “grand vision,” says the eminent evolutionary biologist David Sloan Wilson, a work that transforms our very view of who we are and why.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding by David Hume</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240386</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240386">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240386</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding
Author: David Hume
Narrator: Hugh Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
As intriguing today as when it was first published, Hume&amp;#039;s An Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding is a fascinating exploration into the nature of human knowledge. Using billiard balls, candles and other colorful examples, Hume conveys the core of his empiricism - that true knowledge can only be gained through sensory experience. No other philosopher has been at the forefront of the mind than David Hume; physics, psychology, neuroscience - connections to Hume are everywhere. Here is the book that Immanuel Kant confessed to have awoken him from his &amp;#039;dogmatic slumber&amp;#039;.</description>
      <author>David Hume</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Nov 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781843797883.mp3" length="881311" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240386</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781843797883.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240386">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240386</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding
Author: David Hume
Narrator: Hugh Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
As intriguing today as when it was first published, Hume&amp;#039;s An Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding is a fascinating exploration into the nature of human knowledge. Using billiard balls, candles and other colorful examples, Hume conveys the core of his empiricism - that true knowledge can only be gained through sensory experience. No other philosopher has been at the forefront of the mind than David Hume; physics, psychology, neuroscience - connections to Hume are everywhere. Here is the book that Immanuel Kant confessed to have awoken him from his &amp;#039;dogmatic slumber&amp;#039;.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240386">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240386</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding
Author: David Hume
Narrator: Hugh Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
As intriguing today as when it was first published, Hume&amp;#039;s An Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding is a fascinating exploration into the nature of human knowledge. Using billiard balls, candles and other colorful examples, Hume conveys the core of his empiricism - that true knowledge can only be gained through sensory experience. No other philosopher has been at the forefront of the mind than David Hume; physics, psychology, neuroscience - connections to Hume are everywhere. Here is the book that Immanuel Kant confessed to have awoken him from his &amp;#039;dogmatic slumber&amp;#039;.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Greatest Show on Earth: The Evidence for Evolution by Richard Dawkins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237833</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237833">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237833</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Greatest Show on Earth: The Evidence for Evolution
Author: Richard Dawkins
Narrator: Lalla Ward, Richard Dawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 37 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2009
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Darwin&amp;#039;s masterpiece, On the Origin of Species, shook society to its core on publication in 1859. Darwin was only too aware of the storm his theory of evolution would provoke but he would surely have raised an incredulous eyebrow at the controversy still raging a century and a half later. Evolution is accepted as scientific fact by all reputable scientists and indeed theologians, yet millions of people continue to question its veracity. In The Greatest Show on Earth Richard Dawkins takes on creationists, including followers of &amp;#039;Intelligent Design&amp;#039; and all those who question the fact of evolution through natural selection. Like a detective arriving on the scene of a crime, he sifts through fascinating layers of scientific facts and disciplines to build a cast-iron case: from the living examples of natural selection in birds and insects; the &amp;#039;time clocks&amp;#039; of trees and radioactive dating that calibrate a timescale for evolution; the fossil record and the traces of our earliest ancestors; to confirmation from molecular biology and genetics. All of this, and much more, bears witness to the truth of evolution. The Greatest Show on Earth comes at a critical time: systematic opposition to the fact of evolution is now flourishing as never before, especially in America. In Britain and elsewhere in the world, teachers witness insidious attempts to undermine the status of science in their classrooms. Richard Dawkins provides unequivocal evidence that boldly and comprehensively rebuts such nonsense. At the same time he shares with us his palpable love of the natural world and the essential role that science plays in its interpretation. Written with elegance, wit and passion, it is hard-hitting, absorbing and totally convincing.</description>
      <author>Richard Dawkins</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Sep 2009 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781407004372.mp3" length="1378879" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237833</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781407004372.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237833">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237833</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Greatest Show on Earth: The Evidence for Evolution
Author: Richard Dawkins
Narrator: Lalla Ward, Richard Dawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 37 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2009
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Darwin&amp;#039;s masterpiece, On the Origin of Species, shook society to its core on publication in 1859. Darwin was only too aware of the storm his theory of evolution would provoke but he would surely have raised an incredulous eyebrow at the controversy still raging a century and a half later. Evolution is accepted as scientific fact by all reputable scientists and indeed theologians, yet millions of people continue to question its veracity. In The Greatest Show on Earth Richard Dawkins takes on creationists, including followers of &amp;#039;Intelligent Design&amp;#039; and all those who question the fact of evolution through natural selection. Like a detective arriving on the scene of a crime, he sifts through fascinating layers of scientific facts and disciplines to build a cast-iron case: from the living examples of natural selection in birds and insects; the &amp;#039;time clocks&amp;#039; of trees and radioactive dating that calibrate a timescale for evolution; the fossil record and the traces of our earliest ancestors; to confirmation from molecular biology and genetics. All of this, and much more, bears witness to the truth of evolution. The Greatest Show on Earth comes at a critical time: systematic opposition to the fact of evolution is now flourishing as never before, especially in America. In Britain and elsewhere in the world, teachers witness insidious attempts to undermine the status of science in their classrooms. Richard Dawkins provides unequivocal evidence that boldly and comprehensively rebuts such nonsense. At the same time he shares with us his palpable love of the natural world and the essential role that science plays in its interpretation. Written with elegance, wit and passion, it is hard-hitting, absorbing and totally convincing.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237833">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237833</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Greatest Show on Earth: The Evidence for Evolution
Author: Richard Dawkins
Narrator: Lalla Ward, Richard Dawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 37 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2009
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Darwin&amp;#039;s masterpiece, On the Origin of Species, shook society to its core on publication in 1859. Darwin was only too aware of the storm his theory of evolution would provoke but he would surely have raised an incredulous eyebrow at the controversy still raging a century and a half later. Evolution is accepted as scientific fact by all reputable scientists and indeed theologians, yet millions of people continue to question its veracity. In The Greatest Show on Earth Richard Dawkins takes on creationists, including followers of &amp;#039;Intelligent Design&amp;#039; and all those who question the fact of evolution through natural selection. Like a detective arriving on the scene of a crime, he sifts through fascinating layers of scientific facts and disciplines to build a cast-iron case: from the living examples of natural selection in birds and insects; the &amp;#039;time clocks&amp;#039; of trees and radioactive dating that calibrate a timescale for evolution; the fossil record and the traces of our earliest ancestors; to confirmation from molecular biology and genetics. All of this, and much more, bears witness to the truth of evolution. The Greatest Show on Earth comes at a critical time: systematic opposition to the fact of evolution is now flourishing as never before, especially in America. In Britain and elsewhere in the world, teachers witness insidious attempts to undermine the status of science in their classrooms. Richard Dawkins provides unequivocal evidence that boldly and comprehensively rebuts such nonsense. At the same time he shares with us his palpable love of the natural world and the essential role that science plays in its interpretation. Written with elegance, wit and passion, it is hard-hitting, absorbing and totally convincing.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Man Who Wasn&amp;#039;t There: Investigations into the Strange New Science of the Self by Anil Ananthaswamy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237445</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237445">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237445</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Man Who Wasn&amp;#039;t There: Investigations into the Strange New Science of the Self
Author: Anil Ananthaswamy
Narrator: René Ruiz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
*Nominated for the 2016 PEN/E.O. Wilson Literary Science Writing Award* *An NBC News Notable Science Book of 2015* *Named one of Publishers Weekly&amp;#039;s Best Books of 2015* *A Book of the Month for Brain HQ/Posit Science* *Selected by Forbes as a Must Read Brain Book of 2015*  *On Life Changes Network’s list of the Top 10 Books That Could Change Your Life of 2015* In the tradition of Oliver Sacks, a tour of the latest neuroscience of schizophrenia, autism, Alzheimer’s disease, ecstatic epilepsy, Cotard’s syndrome, out-of-body experiences, and other disorders—revealing the awesome power of the human sense of self from a master of science journalism.  Anil Ananthaswamy’s extensive in-depth interviews venture into the lives of individuals who offer perspectives that will change how you think about who you are. These individuals all lost some part of what we think of as our self, but they then offer remarkable, sometimes heart-wrenching insights into what remains. One man cut off his own leg. Another became one with the universe.  We are learning about the self at a level of detail that Descartes (“I think therefore I am”) could never have imagined. Recent research into Alzheimer’s illuminates how memory creates your narrative self by using the same part of your brain for your past as for your future. But wait, those afflicted with Cotard’s syndrome think they are already dead; in a way, they believe that “I think therefore I am not.” Who—or what—can say that? Neuroscience has identified specific regions of the brain that, when they misfire, can cause the self to move back and forth between the body and a doppelgänger, or to leave the body entirely. So where in the brain, or mind, or body, is the self actually located? As Ananthaswamy elegantly reports, neuroscientists themselves now see that the elusive sense of self is both everywhere and nowhere in the human brain.</description>
      <author>Anil Ananthaswamy</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780698402812.mp3" length="1267346" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237445</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780698402812.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237445">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237445</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Man Who Wasn&amp;#039;t There: Investigations into the Strange New Science of the Self
Author: Anil Ananthaswamy
Narrator: René Ruiz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
*Nominated for the 2016 PEN/E.O. Wilson Literary Science Writing Award* *An NBC News Notable Science Book of 2015* *Named one of Publishers Weekly&amp;#039;s Best Books of 2015* *A Book of the Month for Brain HQ/Posit Science* *Selected by Forbes as a Must Read Brain Book of 2015*  *On Life Changes Network’s list of the Top 10 Books That Could Change Your Life of 2015* In the tradition of Oliver Sacks, a tour of the latest neuroscience of schizophrenia, autism, Alzheimer’s disease, ecstatic epilepsy, Cotard’s syndrome, out-of-body experiences, and other disorders—revealing the awesome power of the human sense of self from a master of science journalism.  Anil Ananthaswamy’s extensive in-depth interviews venture into the lives of individuals who offer perspectives that will change how you think about who you are. These individuals all lost some part of what we think of as our self, but they then offer remarkable, sometimes heart-wrenching insights into what remains. One man cut off his own leg. Another became one with the universe.  We are learning about the self at a level of detail that Descartes (“I think therefore I am”) could never have imagined. Recent research into Alzheimer’s illuminates how memory creates your narrative self by using the same part of your brain for your past as for your future. But wait, those afflicted with Cotard’s syndrome think they are already dead; in a way, they believe that “I think therefore I am not.” Who—or what—can say that? Neuroscience has identified specific regions of the brain that, when they misfire, can cause the self to move back and forth between the body and a doppelgänger, or to leave the body entirely. So where in the brain, or mind, or body, is the self actually located? As Ananthaswamy elegantly reports, neuroscientists themselves now see that the elusive sense of self is both everywhere and nowhere in the human brain.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237445">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237445</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Man Who Wasn&amp;#039;t There: Investigations into the Strange New Science of the Self
Author: Anil Ananthaswamy
Narrator: René Ruiz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
*Nominated for the 2016 PEN/E.O. Wilson Literary Science Writing Award* *An NBC News Notable Science Book of 2015* *Named one of Publishers Weekly&amp;#039;s Best Books of 2015* *A Book of the Month for Brain HQ/Posit Science* *Selected by Forbes as a Must Read Brain Book of 2015*  *On Life Changes Network’s list of the Top 10 Books That Could Change Your Life of 2015* In the tradition of Oliver Sacks, a tour of the latest neuroscience of schizophrenia, autism, Alzheimer’s disease, ecstatic epilepsy, Cotard’s syndrome, out-of-body experiences, and other disorders—revealing the awesome power of the human sense of self from a master of science journalism.  Anil Ananthaswamy’s extensive in-depth interviews venture into the lives of individuals who offer perspectives that will change how you think about who you are. These individuals all lost some part of what we think of as our self, but they then offer remarkable, sometimes heart-wrenching insights into what remains. One man cut off his own leg. Another became one with the universe.  We are learning about the self at a level of detail that Descartes (“I think therefore I am”) could never have imagined. Recent research into Alzheimer’s illuminates how memory creates your narrative self by using the same part of your brain for your past as for your future. But wait, those afflicted with Cotard’s syndrome think they are already dead; in a way, they believe that “I think therefore I am not.” Who—or what—can say that? Neuroscience has identified specific regions of the brain that, when they misfire, can cause the self to move back and forth between the body and a doppelgänger, or to leave the body entirely. So where in the brain, or mind, or body, is the self actually located? As Ananthaswamy elegantly reports, neuroscientists themselves now see that the elusive sense of self is both everywhere and nowhere in the human brain.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Healthy Brain, Happy Life: A Personal Program to Activate Your Brain and Do Everything Better by Billie Fitzpatrick, Wendy Suzuki</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233723</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233723">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233723</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healthy Brain, Happy Life: A Personal Program to Activate Your Brain and Do Everything Better
Author: Billie Fitzpatrick, Wendy Suzuki
Narrator: Wendy Suzuki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 42 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A neuroscientist transforms the way we think about our brain, our health, and our personal happiness in this clear, informative, and inspiring guide—a blend of personal memoir, science narrative, and immediately useful takeaways that bring the human brain into focus as never before, revealing the powerful connection between exercise, learning, memory, and cognitive abilities. Nearing forty, Dr. Wendy Suzuki was at the pinnacle of her career. An award-winning university professor and world-renowned neuroscientist, she had tenure, her own successful research lab, prestigious awards, and international renown. That’s when to celebrate her birthday, she booked an adventure trip that forced her to wake up to a startling reality: despite her professional success, she was overweight, lonely, and tired and knew that her life had to change.  Wendy started simply—by going to an exercise class. Eventually, she noticed an improvement in her memory, her energy levels, and her ability to work quickly and move from task to task easily. Not only did Wendy begin to get fit, but she also became sharper, had more energy, and her memory improved.  Being a neuroscientist, she wanted to know why. What she learned transformed her body and her life. Now, it can transform yours. Wendy discovered that there is a biological connection between exercise, mindfulness, and action. With exercise, your body feels more alive and your brain actually performs better.  Yes—you can make yourself smarter. In this fascinating book, Suzuki makes neuroscience easy to understand, interweaving her personal story with groundbreaking research, and offering practical, short exercises—4 minute Brain Hacks—to engage your mind and improve your memory, your ability to learn new skills, and function more efficiently. Taking us on an amazing journey inside the brain as never before, Suzuki helps us unlock the keys to neuroplasticity that can change our brains, or bodies, and, ultimately, our lives.</description>
      <author>Billie Fitzpatrick, Wendy Suzuki</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062373755.mp3" length="1476071" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233723</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062373755.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233723">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233723</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healthy Brain, Happy Life: A Personal Program to Activate Your Brain and Do Everything Better
Author: Billie Fitzpatrick, Wendy Suzuki
Narrator: Wendy Suzuki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 42 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A neuroscientist transforms the way we think about our brain, our health, and our personal happiness in this clear, informative, and inspiring guide—a blend of personal memoir, science narrative, and immediately useful takeaways that bring the human brain into focus as never before, revealing the powerful connection between exercise, learning, memory, and cognitive abilities. Nearing forty, Dr. Wendy Suzuki was at the pinnacle of her career. An award-winning university professor and world-renowned neuroscientist, she had tenure, her own successful research lab, prestigious awards, and international renown. That’s when to celebrate her birthday, she booked an adventure trip that forced her to wake up to a startling reality: despite her professional success, she was overweight, lonely, and tired and knew that her life had to change.  Wendy started simply—by going to an exercise class. Eventually, she noticed an improvement in her memory, her energy levels, and her ability to work quickly and move from task to task easily. Not only did Wendy begin to get fit, but she also became sharper, had more energy, and her memory improved.  Being a neuroscientist, she wanted to know why. What she learned transformed her body and her life. Now, it can transform yours. Wendy discovered that there is a biological connection between exercise, mindfulness, and action. With exercise, your body feels more alive and your brain actually performs better.  Yes—you can make yourself smarter. In this fascinating book, Suzuki makes neuroscience easy to understand, interweaving her personal story with groundbreaking research, and offering practical, short exercises—4 minute Brain Hacks—to engage your mind and improve your memory, your ability to learn new skills, and function more efficiently. Taking us on an amazing journey inside the brain as never before, Suzuki helps us unlock the keys to neuroplasticity that can change our brains, or bodies, and, ultimately, our lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233723">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233723</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healthy Brain, Happy Life: A Personal Program to Activate Your Brain and Do Everything Better
Author: Billie Fitzpatrick, Wendy Suzuki
Narrator: Wendy Suzuki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 42 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A neuroscientist transforms the way we think about our brain, our health, and our personal happiness in this clear, informative, and inspiring guide—a blend of personal memoir, science narrative, and immediately useful takeaways that bring the human brain into focus as never before, revealing the powerful connection between exercise, learning, memory, and cognitive abilities. Nearing forty, Dr. Wendy Suzuki was at the pinnacle of her career. An award-winning university professor and world-renowned neuroscientist, she had tenure, her own successful research lab, prestigious awards, and international renown. That’s when to celebrate her birthday, she booked an adventure trip that forced her to wake up to a startling reality: despite her professional success, she was overweight, lonely, and tired and knew that her life had to change.  Wendy started simply—by going to an exercise class. Eventually, she noticed an improvement in her memory, her energy levels, and her ability to work quickly and move from task to task easily. Not only did Wendy begin to get fit, but she also became sharper, had more energy, and her memory improved.  Being a neuroscientist, she wanted to know why. What she learned transformed her body and her life. Now, it can transform yours. Wendy discovered that there is a biological connection between exercise, mindfulness, and action. With exercise, your body feels more alive and your brain actually performs better.  Yes—you can make yourself smarter. In this fascinating book, Suzuki makes neuroscience easy to understand, interweaving her personal story with groundbreaking research, and offering practical, short exercises—4 minute Brain Hacks—to engage your mind and improve your memory, your ability to learn new skills, and function more efficiently. Taking us on an amazing journey inside the brain as never before, Suzuki helps us unlock the keys to neuroplasticity that can change our brains, or bodies, and, ultimately, our lives.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>On the Move: A Life by Oliver Sacks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232028</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232028">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232028</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Move: A Life
Author: Oliver Sacks
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 54 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
When Oliver Sacks was twelve years old, a perceptive schoolmaster wrote in his report: “Sacks will go far, if he does not go too far.” It is now abundantly clear that Sacks has never stopped going. From its opening pages on his youthful obsession with motorcycles and speed, On the Move is infused with his restless energy. As he recounts his experiences as a young neurologist in the early 1960s, first in California, where he struggled with drug addiction, and then in New York, where he discovered a long-forgotten illness in the back wards of a chronic hospital, we see how his engagement with patients comes to define his life. With unbridled honesty and humor, Sacks shows us that the same energy that drives his physical passions—weight lifting and swimming—also drives his cerebral passions. He writes about his love affairs, both romantic and intellectual; his guilt over leaving his family to come to America; his bond with his schizophrenic brother; and the writers and scientists—Thom Gunn, A. R. Luria, W. H. Auden, Gerald M. Edelman, Francis Crick—who influenced him. On the Move is the story of a brilliantly unconventional physician and writer—and of the man who has illuminated the many ways that the brain makes us human.</description>
      <author>Oliver Sacks</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780804192309.mp3" length="2554565" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232028</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780804192309.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232028">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232028</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Move: A Life
Author: Oliver Sacks
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 54 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
When Oliver Sacks was twelve years old, a perceptive schoolmaster wrote in his report: “Sacks will go far, if he does not go too far.” It is now abundantly clear that Sacks has never stopped going. From its opening pages on his youthful obsession with motorcycles and speed, On the Move is infused with his restless energy. As he recounts his experiences as a young neurologist in the early 1960s, first in California, where he struggled with drug addiction, and then in New York, where he discovered a long-forgotten illness in the back wards of a chronic hospital, we see how his engagement with patients comes to define his life. With unbridled honesty and humor, Sacks shows us that the same energy that drives his physical passions—weight lifting and swimming—also drives his cerebral passions. He writes about his love affairs, both romantic and intellectual; his guilt over leaving his family to come to America; his bond with his schizophrenic brother; and the writers and scientists—Thom Gunn, A. R. Luria, W. H. Auden, Gerald M. Edelman, Francis Crick—who influenced him. On the Move is the story of a brilliantly unconventional physician and writer—and of the man who has illuminated the many ways that the brain makes us human.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232028">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232028</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Move: A Life
Author: Oliver Sacks
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 54 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
When Oliver Sacks was twelve years old, a perceptive schoolmaster wrote in his report: “Sacks will go far, if he does not go too far.” It is now abundantly clear that Sacks has never stopped going. From its opening pages on his youthful obsession with motorcycles and speed, On the Move is infused with his restless energy. As he recounts his experiences as a young neurologist in the early 1960s, first in California, where he struggled with drug addiction, and then in New York, where he discovered a long-forgotten illness in the back wards of a chronic hospital, we see how his engagement with patients comes to define his life. With unbridled honesty and humor, Sacks shows us that the same energy that drives his physical passions—weight lifting and swimming—also drives his cerebral passions. He writes about his love affairs, both romantic and intellectual; his guilt over leaving his family to come to America; his bond with his schizophrenic brother; and the writers and scientists—Thom Gunn, A. R. Luria, W. H. Auden, Gerald M. Edelman, Francis Crick—who influenced him. On the Move is the story of a brilliantly unconventional physician and writer—and of the man who has illuminated the many ways that the brain makes us human.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Good Gut: Taking Control of Your Weight, Your Mood, and Your Long Term Health by Justin Sonnenburg, Erica Sonnenburg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230738</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230738">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230738</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Good Gut: Taking Control of Your Weight, Your Mood, and Your Long Term Health
Author: Justin Sonnenburg, Erica Sonnenburg
Narrator: Marc Cashman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A groundbreaking guide to the surprising source of good health     Genetics and lifestyle are thought to be the two most important determinants of good health. But that is not the whole story. We have a second genome, our gut bacteria, that sets the dial on our bodies. Unlike our DNA, we can influence the gut bacteria, or microbiota, to optimize all aspects of our health.  In The Good Gut, noted Stanford researchers Justin and Erica Sonnenburg, who are doing cutting-edge research on the microbiota, investigate how the trillions of microbes that reside in our gastrointestinal tract help define us, affecting everything from our immune response to our weight, allergic reactions, aging and emotions; how they are under threat from the Western diet, our antibiotics, and our sterilized environment; and how we can nurture our individual microbiota.  This is urgent news. The recent change in our gut microbiota is linked to the alarming increase in obesity and autoimmune diseases. Our intestinal microbiota play an important role in the prevalence of predominantly Western afflictions, such as cancer, diabetes, allergies, asthma, autism, and inflammatory bowel diseases. These gut bacteria are facing a mass extinction, and the health consequences are dire. The average American has 1,200 different types of bacteria residing in his or her gut. That may seem like a lot until you consider that the average Amerindian living in the Amazon has 1,600 species and is much less likely to develop Western maladies.  How can we keep our microbiota off the endangered species list? How can we strengthen the community that inhabits our gut and thereby improve our own health?  Your prescription for gut health is unique to you, and it changes as you age. The Good Gut offers a new plan for health that focuses on how to nourish your microbiota, including recipes and a menu plan. Drs. Sonnenburg look at safe alternatives to antibiotics; dietary and lifestyle choices to encourage microbial health; the management of the aging microbiota; and the nourishment of your own individual microbiome.  The proper understanding and care of our gut may be the most important health choice we can make. Includes a Bonus PDF with recipes.</description>
      <author>Justin Sonnenburg, Erica Sonnenburg</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780698403017.mp3" length="1299799" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230738</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780698403017.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230738">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230738</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Good Gut: Taking Control of Your Weight, Your Mood, and Your Long Term Health
Author: Justin Sonnenburg, Erica Sonnenburg
Narrator: Marc Cashman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A groundbreaking guide to the surprising source of good health     Genetics and lifestyle are thought to be the two most important determinants of good health. But that is not the whole story. We have a second genome, our gut bacteria, that sets the dial on our bodies. Unlike our DNA, we can influence the gut bacteria, or microbiota, to optimize all aspects of our health.  In The Good Gut, noted Stanford researchers Justin and Erica Sonnenburg, who are doing cutting-edge research on the microbiota, investigate how the trillions of microbes that reside in our gastrointestinal tract help define us, affecting everything from our immune response to our weight, allergic reactions, aging and emotions; how they are under threat from the Western diet, our antibiotics, and our sterilized environment; and how we can nurture our individual microbiota.  This is urgent news. The recent change in our gut microbiota is linked to the alarming increase in obesity and autoimmune diseases. Our intestinal microbiota play an important role in the prevalence of predominantly Western afflictions, such as cancer, diabetes, allergies, asthma, autism, and inflammatory bowel diseases. These gut bacteria are facing a mass extinction, and the health consequences are dire. The average American has 1,200 different types of bacteria residing in his or her gut. That may seem like a lot until you consider that the average Amerindian living in the Amazon has 1,600 species and is much less likely to develop Western maladies.  How can we keep our microbiota off the endangered species list? How can we strengthen the community that inhabits our gut and thereby improve our own health?  Your prescription for gut health is unique to you, and it changes as you age. The Good Gut offers a new plan for health that focuses on how to nourish your microbiota, including recipes and a menu plan. Drs. Sonnenburg look at safe alternatives to antibiotics; dietary and lifestyle choices to encourage microbial health; the management of the aging microbiota; and the nourishment of your own individual microbiome.  The proper understanding and care of our gut may be the most important health choice we can make. Includes a Bonus PDF with recipes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230738">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230738</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Good Gut: Taking Control of Your Weight, Your Mood, and Your Long Term Health
Author: Justin Sonnenburg, Erica Sonnenburg
Narrator: Marc Cashman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A groundbreaking guide to the surprising source of good health     Genetics and lifestyle are thought to be the two most important determinants of good health. But that is not the whole story. We have a second genome, our gut bacteria, that sets the dial on our bodies. Unlike our DNA, we can influence the gut bacteria, or microbiota, to optimize all aspects of our health.  In The Good Gut, noted Stanford researchers Justin and Erica Sonnenburg, who are doing cutting-edge research on the microbiota, investigate how the trillions of microbes that reside in our gastrointestinal tract help define us, affecting everything from our immune response to our weight, allergic reactions, aging and emotions; how they are under threat from the Western diet, our antibiotics, and our sterilized environment; and how we can nurture our individual microbiota.  This is urgent news. The recent change in our gut microbiota is linked to the alarming increase in obesity and autoimmune diseases. Our intestinal microbiota play an important role in the prevalence of predominantly Western afflictions, such as cancer, diabetes, allergies, asthma, autism, and inflammatory bowel diseases. These gut bacteria are facing a mass extinction, and the health consequences are dire. The average American has 1,200 different types of bacteria residing in his or her gut. That may seem like a lot until you consider that the average Amerindian living in the Amazon has 1,600 species and is much less likely to develop Western maladies.  How can we keep our microbiota off the endangered species list? How can we strengthen the community that inhabits our gut and thereby improve our own health?  Your prescription for gut health is unique to you, and it changes as you age. The Good Gut offers a new plan for health that focuses on how to nourish your microbiota, including recipes and a menu plan. Drs. Sonnenburg look at safe alternatives to antibiotics; dietary and lifestyle choices to encourage microbial health; the management of the aging microbiota; and the nourishment of your own individual microbiome.  The proper understanding and care of our gut may be the most important health choice we can make. Includes a Bonus PDF with recipes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Follow Your Gut: The Enormous Impact of Tiny Microbes by Rob Knight</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230361</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Follow Your Gut: The Enormous Impact of Tiny Microbes
Author: Rob Knight
Narrator: Rob Knight
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Allergies, asthma, obesity, acne: these are just a few of the conditions that may be caused—and someday cured—by the microscopic life inside us. The key is to understand how this groundbreaking science influences your health, mood, and more. In just the last few years, scientists have shown how the microscopic life within our bodies— particularly within our intestines—has an astonishing impact on our lives. Your health, mood, sleep patterns, eating preferences—even your likelihood of getting bitten by mosquitoes—can be traced in part to the tiny creatures that live on and inside of us.   In Follow Your Gut, pioneering scientist Rob Knight pairs with award-winning science journalist Brendan Buhler to explain—with good humor and easy-to-grasp examples—why these new findings matter to everyone. They lead a detailed tour of the previously unseen world inside our bodies, calling out the diseases and conditions believed to be most directly impacted by them.   With a practical eye toward deeper knowledge and better decisions, they also explore the known effects of antibiotics, probiotics, diet choice and even birth method on our children’s lifelong health. Ultimately, this pioneering book explains how to learn about your own microbiome and take steps toward understanding and improving your health, using the latest research as a guide.</description>
      <author>Rob Knight</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781442375895.mp3" length="895743" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230361</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781442375895.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Follow Your Gut: The Enormous Impact of Tiny Microbes
Author: Rob Knight
Narrator: Rob Knight
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Allergies, asthma, obesity, acne: these are just a few of the conditions that may be caused—and someday cured—by the microscopic life inside us. The key is to understand how this groundbreaking science influences your health, mood, and more. In just the last few years, scientists have shown how the microscopic life within our bodies— particularly within our intestines—has an astonishing impact on our lives. Your health, mood, sleep patterns, eating preferences—even your likelihood of getting bitten by mosquitoes—can be traced in part to the tiny creatures that live on and inside of us.   In Follow Your Gut, pioneering scientist Rob Knight pairs with award-winning science journalist Brendan Buhler to explain—with good humor and easy-to-grasp examples—why these new findings matter to everyone. They lead a detailed tour of the previously unseen world inside our bodies, calling out the diseases and conditions believed to be most directly impacted by them.   With a practical eye toward deeper knowledge and better decisions, they also explore the known effects of antibiotics, probiotics, diet choice and even birth method on our children’s lifelong health. Ultimately, this pioneering book explains how to learn about your own microbiome and take steps toward understanding and improving your health, using the latest research as a guide.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Follow Your Gut: The Enormous Impact of Tiny Microbes
Author: Rob Knight
Narrator: Rob Knight
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Allergies, asthma, obesity, acne: these are just a few of the conditions that may be caused—and someday cured—by the microscopic life inside us. The key is to understand how this groundbreaking science influences your health, mood, and more. In just the last few years, scientists have shown how the microscopic life within our bodies— particularly within our intestines—has an astonishing impact on our lives. Your health, mood, sleep patterns, eating preferences—even your likelihood of getting bitten by mosquitoes—can be traced in part to the tiny creatures that live on and inside of us.   In Follow Your Gut, pioneering scientist Rob Knight pairs with award-winning science journalist Brendan Buhler to explain—with good humor and easy-to-grasp examples—why these new findings matter to everyone. They lead a detailed tour of the previously unseen world inside our bodies, calling out the diseases and conditions believed to be most directly impacted by them.   With a practical eye toward deeper knowledge and better decisions, they also explore the known effects of antibiotics, probiotics, diet choice and even birth method on our children’s lifelong health. Ultimately, this pioneering book explains how to learn about your own microbiome and take steps toward understanding and improving your health, using the latest research as a guide.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Evolving Ourselves: How Unnatural Selection and Nonrandom Mutation are Changing Life on Earth by Juan Enriquez, Steve Gullans</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230334</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230334">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230334</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evolving Ourselves: How Unnatural Selection and Nonrandom Mutation are Changing Life on Earth
Author: Juan Enriquez, Steve Gullans
Narrator: Rob Shapiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 51 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A sweeping, paradigm-shifting account of how evolution is no longer driven just by nature but also by human choices Why are conditions like autism, asthma, obesity, and allergies exploding at unprecedented rates? Why are we living longer, getting smarter, having far fewer kids? If Darwin was alive today, how would he explain this new world? Today’s humans have developed such profound capabilities for redesigning bacteria, plants, animals, and ourselves that random mutation and natural selection are no longer the primary determinants of which species survive and how they change over time. Evolution is now increasingly driven by two forces: Unnatural Selection (what lives and dies has to do with human desires and choices, not the natural ability to reproduce and thrive) and Nonrandom Mutation (our techniques have gotten so precise that we can drastically alter the genetics of any life form). Evolving Ourselves is a chronicle of how life is evolving to meet our specs and choices, of how we can change our own biology, and of the unintended consequences for future generations. It proves that how we use our enormous power over life forms and our ability to engineer new environments will determine nothing less than the survival of humanity.</description>
      <author>Juan Enriquez, Steve Gullans</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780698189133.mp3" length="1229631" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230334</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780698189133.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230334">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230334</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evolving Ourselves: How Unnatural Selection and Nonrandom Mutation are Changing Life on Earth
Author: Juan Enriquez, Steve Gullans
Narrator: Rob Shapiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 51 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A sweeping, paradigm-shifting account of how evolution is no longer driven just by nature but also by human choices Why are conditions like autism, asthma, obesity, and allergies exploding at unprecedented rates? Why are we living longer, getting smarter, having far fewer kids? If Darwin was alive today, how would he explain this new world? Today’s humans have developed such profound capabilities for redesigning bacteria, plants, animals, and ourselves that random mutation and natural selection are no longer the primary determinants of which species survive and how they change over time. Evolution is now increasingly driven by two forces: Unnatural Selection (what lives and dies has to do with human desires and choices, not the natural ability to reproduce and thrive) and Nonrandom Mutation (our techniques have gotten so precise that we can drastically alter the genetics of any life form). Evolving Ourselves is a chronicle of how life is evolving to meet our specs and choices, of how we can change our own biology, and of the unintended consequences for future generations. It proves that how we use our enormous power over life forms and our ability to engineer new environments will determine nothing less than the survival of humanity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230334">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230334</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evolving Ourselves: How Unnatural Selection and Nonrandom Mutation are Changing Life on Earth
Author: Juan Enriquez, Steve Gullans
Narrator: Rob Shapiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 51 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A sweeping, paradigm-shifting account of how evolution is no longer driven just by nature but also by human choices Why are conditions like autism, asthma, obesity, and allergies exploding at unprecedented rates? Why are we living longer, getting smarter, having far fewer kids? If Darwin was alive today, how would he explain this new world? Today’s humans have developed such profound capabilities for redesigning bacteria, plants, animals, and ourselves that random mutation and natural selection are no longer the primary determinants of which species survive and how they change over time. Evolution is now increasingly driven by two forces: Unnatural Selection (what lives and dies has to do with human desires and choices, not the natural ability to reproduce and thrive) and Nonrandom Mutation (our techniques have gotten so precise that we can drastically alter the genetics of any life form). Evolving Ourselves is a chronicle of how life is evolving to meet our specs and choices, of how we can change our own biology, and of the unintended consequences for future generations. It proves that how we use our enormous power over life forms and our ability to engineer new environments will determine nothing less than the survival of humanity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>AsapSCIENCE: Answers to the World&amp;#039;s Weirdest Questions, Most Persistent Rumors, and Unexplained Phenomena by Greg Brown, Mitchell Moffit</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230162</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230162">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230162</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: AsapSCIENCE: Answers to the World&amp;#039;s Weirdest Questions, Most Persistent Rumors, and Unexplained Phenomena
Author: Greg Brown, Mitchell Moffit
Narrator: Michael Moffit, Greg Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 51 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The instant New York Times bestselling book of entertaining, irreverent, and totally accessible illustrated answers to the scientific “questions you had no idea were bugging you all your life” (Fast Company), from the creators of the wildly popular YouTube channel AsapSCIENCE. Why do we get hung over? What would happen if you stopped sleeping? Is binge-watching TV actually bad for you? Why should I take a power nap? In their first-ever book, Mitchell Moffit and Greg Brown, the geniuses behind the YouTube channel AsapSCIENCE, explain the true science of how things work in their trademark hilarious and fascinating fashion.   Applying the fun, illustrated format of their addictive videos to topics ranging from brain freeze to hiccups to the science of the snooze button, AsapSCIENCE takes the underpinnings of biology, chemistry, physics, and other hard sciences and applies them to everyday life through quirky and relatable examples that will appeal to both science nerds and those who didn’t exactly ace chemistry. This is the science that people actually want to learn, shared in a friendly, engaging style.   “Science is big fun. The ASAP guys get that, and they’ll show you—they’ll even draw you a diagram” (Bill Nye, “The Science Guy”). And amid the humor is great information and cocktail conversation fodder, all thoughtfully presented. Whether you’re a total newbie or the next Albert Einstein, this guide is sure to educate and entertain...ASAP.</description>
      <author>Greg Brown, Mitchell Moffit</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781442377165.mp3" length="811913" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230162</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781442377165.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230162">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230162</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: AsapSCIENCE: Answers to the World&amp;#039;s Weirdest Questions, Most Persistent Rumors, and Unexplained Phenomena
Author: Greg Brown, Mitchell Moffit
Narrator: Michael Moffit, Greg Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 51 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The instant New York Times bestselling book of entertaining, irreverent, and totally accessible illustrated answers to the scientific “questions you had no idea were bugging you all your life” (Fast Company), from the creators of the wildly popular YouTube channel AsapSCIENCE. Why do we get hung over? What would happen if you stopped sleeping? Is binge-watching TV actually bad for you? Why should I take a power nap? In their first-ever book, Mitchell Moffit and Greg Brown, the geniuses behind the YouTube channel AsapSCIENCE, explain the true science of how things work in their trademark hilarious and fascinating fashion.   Applying the fun, illustrated format of their addictive videos to topics ranging from brain freeze to hiccups to the science of the snooze button, AsapSCIENCE takes the underpinnings of biology, chemistry, physics, and other hard sciences and applies them to everyday life through quirky and relatable examples that will appeal to both science nerds and those who didn’t exactly ace chemistry. This is the science that people actually want to learn, shared in a friendly, engaging style.   “Science is big fun. The ASAP guys get that, and they’ll show you—they’ll even draw you a diagram” (Bill Nye, “The Science Guy”). And amid the humor is great information and cocktail conversation fodder, all thoughtfully presented. Whether you’re a total newbie or the next Albert Einstein, this guide is sure to educate and entertain...ASAP.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230162">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230162</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: AsapSCIENCE: Answers to the World&amp;#039;s Weirdest Questions, Most Persistent Rumors, and Unexplained Phenomena
Author: Greg Brown, Mitchell Moffit
Narrator: Michael Moffit, Greg Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 51 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The instant New York Times bestselling book of entertaining, irreverent, and totally accessible illustrated answers to the scientific “questions you had no idea were bugging you all your life” (Fast Company), from the creators of the wildly popular YouTube channel AsapSCIENCE. Why do we get hung over? What would happen if you stopped sleeping? Is binge-watching TV actually bad for you? Why should I take a power nap? In their first-ever book, Mitchell Moffit and Greg Brown, the geniuses behind the YouTube channel AsapSCIENCE, explain the true science of how things work in their trademark hilarious and fascinating fashion.   Applying the fun, illustrated format of their addictive videos to topics ranging from brain freeze to hiccups to the science of the snooze button, AsapSCIENCE takes the underpinnings of biology, chemistry, physics, and other hard sciences and applies them to everyday life through quirky and relatable examples that will appeal to both science nerds and those who didn’t exactly ace chemistry. This is the science that people actually want to learn, shared in a friendly, engaging style.   “Science is big fun. The ASAP guys get that, and they’ll show you—they’ll even draw you a diagram” (Bill Nye, “The Science Guy”). And amid the humor is great information and cocktail conversation fodder, all thoughtfully presented. Whether you’re a total newbie or the next Albert Einstein, this guide is sure to educate and entertain...ASAP.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Spring Chicken: Stay Young Forever (or Die Trying) by Bill Gifford</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/229907</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/229907">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/229907</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spring Chicken: Stay Young Forever (or Die Trying)
Author: Bill Gifford
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 17, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From acclaimed journalist Bill Gifford comes a roaring journey into the world of anti-aging science in search of answers to a universal obsession: what can be done about getting old?   Spring Chicken: Stay Young Forever (or Die Trying)   Spring Chicken is a full-throttle, high-energy ride through the latest research, popular mythology, and ancient wisdom on mankind&amp;#039;s oldest obsession: How can we live longer? And better? In his funny, self-deprecating voice, veteran reporter Bill Gifford takes readers on a fascinating journey through the science of aging, from the obvious signs like wrinkles and baldness right down into the innermost workings of cells. We visit cutting-edge labs where scientists are working to &amp;#039;hack&amp;#039; the aging process, like purging &amp;#039;senescent&amp;#039; cells from mice to reverse the effects of aging. He&amp;#039;ll reveal why some people live past 100 without even trying, what has happened with resveratrol, the &amp;#039;red wine pill&amp;#039; that made headlines a few years ago, how your fat tissue is trying to kill you, and how it&amp;#039;s possible to unlock longevity-promoting pathways that are programmed into our very genes. Gifford separates the wheat from the chaff as he exposes hoaxes and scams foisted upon an aging society, and arms readers with the best possible advice on what to do, what not to do, and what life-changing treatments may be right around the corner.    An intoxicating mixture of deep reporting, fascinating science, and prescriptive takeaway, Spring Chicken will reveal the extraordinary breakthroughs that may yet bring us eternal youth, while exposing dangerous deceptions that prey on the innocent and ignorant.</description>
      <author>Bill Gifford</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478953562.mp3" length="948612" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/229907</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478953562.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/229907">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/229907</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spring Chicken: Stay Young Forever (or Die Trying)
Author: Bill Gifford
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 17, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From acclaimed journalist Bill Gifford comes a roaring journey into the world of anti-aging science in search of answers to a universal obsession: what can be done about getting old?   Spring Chicken: Stay Young Forever (or Die Trying)   Spring Chicken is a full-throttle, high-energy ride through the latest research, popular mythology, and ancient wisdom on mankind&amp;#039;s oldest obsession: How can we live longer? And better? In his funny, self-deprecating voice, veteran reporter Bill Gifford takes readers on a fascinating journey through the science of aging, from the obvious signs like wrinkles and baldness right down into the innermost workings of cells. We visit cutting-edge labs where scientists are working to &amp;#039;hack&amp;#039; the aging process, like purging &amp;#039;senescent&amp;#039; cells from mice to reverse the effects of aging. He&amp;#039;ll reveal why some people live past 100 without even trying, what has happened with resveratrol, the &amp;#039;red wine pill&amp;#039; that made headlines a few years ago, how your fat tissue is trying to kill you, and how it&amp;#039;s possible to unlock longevity-promoting pathways that are programmed into our very genes. Gifford separates the wheat from the chaff as he exposes hoaxes and scams foisted upon an aging society, and arms readers with the best possible advice on what to do, what not to do, and what life-changing treatments may be right around the corner.    An intoxicating mixture of deep reporting, fascinating science, and prescriptive takeaway, Spring Chicken will reveal the extraordinary breakthroughs that may yet bring us eternal youth, while exposing dangerous deceptions that prey on the innocent and ignorant.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/229907">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/229907</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spring Chicken: Stay Young Forever (or Die Trying)
Author: Bill Gifford
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 17, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From acclaimed journalist Bill Gifford comes a roaring journey into the world of anti-aging science in search of answers to a universal obsession: what can be done about getting old?   Spring Chicken: Stay Young Forever (or Die Trying)   Spring Chicken is a full-throttle, high-energy ride through the latest research, popular mythology, and ancient wisdom on mankind&amp;#039;s oldest obsession: How can we live longer? And better? In his funny, self-deprecating voice, veteran reporter Bill Gifford takes readers on a fascinating journey through the science of aging, from the obvious signs like wrinkles and baldness right down into the innermost workings of cells. We visit cutting-edge labs where scientists are working to &amp;#039;hack&amp;#039; the aging process, like purging &amp;#039;senescent&amp;#039; cells from mice to reverse the effects of aging. He&amp;#039;ll reveal why some people live past 100 without even trying, what has happened with resveratrol, the &amp;#039;red wine pill&amp;#039; that made headlines a few years ago, how your fat tissue is trying to kill you, and how it&amp;#039;s possible to unlock longevity-promoting pathways that are programmed into our very genes. Gifford separates the wheat from the chaff as he exposes hoaxes and scams foisted upon an aging society, and arms readers with the best possible advice on what to do, what not to do, and what life-changing treatments may be right around the corner.    An intoxicating mixture of deep reporting, fascinating science, and prescriptive takeaway, Spring Chicken will reveal the extraordinary breakthroughs that may yet bring us eternal youth, while exposing dangerous deceptions that prey on the innocent and ignorant.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tales from Both Sides of the Brain: A Life in Neuroscience by Michael S. Gazzaniga</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228272</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228272">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228272</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tales from Both Sides of the Brain: A Life in Neuroscience
Author: Michael S. Gazzaniga
Narrator: Johnny Heller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 2 minutes
Release date: February  3, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Michael S. Gazzaniga, one of the most important neuroscientists of the twentieth century, gives us an exciting behind-the-scenes look at his seminal work on that unlikely couple, the right and left brain. Foreword by Steven Pinker. In the mid-twentieth century, Michael S. Gazzaniga, “the father of cognitive neuroscience,” was part of a team of pioneering neuroscientists who developed the now foundational split-brain brain theory: the notion that the right and left hemispheres of the brain can act independently from one another and have different strengths. In Tales from Both Sides of the Brain, Gazzaniga tells the impassioned story of his life in science and his decades-long journey to understand how the separate spheres of our brains communicate and miscommunicate with their separate agendas. By turns humorous and moving, Tales from Both Sides of the Brain interweaves Gazzaniga’s scientific achievements with his reflections on the challenges and thrills of working as a scientist. In his engaging and accessible style, he paints a vivid portrait not only of his discovery of split-brain theory, but also of his comrades in arms—the many patients, friends, and family who have accompanied him on this wild ride of intellectual discovery.</description>
      <author>Michael S. Gazzaniga</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Feb 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062373410.mp3" length="1449601" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228272</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062373410.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228272">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228272</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tales from Both Sides of the Brain: A Life in Neuroscience
Author: Michael S. Gazzaniga
Narrator: Johnny Heller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 2 minutes
Release date: February  3, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Michael S. Gazzaniga, one of the most important neuroscientists of the twentieth century, gives us an exciting behind-the-scenes look at his seminal work on that unlikely couple, the right and left brain. Foreword by Steven Pinker. In the mid-twentieth century, Michael S. Gazzaniga, “the father of cognitive neuroscience,” was part of a team of pioneering neuroscientists who developed the now foundational split-brain brain theory: the notion that the right and left hemispheres of the brain can act independently from one another and have different strengths. In Tales from Both Sides of the Brain, Gazzaniga tells the impassioned story of his life in science and his decades-long journey to understand how the separate spheres of our brains communicate and miscommunicate with their separate agendas. By turns humorous and moving, Tales from Both Sides of the Brain interweaves Gazzaniga’s scientific achievements with his reflections on the challenges and thrills of working as a scientist. In his engaging and accessible style, he paints a vivid portrait not only of his discovery of split-brain theory, but also of his comrades in arms—the many patients, friends, and family who have accompanied him on this wild ride of intellectual discovery.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228272">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228272</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tales from Both Sides of the Brain: A Life in Neuroscience
Author: Michael S. Gazzaniga
Narrator: Johnny Heller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 2 minutes
Release date: February  3, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Michael S. Gazzaniga, one of the most important neuroscientists of the twentieth century, gives us an exciting behind-the-scenes look at his seminal work on that unlikely couple, the right and left brain. Foreword by Steven Pinker. In the mid-twentieth century, Michael S. Gazzaniga, “the father of cognitive neuroscience,” was part of a team of pioneering neuroscientists who developed the now foundational split-brain brain theory: the notion that the right and left hemispheres of the brain can act independently from one another and have different strengths. In Tales from Both Sides of the Brain, Gazzaniga tells the impassioned story of his life in science and his decades-long journey to understand how the separate spheres of our brains communicate and miscommunicate with their separate agendas. By turns humorous and moving, Tales from Both Sides of the Brain interweaves Gazzaniga’s scientific achievements with his reflections on the challenges and thrills of working as a scientist. In his engaging and accessible style, he paints a vivid portrait not only of his discovery of split-brain theory, but also of his comrades in arms—the many patients, friends, and family who have accompanied him on this wild ride of intellectual discovery.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Man Who Touched His Own Heart: True Tales of Science, Surgery, and Mystery by Rob Dunn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226306</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226306">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226306</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Man Who Touched His Own Heart: True Tales of Science, Surgery, and Mystery
Author: Rob Dunn
Narrator: Robert Fass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 9 minutes
Release date: February  3, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The secret history of our most vital organ: the human heart. The Man Who Touched His Own Heart tells the raucous, gory, mesmerizing story of the heart, from the first &amp;#039;explorers&amp;#039; who dug up cadavers and plumbed their hearts&amp;#039; chambers, through the first heart surgeries -- which had to be completed in three minutes before death arrived -- to heart transplants and the latest medical efforts to prolong our hearts&amp;#039; lives, almost defying nature in the process.   Thought of as the seat of our soul, then as a mysteriously animated object, the heart is still more a mystery than it is understood. Why do most animals only get one billion beats? (And how did modern humans get to over two billion, effectively letting us live out two lives?) Why are sufferers of gingivitis more likely to have heart attacks? Why do we often undergo expensive procedures when cheaper ones are just as effective? What do Da Vinci, Mary Shelley, and contemporary Egyptian archaeologists have in common? And what does it really feel like to touch your own heart, or to have someone else&amp;#039;s beating inside your chest? Rob Dunn&amp;#039;s fascinating history of our hearts brings us deep inside the science, history, and stories of the four chambers we depend on most.</description>
      <author>Rob Dunn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Feb 2015 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781619694200.mp3" length="878697" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226306</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781619694200.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226306">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226306</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Man Who Touched His Own Heart: True Tales of Science, Surgery, and Mystery
Author: Rob Dunn
Narrator: Robert Fass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 9 minutes
Release date: February  3, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The secret history of our most vital organ: the human heart. The Man Who Touched His Own Heart tells the raucous, gory, mesmerizing story of the heart, from the first &amp;#039;explorers&amp;#039; who dug up cadavers and plumbed their hearts&amp;#039; chambers, through the first heart surgeries -- which had to be completed in three minutes before death arrived -- to heart transplants and the latest medical efforts to prolong our hearts&amp;#039; lives, almost defying nature in the process.   Thought of as the seat of our soul, then as a mysteriously animated object, the heart is still more a mystery than it is understood. Why do most animals only get one billion beats? (And how did modern humans get to over two billion, effectively letting us live out two lives?) Why are sufferers of gingivitis more likely to have heart attacks? Why do we often undergo expensive procedures when cheaper ones are just as effective? What do Da Vinci, Mary Shelley, and contemporary Egyptian archaeologists have in common? And what does it really feel like to touch your own heart, or to have someone else&amp;#039;s beating inside your chest? Rob Dunn&amp;#039;s fascinating history of our hearts brings us deep inside the science, history, and stories of the four chambers we depend on most.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226306">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226306</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Man Who Touched His Own Heart: True Tales of Science, Surgery, and Mystery
Author: Rob Dunn
Narrator: Robert Fass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 9 minutes
Release date: February  3, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The secret history of our most vital organ: the human heart. The Man Who Touched His Own Heart tells the raucous, gory, mesmerizing story of the heart, from the first &amp;#039;explorers&amp;#039; who dug up cadavers and plumbed their hearts&amp;#039; chambers, through the first heart surgeries -- which had to be completed in three minutes before death arrived -- to heart transplants and the latest medical efforts to prolong our hearts&amp;#039; lives, almost defying nature in the process.   Thought of as the seat of our soul, then as a mysteriously animated object, the heart is still more a mystery than it is understood. Why do most animals only get one billion beats? (And how did modern humans get to over two billion, effectively letting us live out two lives?) Why are sufferers of gingivitis more likely to have heart attacks? Why do we often undergo expensive procedures when cheaper ones are just as effective? What do Da Vinci, Mary Shelley, and contemporary Egyptian archaeologists have in common? And what does it really feel like to touch your own heart, or to have someone else&amp;#039;s beating inside your chest? Rob Dunn&amp;#039;s fascinating history of our hearts brings us deep inside the science, history, and stories of the four chambers we depend on most.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Undeniable: Evolution and the Science of Creation by Bill Nye</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221792</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221792">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221792</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Undeniable: Evolution and the Science of Creation
Author: Bill Nye
Narrator: Bill Nye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: November  4, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 34 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 11
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Evolution is one of the most powerful and important ideas ever developed in the history of science. Every question it raises leads to new answers, new discoveries, and new smarter questions. The science of evolution is as expansive as nature itself. It is also the most meaningful creation story that humans have ever found.&amp;#039;—Bill Nye Sparked by a controversial debate in February 2014, Bill Nye has set off on an energetic campaign to spread awareness of evolution and the powerful way it shapes our lives. In Undeniable: Evolution and the Science of Creation, he explains why race does not really exist; evaluates the true promise and peril of genetically modified food; reveals how new species are born, in a dog kennel and in a London subway; takes a stroll through 4.5 billion years of time; and explores the new search for alien life, including aliens right here on Earth.  With infectious enthusiasm, Bill Nye shows that evolution is much more than a rebuttal to creationism; it is an essential way to understand how nature works—and to change the world. It might also help you get a date on a Saturday night.</description>
      <author>Bill Nye</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Nov 2014 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781427252104.mp3" length="1515352" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221792</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781427252104.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221792">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221792</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Undeniable: Evolution and the Science of Creation
Author: Bill Nye
Narrator: Bill Nye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: November  4, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 34 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 11
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Evolution is one of the most powerful and important ideas ever developed in the history of science. Every question it raises leads to new answers, new discoveries, and new smarter questions. The science of evolution is as expansive as nature itself. It is also the most meaningful creation story that humans have ever found.&amp;#039;—Bill Nye Sparked by a controversial debate in February 2014, Bill Nye has set off on an energetic campaign to spread awareness of evolution and the powerful way it shapes our lives. In Undeniable: Evolution and the Science of Creation, he explains why race does not really exist; evaluates the true promise and peril of genetically modified food; reveals how new species are born, in a dog kennel and in a London subway; takes a stroll through 4.5 billion years of time; and explores the new search for alien life, including aliens right here on Earth.  With infectious enthusiasm, Bill Nye shows that evolution is much more than a rebuttal to creationism; it is an essential way to understand how nature works—and to change the world. It might also help you get a date on a Saturday night.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221792">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221792</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Undeniable: Evolution and the Science of Creation
Author: Bill Nye
Narrator: Bill Nye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: November  4, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 34 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 11
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Evolution is one of the most powerful and important ideas ever developed in the history of science. Every question it raises leads to new answers, new discoveries, and new smarter questions. The science of evolution is as expansive as nature itself. It is also the most meaningful creation story that humans have ever found.&amp;#039;—Bill Nye Sparked by a controversial debate in February 2014, Bill Nye has set off on an energetic campaign to spread awareness of evolution and the powerful way it shapes our lives. In Undeniable: Evolution and the Science of Creation, he explains why race does not really exist; evaluates the true promise and peril of genetically modified food; reveals how new species are born, in a dog kennel and in a London subway; takes a stroll through 4.5 billion years of time; and explores the new search for alien life, including aliens right here on Earth.  With infectious enthusiasm, Bill Nye shows that evolution is much more than a rebuttal to creationism; it is an essential way to understand how nature works—and to change the world. It might also help you get a date on a Saturday night.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Deadly Wandering: A Tale of Tragedy and Redemption in the Age of Attention by Matt Richtel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218282</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Deadly Wandering: A Tale of Tragedy and Redemption in the Age of Attention
Author: Matt Richtel
Narrator: Fred Berman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 23, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.57 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 6
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Matt Richtel, a brilliant, narrative-driven exploration of technology’s vast influence on the human mind and society, dramatically-told through the lens of a tragic “texting-while-driving” car crash that claimed the lives of two rocket scientists in 2006. In this ambitious, compelling, and beautifully written book, Matt Richtel, a Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter for the New York Times, examines the impact of technology on our lives through the story of Utah college student Reggie Shaw, who killed two scientists while texting and driving. Richtel follows Reggie through the tragedy, the police investigation, his prosecution, and ultimately, his redemption. In the wake of his experience, Reggie has become a leading advocate against “distracted driving.” Richtel interweaves Reggie’s story with cutting-edge scientific findings regarding human attention and the impact of technology on our brains, proposing solid, practical, and actionable solutions to help manage this crisis individually and as a society. A propulsive read filled with fascinating, accessible detail, riveting narrative tension, and emotional depth, A Deadly Wandering explores one of the biggest questions of our time—what is all of our technology doing to us?—and provides unsettling and important answers and information we all need.</description>
      <author>Matt Richtel</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Sep 2014 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062350756.mp3" length="1541914" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218282</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062350756.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Deadly Wandering: A Tale of Tragedy and Redemption in the Age of Attention
Author: Matt Richtel
Narrator: Fred Berman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 23, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.57 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 6
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Matt Richtel, a brilliant, narrative-driven exploration of technology’s vast influence on the human mind and society, dramatically-told through the lens of a tragic “texting-while-driving” car crash that claimed the lives of two rocket scientists in 2006. In this ambitious, compelling, and beautifully written book, Matt Richtel, a Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter for the New York Times, examines the impact of technology on our lives through the story of Utah college student Reggie Shaw, who killed two scientists while texting and driving. Richtel follows Reggie through the tragedy, the police investigation, his prosecution, and ultimately, his redemption. In the wake of his experience, Reggie has become a leading advocate against “distracted driving.” Richtel interweaves Reggie’s story with cutting-edge scientific findings regarding human attention and the impact of technology on our brains, proposing solid, practical, and actionable solutions to help manage this crisis individually and as a society. A propulsive read filled with fascinating, accessible detail, riveting narrative tension, and emotional depth, A Deadly Wandering explores one of the biggest questions of our time—what is all of our technology doing to us?—and provides unsettling and important answers and information we all need.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Deadly Wandering: A Tale of Tragedy and Redemption in the Age of Attention
Author: Matt Richtel
Narrator: Fred Berman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 23, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.57 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 6
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Matt Richtel, a brilliant, narrative-driven exploration of technology’s vast influence on the human mind and society, dramatically-told through the lens of a tragic “texting-while-driving” car crash that claimed the lives of two rocket scientists in 2006. In this ambitious, compelling, and beautifully written book, Matt Richtel, a Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter for the New York Times, examines the impact of technology on our lives through the story of Utah college student Reggie Shaw, who killed two scientists while texting and driving. Richtel follows Reggie through the tragedy, the police investigation, his prosecution, and ultimately, his redemption. In the wake of his experience, Reggie has become a leading advocate against “distracted driving.” Richtel interweaves Reggie’s story with cutting-edge scientific findings regarding human attention and the impact of technology on our brains, proposing solid, practical, and actionable solutions to help manage this crisis individually and as a society. A propulsive read filled with fascinating, accessible detail, riveting narrative tension, and emotional depth, A Deadly Wandering explores one of the biggest questions of our time—what is all of our technology doing to us?—and provides unsettling and important answers and information we all need.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Marshmallow Test: Mastering Self-Control by Walter Mischel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218081</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218081">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218081</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Marshmallow Test: Mastering Self-Control
Author: Walter Mischel
Narrator: Alan Alda
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 23, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 27 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.86 of Total 7
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Renowned psychologist Walter Mischel, designer of the famous Marshmallow Test, explains what self-control is and how to master it.A child is presented with a marshmallow and given a choice: Eat this one now, or wait and enjoy two later. What will she do? And what are the implications for her behavior later in life?The world&amp;#039;s leading expert on self-control, Walter Mischel has proven that the ability to delay gratification is critical for a successful life, predicting higher SAT scores, better social and cognitive functioning, a healthier lifestyle and a greater sense of self-worth. But is willpower prewired, or can it be taught?In The Marshmallow Test, Mischel explains how self-control can be mastered and applied to challenges in everyday life—from weight control to quitting smoking, overcoming heartbreak, making major decisions, and planning for retirement. With profound implications for the choices we make in parenting, education, public policy and self-care, The Marshmallow Test will change the way you think about who we are and what we can be.</description>
      <author>Walter Mischel</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Sep 2014 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469249070.mp3" length="879743" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218081</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469249070.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218081">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218081</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Marshmallow Test: Mastering Self-Control
Author: Walter Mischel
Narrator: Alan Alda
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 23, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 27 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.86 of Total 7
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Renowned psychologist Walter Mischel, designer of the famous Marshmallow Test, explains what self-control is and how to master it.A child is presented with a marshmallow and given a choice: Eat this one now, or wait and enjoy two later. What will she do? And what are the implications for her behavior later in life?The world&amp;#039;s leading expert on self-control, Walter Mischel has proven that the ability to delay gratification is critical for a successful life, predicting higher SAT scores, better social and cognitive functioning, a healthier lifestyle and a greater sense of self-worth. But is willpower prewired, or can it be taught?In The Marshmallow Test, Mischel explains how self-control can be mastered and applied to challenges in everyday life—from weight control to quitting smoking, overcoming heartbreak, making major decisions, and planning for retirement. With profound implications for the choices we make in parenting, education, public policy and self-care, The Marshmallow Test will change the way you think about who we are and what we can be.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218081">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218081</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Marshmallow Test: Mastering Self-Control
Author: Walter Mischel
Narrator: Alan Alda
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 23, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 27 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.86 of Total 7
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Renowned psychologist Walter Mischel, designer of the famous Marshmallow Test, explains what self-control is and how to master it.A child is presented with a marshmallow and given a choice: Eat this one now, or wait and enjoy two later. What will she do? And what are the implications for her behavior later in life?The world&amp;#039;s leading expert on self-control, Walter Mischel has proven that the ability to delay gratification is critical for a successful life, predicting higher SAT scores, better social and cognitive functioning, a healthier lifestyle and a greater sense of self-worth. But is willpower prewired, or can it be taught?In The Marshmallow Test, Mischel explains how self-control can be mastered and applied to challenges in everyday life—from weight control to quitting smoking, overcoming heartbreak, making major decisions, and planning for retirement. With profound implications for the choices we make in parenting, education, public policy and self-care, The Marshmallow Test will change the way you think about who we are and what we can be.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brain Rules (Updated and Expanded): 12 Principles for Surviving and Thriving at Work, Home, and School by John Medina</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217995</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brain Rules (Updated and Expanded): 12 Principles for Surviving and Thriving at Work, Home, and School
Author: John Medina
Narrator: John Medina
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 1 minute
Release date: August  5, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 71 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Most of us have no idea what’s really going on inside our heads. Yet brain scientists have uncovered details every business leader, parent, and teacher should know—like the need for physical activity to get your brain working its best. How do we learn? What exactly do sleep and stress do to our brains? Why is multi-tasking a myth? Why is it so easy to forget—and so important to repeat new knowledge? Is it true that men and women have different brains? In Brain Rules, Dr. John Medina, a molecular biologist, shares his lifelong interest in how the brain sciences might influence the way we teach our children and the way we work. In each chapter, he describes a brain rule—what scientists know for sure about how our brains work—and then offers transformative ideas for our daily lives. Medina’s fascinating stories and infectious sense of humor breathe life into brain science. You’ll learn why Michael Jordan was no good at baseball. You’ll peer over a surgeon’s shoulder as he proves that most of us have a Jennifer Aniston neuron. You’ll meet a boy who has an amazing memory for music but can’t tie his own shoes. You will discover how: -Every brain is wired differently -Exercise improves cognition -We are designed to never stop learning and exploring -Memories are volatile -Sleep is powerfully linked with the ability to learn -Vision trumps all of the other senses -Stress changes the way we learn In the end, you’ll understand how your brain really works—and how to get the most out of it.</description>
      <author>John Medina</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Aug 2014 08:01:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780996032636.mp3" length="1458804" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217995</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780996032636.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brain Rules (Updated and Expanded): 12 Principles for Surviving and Thriving at Work, Home, and School
Author: John Medina
Narrator: John Medina
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 1 minute
Release date: August  5, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 71 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Most of us have no idea what’s really going on inside our heads. Yet brain scientists have uncovered details every business leader, parent, and teacher should know—like the need for physical activity to get your brain working its best. How do we learn? What exactly do sleep and stress do to our brains? Why is multi-tasking a myth? Why is it so easy to forget—and so important to repeat new knowledge? Is it true that men and women have different brains? In Brain Rules, Dr. John Medina, a molecular biologist, shares his lifelong interest in how the brain sciences might influence the way we teach our children and the way we work. In each chapter, he describes a brain rule—what scientists know for sure about how our brains work—and then offers transformative ideas for our daily lives. Medina’s fascinating stories and infectious sense of humor breathe life into brain science. You’ll learn why Michael Jordan was no good at baseball. You’ll peer over a surgeon’s shoulder as he proves that most of us have a Jennifer Aniston neuron. You’ll meet a boy who has an amazing memory for music but can’t tie his own shoes. You will discover how: -Every brain is wired differently -Exercise improves cognition -We are designed to never stop learning and exploring -Memories are volatile -Sleep is powerfully linked with the ability to learn -Vision trumps all of the other senses -Stress changes the way we learn In the end, you’ll understand how your brain really works—and how to get the most out of it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brain Rules (Updated and Expanded): 12 Principles for Surviving and Thriving at Work, Home, and School
Author: John Medina
Narrator: John Medina
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 1 minute
Release date: August  5, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 71 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Most of us have no idea what’s really going on inside our heads. Yet brain scientists have uncovered details every business leader, parent, and teacher should know—like the need for physical activity to get your brain working its best. How do we learn? What exactly do sleep and stress do to our brains? Why is multi-tasking a myth? Why is it so easy to forget—and so important to repeat new knowledge? Is it true that men and women have different brains? In Brain Rules, Dr. John Medina, a molecular biologist, shares his lifelong interest in how the brain sciences might influence the way we teach our children and the way we work. In each chapter, he describes a brain rule—what scientists know for sure about how our brains work—and then offers transformative ideas for our daily lives. Medina’s fascinating stories and infectious sense of humor breathe life into brain science. You’ll learn why Michael Jordan was no good at baseball. You’ll peer over a surgeon’s shoulder as he proves that most of us have a Jennifer Aniston neuron. You’ll meet a boy who has an amazing memory for music but can’t tie his own shoes. You will discover how: -Every brain is wired differently -Exercise improves cognition -We are designed to never stop learning and exploring -Memories are volatile -Sleep is powerfully linked with the ability to learn -Vision trumps all of the other senses -Stress changes the way we learn In the end, you’ll understand how your brain really works—and how to get the most out of it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Big Ratchet: How Humanity Thrives in the Face of Natural Crisis by Ruth Defries</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217934</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217934">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217934</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Big Ratchet: How Humanity Thrives in the Face of Natural Crisis
Author: Ruth Defries
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 17 minutes
Release date: September  9, 2014
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The Big Ratchet is the story of the ratchets: the technologies and innovations, big and small, that propelled our species from hunters and gatherers on the savannahs of Africa to shoppers in the aisles of the supermarket. Our species long lived on the edge of starvation. Now we produce enough food for all 7 billion of us to eat nearly 3,000 calories every day. This is such an astonishing thing in the history of life as to verge on the miraculous. The Big Ratchet is the story of how it happened. The Big Ratchet itself came in the twentieth century, when a range of technologies—from fossil fuels to scientific plant breeding to nitrogen fertilizers—combined to nearly quadruple our population in a century, and to grow our food supply even faster. To some, these technologies are a sign of our greatness; to others, of our hubris. MacArthur fellow and Columbia University professor Ruth DeFries argues that the debate is the wrong one to have. Limits do exist, but every limit that has confronted us, we have surpassed. That cycle of crisis and growth is the story of our history; indeed, it is the essence of The Big Ratchet. Understanding it will reveal not just how we reached this point in our history, but how we might survive it.</description>
      <author>Ruth Defries</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Sep 2014 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781622315284.mp3" length="854054" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217934</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781622315284.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217934">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217934</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Big Ratchet: How Humanity Thrives in the Face of Natural Crisis
Author: Ruth Defries
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 17 minutes
Release date: September  9, 2014
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The Big Ratchet is the story of the ratchets: the technologies and innovations, big and small, that propelled our species from hunters and gatherers on the savannahs of Africa to shoppers in the aisles of the supermarket. Our species long lived on the edge of starvation. Now we produce enough food for all 7 billion of us to eat nearly 3,000 calories every day. This is such an astonishing thing in the history of life as to verge on the miraculous. The Big Ratchet is the story of how it happened. The Big Ratchet itself came in the twentieth century, when a range of technologies—from fossil fuels to scientific plant breeding to nitrogen fertilizers—combined to nearly quadruple our population in a century, and to grow our food supply even faster. To some, these technologies are a sign of our greatness; to others, of our hubris. MacArthur fellow and Columbia University professor Ruth DeFries argues that the debate is the wrong one to have. Limits do exist, but every limit that has confronted us, we have surpassed. That cycle of crisis and growth is the story of our history; indeed, it is the essence of The Big Ratchet. Understanding it will reveal not just how we reached this point in our history, but how we might survive it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217934">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217934</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Big Ratchet: How Humanity Thrives in the Face of Natural Crisis
Author: Ruth Defries
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 17 minutes
Release date: September  9, 2014
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The Big Ratchet is the story of the ratchets: the technologies and innovations, big and small, that propelled our species from hunters and gatherers on the savannahs of Africa to shoppers in the aisles of the supermarket. Our species long lived on the edge of starvation. Now we produce enough food for all 7 billion of us to eat nearly 3,000 calories every day. This is such an astonishing thing in the history of life as to verge on the miraculous. The Big Ratchet is the story of how it happened. The Big Ratchet itself came in the twentieth century, when a range of technologies—from fossil fuels to scientific plant breeding to nitrogen fertilizers—combined to nearly quadruple our population in a century, and to grow our food supply even faster. To some, these technologies are a sign of our greatness; to others, of our hubris. MacArthur fellow and Columbia University professor Ruth DeFries argues that the debate is the wrong one to have. Limits do exist, but every limit that has confronted us, we have surpassed. That cycle of crisis and growth is the story of our history; indeed, it is the essence of The Big Ratchet. Understanding it will reveal not just how we reached this point in our history, but how we might survive it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Arrival the Fittest: Solving Evolution&amp;#039;s Greatest Puzzle by Andreas Wagner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217321</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217321">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217321</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Arrival the Fittest: Solving Evolution&amp;#039;s Greatest Puzzle
Author: Andreas Wagner
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 31 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Natural selection can preserve innovations, but it cannot create them. Nature’s many innovations—some uncannily perfect—call for natural principles that accelerate life’s ability to innovate, its innovability.” Darwin’s theory of natural selection explains how useful adaptations are preserved over time. But the biggest mystery about evolution eluded him. As genetics pioneer Hugo de Vries put it, “natural selection may explain the survival of the fittest, but it cannot explain the arrival of the fittest.” Can random mutations over a mere 3.8 billion years really be responsible for wings, eyeballs, knees, camouflage, lactose digestion, photosynthesis, and the rest of nature’s creative marvels? And if the answer is no, what is the mechanism that explains evolution’s speed and efficiency? In Arrival of the Fittest, renowned evolutionary biologist Andreas Wagner draws on over fifteen years of research to present the missing piece in Darwin&amp;#039;s theory. Using experimental and computational technologies that were heretofore unimagined, he has found that adaptations are not just driven by chance, but by a set of laws that allow nature to discover new molecules and mechanisms in a fraction of the time that random variation would take. Consider the Arctic cod, a fish that lives and thrives within six degrees of the North Pole, in waters that regularly fall below 0 degrees. At that temperature, the internal fluids of most organisms turn into ice crystals. And yet, the arctic cod survives by producing proteins that lower the freezing temperature of its body fluids, much like antifreeze does for a car’s engine coolant. The invention of those proteins is an archetypal example of nature’s enormous powers of creativity.   Meticulously researched, carefully argued, evocatively written, and full of fascinating examples from the animal kingdom, Arrival of the Fittest offers up the final puzzle piece in the mystery of life’s rich diversity.</description>
      <author>Andreas Wagner</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Nov 2014 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469060156.mp3" length="845493" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217321</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469060156.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217321">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217321</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Arrival the Fittest: Solving Evolution&amp;#039;s Greatest Puzzle
Author: Andreas Wagner
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 31 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Natural selection can preserve innovations, but it cannot create them. Nature’s many innovations—some uncannily perfect—call for natural principles that accelerate life’s ability to innovate, its innovability.” Darwin’s theory of natural selection explains how useful adaptations are preserved over time. But the biggest mystery about evolution eluded him. As genetics pioneer Hugo de Vries put it, “natural selection may explain the survival of the fittest, but it cannot explain the arrival of the fittest.” Can random mutations over a mere 3.8 billion years really be responsible for wings, eyeballs, knees, camouflage, lactose digestion, photosynthesis, and the rest of nature’s creative marvels? And if the answer is no, what is the mechanism that explains evolution’s speed and efficiency? In Arrival of the Fittest, renowned evolutionary biologist Andreas Wagner draws on over fifteen years of research to present the missing piece in Darwin&amp;#039;s theory. Using experimental and computational technologies that were heretofore unimagined, he has found that adaptations are not just driven by chance, but by a set of laws that allow nature to discover new molecules and mechanisms in a fraction of the time that random variation would take. Consider the Arctic cod, a fish that lives and thrives within six degrees of the North Pole, in waters that regularly fall below 0 degrees. At that temperature, the internal fluids of most organisms turn into ice crystals. And yet, the arctic cod survives by producing proteins that lower the freezing temperature of its body fluids, much like antifreeze does for a car’s engine coolant. The invention of those proteins is an archetypal example of nature’s enormous powers of creativity.   Meticulously researched, carefully argued, evocatively written, and full of fascinating examples from the animal kingdom, Arrival of the Fittest offers up the final puzzle piece in the mystery of life’s rich diversity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217321">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217321</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Arrival the Fittest: Solving Evolution&amp;#039;s Greatest Puzzle
Author: Andreas Wagner
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 31 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Natural selection can preserve innovations, but it cannot create them. Nature’s many innovations—some uncannily perfect—call for natural principles that accelerate life’s ability to innovate, its innovability.” Darwin’s theory of natural selection explains how useful adaptations are preserved over time. But the biggest mystery about evolution eluded him. As genetics pioneer Hugo de Vries put it, “natural selection may explain the survival of the fittest, but it cannot explain the arrival of the fittest.” Can random mutations over a mere 3.8 billion years really be responsible for wings, eyeballs, knees, camouflage, lactose digestion, photosynthesis, and the rest of nature’s creative marvels? And if the answer is no, what is the mechanism that explains evolution’s speed and efficiency? In Arrival of the Fittest, renowned evolutionary biologist Andreas Wagner draws on over fifteen years of research to present the missing piece in Darwin&amp;#039;s theory. Using experimental and computational technologies that were heretofore unimagined, he has found that adaptations are not just driven by chance, but by a set of laws that allow nature to discover new molecules and mechanisms in a fraction of the time that random variation would take. Consider the Arctic cod, a fish that lives and thrives within six degrees of the North Pole, in waters that regularly fall below 0 degrees. At that temperature, the internal fluids of most organisms turn into ice crystals. And yet, the arctic cod survives by producing proteins that lower the freezing temperature of its body fluids, much like antifreeze does for a car’s engine coolant. The invention of those proteins is an archetypal example of nature’s enormous powers of creativity.   Meticulously researched, carefully argued, evocatively written, and full of fascinating examples from the animal kingdom, Arrival of the Fittest offers up the final puzzle piece in the mystery of life’s rich diversity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Get Up!: Why Your Chair Is Killing You and What You Can Do about It by James A. Levine</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217263</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217263">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217263</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Get Up!: Why Your Chair Is Killing You and What You Can Do about It
Author: James A. Levine
Narrator: Gildart Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 33 minutes
Release date: July 29, 2014
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the codirector of the Mayo Clinic / Arizona State University Obesity Solutions Initiative and inventor of the treadmill desk comes a fascinating wake-up call about our sedentary lifestyle. That the average adult spends 50 to 70 percent of their day sitting is no surprise to anyone who works in an office environment. But few realize the health consequences they are suffering as a result of modernity&amp;#039;s increasingly sedentary lifestyle, or the effects it has had on society at large. In Get Up!, health expert James A. Levine&amp;#039;s original scientific research shows that today&amp;#039;s chair-based world, where we no longer use our bodies as they evolved to be used, is having negative consequences on our health, and is a leading cause of diabetes, cancer, and heart disease. Over the decades, humans have moved from a primarily active lifestyle to one that is largely sedentary, and this change has reshaped every facet of our lives—from social interaction to classroom design. Levine shows how to throw off the shackles of inertia and reverse these negative trends through simple changes in our daily lives.</description>
      <author>James A. Levine</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jul 2014 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481500784.mp3" length="859146" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217263</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481500784.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217263">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217263</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Get Up!: Why Your Chair Is Killing You and What You Can Do about It
Author: James A. Levine
Narrator: Gildart Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 33 minutes
Release date: July 29, 2014
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the codirector of the Mayo Clinic / Arizona State University Obesity Solutions Initiative and inventor of the treadmill desk comes a fascinating wake-up call about our sedentary lifestyle. That the average adult spends 50 to 70 percent of their day sitting is no surprise to anyone who works in an office environment. But few realize the health consequences they are suffering as a result of modernity&amp;#039;s increasingly sedentary lifestyle, or the effects it has had on society at large. In Get Up!, health expert James A. Levine&amp;#039;s original scientific research shows that today&amp;#039;s chair-based world, where we no longer use our bodies as they evolved to be used, is having negative consequences on our health, and is a leading cause of diabetes, cancer, and heart disease. Over the decades, humans have moved from a primarily active lifestyle to one that is largely sedentary, and this change has reshaped every facet of our lives—from social interaction to classroom design. Levine shows how to throw off the shackles of inertia and reverse these negative trends through simple changes in our daily lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217263">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217263</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Get Up!: Why Your Chair Is Killing You and What You Can Do about It
Author: James A. Levine
Narrator: Gildart Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 33 minutes
Release date: July 29, 2014
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the codirector of the Mayo Clinic / Arizona State University Obesity Solutions Initiative and inventor of the treadmill desk comes a fascinating wake-up call about our sedentary lifestyle. That the average adult spends 50 to 70 percent of their day sitting is no surprise to anyone who works in an office environment. But few realize the health consequences they are suffering as a result of modernity&amp;#039;s increasingly sedentary lifestyle, or the effects it has had on society at large. In Get Up!, health expert James A. Levine&amp;#039;s original scientific research shows that today&amp;#039;s chair-based world, where we no longer use our bodies as they evolved to be used, is having negative consequences on our health, and is a leading cause of diabetes, cancer, and heart disease. Over the decades, humans have moved from a primarily active lifestyle to one that is largely sedentary, and this change has reshaped every facet of our lives—from social interaction to classroom design. Levine shows how to throw off the shackles of inertia and reverse these negative trends through simple changes in our daily lives.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Change Your Brain, Change Your Life (Before 25): Change Your Developing Mind for Real-World Success by Jesse Payne</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217004</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217004">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217004</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Change Your Brain, Change Your Life (Before 25): Change Your Developing Mind for Real-World Success
Author: Jesse Payne
Narrator: Dr. Jesse Payne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 8 minutes
Release date: July 29, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.29 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Change Your Brain, Change Your Life (Before 25) is based on Dr. Jesse Payne&amp;#039;s and Daniel Amen’s work together with young people and parents and educators who work with young people. It is an owner’s manual specifically written for the developing brain, packed with interesting information, relatable stories and easy-to-follow brain prescriptions and enhancement strategies. Its step-by-step instructions are tailored to optimize brain power while minimizing brain interference. The goal is to show listeners how to unlock the miraculous potential of the developing brain and rewire the young mind for a lifetime of real world success. In the vein of 7 Habits of Highly Effective Teens and How Children Achieve, Change Your Brain, Change Your Life (Before 25) will empower young listeners and the parents, educators, coaches and professionals who work with young people. A young brain is more than an adult brain with a few less miles on it. Its unique structure and chemical composition is constantly changing, growing and reshaping itself until around the age of 25. It’s a brain especially primed to reach its full potential when nurtured correctly—even more so than our adult brains. In fact, Jesse’s work has shown people under the age of 25 can transform their brains and change their lives in as little as two weeks’ time. And let’s face it. The teen years are grueling. Twenty-somethings today are struggling more than ever. Parents’ concerns and frustrations are heightened. Times are especially tough for this age group. Just look at the press:• Generation Screwed: With unemployment, the economy and a myriad of social issues, many young people graduating from high school and college today feel like Generation Screwed. This audiobook shows them how they can use their brain’s superpowers to rise above these challenges and succeed in the real world. • Technology: As Digital Natives, this generation is more plugged in and exposed than any in history. I’ll show young people how to stay wired in without getting wired up and provide them the skills to understand and bridge the gap that often alienates them from the older generation most often responsible for their success in the real world. • ADD, Depression, Anxiety: Hundreds of thousands of kids are hit with what I call the “Young Person’s Trifecta”: ADD, Depression, and Anxiety. This program tackles these neuro-obstacles and offers frustrated families and young people hope and solutions for a thriving, productive and happy life. • Bullying: With the advent of technology and social media there are more and vicious ways a young person can be bullied. As I’ll illustrate to readers who’ve been the victim of bullying, they can strengthen their resiliency and rise above it. I’ll also provide a wakeup call to the bullies and show them how aggression hurts their brains. • Wealth Gap: The majority of today’s teens and 20-somethings stand somewhere within a widening wealth gap: Some are raised with entitlement and have such a tight safety net they never learn to fail; others have few opportunities for enrichment or personal growth and no safety net whatsoever. Both situations are fraught with pitfalls which this audiobook helps listeners avoid and in many cases, use to their advantage.</description>
      <author>Jesse Payne</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jul 2014 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781480542624.mp3" length="877487" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217004</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781480542624.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217004">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217004</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Change Your Brain, Change Your Life (Before 25): Change Your Developing Mind for Real-World Success
Author: Jesse Payne
Narrator: Dr. Jesse Payne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 8 minutes
Release date: July 29, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.29 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Change Your Brain, Change Your Life (Before 25) is based on Dr. Jesse Payne&amp;#039;s and Daniel Amen’s work together with young people and parents and educators who work with young people. It is an owner’s manual specifically written for the developing brain, packed with interesting information, relatable stories and easy-to-follow brain prescriptions and enhancement strategies. Its step-by-step instructions are tailored to optimize brain power while minimizing brain interference. The goal is to show listeners how to unlock the miraculous potential of the developing brain and rewire the young mind for a lifetime of real world success. In the vein of 7 Habits of Highly Effective Teens and How Children Achieve, Change Your Brain, Change Your Life (Before 25) will empower young listeners and the parents, educators, coaches and professionals who work with young people. A young brain is more than an adult brain with a few less miles on it. Its unique structure and chemical composition is constantly changing, growing and reshaping itself until around the age of 25. It’s a brain especially primed to reach its full potential when nurtured correctly—even more so than our adult brains. In fact, Jesse’s work has shown people under the age of 25 can transform their brains and change their lives in as little as two weeks’ time. And let’s face it. The teen years are grueling. Twenty-somethings today are struggling more than ever. Parents’ concerns and frustrations are heightened. Times are especially tough for this age group. Just look at the press:• Generation Screwed: With unemployment, the economy and a myriad of social issues, many young people graduating from high school and college today feel like Generation Screwed. This audiobook shows them how they can use their brain’s superpowers to rise above these challenges and succeed in the real world. • Technology: As Digital Natives, this generation is more plugged in and exposed than any in history. I’ll show young people how to stay wired in without getting wired up and provide them the skills to understand and bridge the gap that often alienates them from the older generation most often responsible for their success in the real world. • ADD, Depression, Anxiety: Hundreds of thousands of kids are hit with what I call the “Young Person’s Trifecta”: ADD, Depression, and Anxiety. This program tackles these neuro-obstacles and offers frustrated families and young people hope and solutions for a thriving, productive and happy life. • Bullying: With the advent of technology and social media there are more and vicious ways a young person can be bullied. As I’ll illustrate to readers who’ve been the victim of bullying, they can strengthen their resiliency and rise above it. I’ll also provide a wakeup call to the bullies and show them how aggression hurts their brains. • Wealth Gap: The majority of today’s teens and 20-somethings stand somewhere within a widening wealth gap: Some are raised with entitlement and have such a tight safety net they never learn to fail; others have few opportunities for enrichment or personal growth and no safety net whatsoever. Both situations are fraught with pitfalls which this audiobook helps listeners avoid and in many cases, use to their advantage.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217004">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217004</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Change Your Brain, Change Your Life (Before 25): Change Your Developing Mind for Real-World Success
Author: Jesse Payne
Narrator: Dr. Jesse Payne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 8 minutes
Release date: July 29, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.29 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Change Your Brain, Change Your Life (Before 25) is based on Dr. Jesse Payne&amp;#039;s and Daniel Amen’s work together with young people and parents and educators who work with young people. It is an owner’s manual specifically written for the developing brain, packed with interesting information, relatable stories and easy-to-follow brain prescriptions and enhancement strategies. Its step-by-step instructions are tailored to optimize brain power while minimizing brain interference. The goal is to show listeners how to unlock the miraculous potential of the developing brain and rewire the young mind for a lifetime of real world success. In the vein of 7 Habits of Highly Effective Teens and How Children Achieve, Change Your Brain, Change Your Life (Before 25) will empower young listeners and the parents, educators, coaches and professionals who work with young people. A young brain is more than an adult brain with a few less miles on it. Its unique structure and chemical composition is constantly changing, growing and reshaping itself until around the age of 25. It’s a brain especially primed to reach its full potential when nurtured correctly—even more so than our adult brains. In fact, Jesse’s work has shown people under the age of 25 can transform their brains and change their lives in as little as two weeks’ time. And let’s face it. The teen years are grueling. Twenty-somethings today are struggling more than ever. Parents’ concerns and frustrations are heightened. Times are especially tough for this age group. Just look at the press:• Generation Screwed: With unemployment, the economy and a myriad of social issues, many young people graduating from high school and college today feel like Generation Screwed. This audiobook shows them how they can use their brain’s superpowers to rise above these challenges and succeed in the real world. • Technology: As Digital Natives, this generation is more plugged in and exposed than any in history. I’ll show young people how to stay wired in without getting wired up and provide them the skills to understand and bridge the gap that often alienates them from the older generation most often responsible for their success in the real world. • ADD, Depression, Anxiety: Hundreds of thousands of kids are hit with what I call the “Young Person’s Trifecta”: ADD, Depression, and Anxiety. This program tackles these neuro-obstacles and offers frustrated families and young people hope and solutions for a thriving, productive and happy life. • Bullying: With the advent of technology and social media there are more and vicious ways a young person can be bullied. As I’ll illustrate to readers who’ve been the victim of bullying, they can strengthen their resiliency and rise above it. I’ll also provide a wakeup call to the bullies and show them how aggression hurts their brains. • Wealth Gap: The majority of today’s teens and 20-somethings stand somewhere within a widening wealth gap: Some are raised with entitlement and have such a tight safety net they never learn to fail; others have few opportunities for enrichment or personal growth and no safety net whatsoever. Both situations are fraught with pitfalls which this audiobook helps listeners avoid and in many cases, use to their advantage.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Blue Mind: The Surprising Science That Shows How Being Near, In, On, or Under Water Can Make You Happier, Healthier, More Connected, and Better at What You Do by Wallace J. Nichols</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/216776</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/216776">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/216776</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blue Mind: The Surprising Science That Shows How Being Near, In, On, or Under Water Can Make You Happier, Healthier, More Connected, and Better at What You Do
Author: Wallace J. Nichols
Narrator: Wallace J. Nichols
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 22, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A landmark book by marine biologist Wallace J. Nichols on the remarkable effects of water on our health and well-being.  Why are we drawn to the ocean each summer? Why does being near water set our minds and bodies at ease? In Blue Mind, Wallace J. Nichols revolutionizes how we think about these questions, revealing the remarkable truth about the benefits of being in, on, under, or simply near water.   Combining cutting-edge neuroscience with compelling personal stories from top athletes, leading scientists, military veterans, and gifted artists, he shows how proximity to water can improve performance, increase calm, diminish anxiety, and increase professional success. Blue Mind not only illustrates the crucial importance of our connection to water; it provides a paradigm shifting &amp;#039;blueprint&amp;#039; for a better life on this Blue Marble we call home.</description>
      <author>Wallace J. Nichols</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jul 2014 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478978862.mp3" length="925616" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/216776</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478978862.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/216776">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/216776</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blue Mind: The Surprising Science That Shows How Being Near, In, On, or Under Water Can Make You Happier, Healthier, More Connected, and Better at What You Do
Author: Wallace J. Nichols
Narrator: Wallace J. Nichols
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 22, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A landmark book by marine biologist Wallace J. Nichols on the remarkable effects of water on our health and well-being.  Why are we drawn to the ocean each summer? Why does being near water set our minds and bodies at ease? In Blue Mind, Wallace J. Nichols revolutionizes how we think about these questions, revealing the remarkable truth about the benefits of being in, on, under, or simply near water.   Combining cutting-edge neuroscience with compelling personal stories from top athletes, leading scientists, military veterans, and gifted artists, he shows how proximity to water can improve performance, increase calm, diminish anxiety, and increase professional success. Blue Mind not only illustrates the crucial importance of our connection to water; it provides a paradigm shifting &amp;#039;blueprint&amp;#039; for a better life on this Blue Marble we call home.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/216776">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/216776</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blue Mind: The Surprising Science That Shows How Being Near, In, On, or Under Water Can Make You Happier, Healthier, More Connected, and Better at What You Do
Author: Wallace J. Nichols
Narrator: Wallace J. Nichols
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 22, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A landmark book by marine biologist Wallace J. Nichols on the remarkable effects of water on our health and well-being.  Why are we drawn to the ocean each summer? Why does being near water set our minds and bodies at ease? In Blue Mind, Wallace J. Nichols revolutionizes how we think about these questions, revealing the remarkable truth about the benefits of being in, on, under, or simply near water.   Combining cutting-edge neuroscience with compelling personal stories from top athletes, leading scientists, military veterans, and gifted artists, he shows how proximity to water can improve performance, increase calm, diminish anxiety, and increase professional success. Blue Mind not only illustrates the crucial importance of our connection to water; it provides a paradigm shifting &amp;#039;blueprint&amp;#039; for a better life on this Blue Marble we call home.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fatal Flaws: What Evolutionists Don&amp;#039;t Want You to Know by Hank Hanegraaff</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213502</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213502">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213502</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fatal Flaws: What Evolutionists Don&amp;#039;t Want You to Know
Author: Hank Hanegraaff
Narrator: Hank Hanegraaff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 1 minute
Release date: January 21, 2012
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Materials drawn from The Face That Demonstrates The Farce of Evolution (ISBN 0-8499-4272-1) Today&amp;#039;s generation is bombarded with theories about humankind and its origins. The danger for Christians lies in the wealth of misinformation and miscommunication about simple biblical truths such as: (1) How and when the world began, (2) Whether humans are unique or merely a happenstance of evolution, (3) The distinction between humankind and other living creatures, (4) The evolution of life on this planet, and (5) The spiritual dimensions of the human soul. Hank Hanegraff keeps Christians from falling prey to corrupting scientific speculation about the origins of life and reminds us that we are God&amp;#039;s creation. This common sense approach puts the concept of evolution in the grasp of everyday Christians and reminds us that ultimately the key to our purpose in this life comes from understanding whose we are and who created us.</description>
      <author>Hank Hanegraaff</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 21 Jan 2012 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781418591441.mp3" length="941391" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213502</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781418591441.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213502">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213502</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fatal Flaws: What Evolutionists Don&amp;#039;t Want You to Know
Author: Hank Hanegraaff
Narrator: Hank Hanegraaff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 1 minute
Release date: January 21, 2012
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Materials drawn from The Face That Demonstrates The Farce of Evolution (ISBN 0-8499-4272-1) Today&amp;#039;s generation is bombarded with theories about humankind and its origins. The danger for Christians lies in the wealth of misinformation and miscommunication about simple biblical truths such as: (1) How and when the world began, (2) Whether humans are unique or merely a happenstance of evolution, (3) The distinction between humankind and other living creatures, (4) The evolution of life on this planet, and (5) The spiritual dimensions of the human soul. Hank Hanegraff keeps Christians from falling prey to corrupting scientific speculation about the origins of life and reminds us that we are God&amp;#039;s creation. This common sense approach puts the concept of evolution in the grasp of everyday Christians and reminds us that ultimately the key to our purpose in this life comes from understanding whose we are and who created us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213502">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213502</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fatal Flaws: What Evolutionists Don&amp;#039;t Want You to Know
Author: Hank Hanegraaff
Narrator: Hank Hanegraaff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 1 minute
Release date: January 21, 2012
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Materials drawn from The Face That Demonstrates The Farce of Evolution (ISBN 0-8499-4272-1) Today&amp;#039;s generation is bombarded with theories about humankind and its origins. The danger for Christians lies in the wealth of misinformation and miscommunication about simple biblical truths such as: (1) How and when the world began, (2) Whether humans are unique or merely a happenstance of evolution, (3) The distinction between humankind and other living creatures, (4) The evolution of life on this planet, and (5) The spiritual dimensions of the human soul. Hank Hanegraff keeps Christians from falling prey to corrupting scientific speculation about the origins of life and reminds us that we are God&amp;#039;s creation. This common sense approach puts the concept of evolution in the grasp of everyday Christians and reminds us that ultimately the key to our purpose in this life comes from understanding whose we are and who created us.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Animal Madness: How Anxious Dogs, Compulsive Parrots, Gorillas on Drugs, and Elephants in Recovery Help Us Understand Ourselves by Laurel Braitman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212752</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Animal Madness: How Anxious Dogs, Compulsive Parrots, Gorillas on Drugs, and Elephants in Recovery Help Us Understand Ourselves
Author: Laurel Braitman
Narrator: Madeleine Maby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
**“Science Friday” Summer Reading Pick**  **Discover magazine Top 5 Summer Reads**  **People magazine Best Summer Reads**   “A lovely, big-hearted book…brimming with compassion and the tales of the many, many humans who devote their days to making animals well” (The New York Times). Have you ever wondered if your dog might be a bit depressed? How about heartbroken or homesick? Animal Madness takes these questions seriously, exploring the topic of mental health and recovery in the animal kingdom and turning up lessons that Publishers Weekly calls “Illuminating…Braitman’s delightful balance of humor and poignancy brings each case of life….[Animal Madness’s] continuous dose of hope should prove medicinal for humans and animals alike.”   Susan Orlean calls Animal Madness “a marvelous, smart, eloquent book—as much about human emotion as it is about animals and their inner lives.” It is “a gem…that can teach us much about the wildness of our own minds” (Psychology Today).</description>
      <author>Laurel Braitman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Jun 2014 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781442371354.mp3" length="910623" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212752</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781442371354.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Animal Madness: How Anxious Dogs, Compulsive Parrots, Gorillas on Drugs, and Elephants in Recovery Help Us Understand Ourselves
Author: Laurel Braitman
Narrator: Madeleine Maby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
**“Science Friday” Summer Reading Pick**  **Discover magazine Top 5 Summer Reads**  **People magazine Best Summer Reads**   “A lovely, big-hearted book…brimming with compassion and the tales of the many, many humans who devote their days to making animals well” (The New York Times). Have you ever wondered if your dog might be a bit depressed? How about heartbroken or homesick? Animal Madness takes these questions seriously, exploring the topic of mental health and recovery in the animal kingdom and turning up lessons that Publishers Weekly calls “Illuminating…Braitman’s delightful balance of humor and poignancy brings each case of life….[Animal Madness’s] continuous dose of hope should prove medicinal for humans and animals alike.”   Susan Orlean calls Animal Madness “a marvelous, smart, eloquent book—as much about human emotion as it is about animals and their inner lives.” It is “a gem…that can teach us much about the wildness of our own minds” (Psychology Today).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Animal Madness: How Anxious Dogs, Compulsive Parrots, Gorillas on Drugs, and Elephants in Recovery Help Us Understand Ourselves
Author: Laurel Braitman
Narrator: Madeleine Maby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
**“Science Friday” Summer Reading Pick**  **Discover magazine Top 5 Summer Reads**  **People magazine Best Summer Reads**   “A lovely, big-hearted book…brimming with compassion and the tales of the many, many humans who devote their days to making animals well” (The New York Times). Have you ever wondered if your dog might be a bit depressed? How about heartbroken or homesick? Animal Madness takes these questions seriously, exploring the topic of mental health and recovery in the animal kingdom and turning up lessons that Publishers Weekly calls “Illuminating…Braitman’s delightful balance of humor and poignancy brings each case of life….[Animal Madness’s] continuous dose of hope should prove medicinal for humans and animals alike.”   Susan Orlean calls Animal Madness “a marvelous, smart, eloquent book—as much about human emotion as it is about animals and their inner lives.” It is “a gem…that can teach us much about the wildness of our own minds” (Psychology Today).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nature&amp;#039;s Nether Regions: What the Sex Lives of Bugs, Birds, and Beasts Tell Us About Evolution, Biodiversity, and Ourselves by Menno Schithuizen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212552</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nature&amp;#039;s Nether Regions: What the Sex Lives of Bugs, Birds, and Beasts Tell Us About Evolution, Biodiversity, and Ourselves
Author: Menno Schithuizen
Narrator: Steven Menasche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of evolution as you’ve never heard it before   What’s the easiest way to tell species apart? Check their genitals. Researching private parts was long considered taboo, but scientists are now beginning to understand that the wild diversity of sex organs across species can tell us a lot about evolution.   Menno Schilthuizen invites readers to join him as he uncovers the ways the shapes and functions of genitalia have been molded by complex Darwinian struggles: penises that have lost their spines but evolved appendages to displace sperm; female orgasms that select or reject semen from males, in turn subtly modifying the females’ genital shape. We learn why spiders masturbate into miniature webs, discover she dungflies that store sperm from attractive males in their bellies, and see how, when it comes to outlandish appendages and bizarre behaviors, humans are downright boring.   Nature’s Nether Regions joyfully demonstrates that the more we learn about the multiform private parts of animals, the more we understand our own unique place in the great diversity of life.</description>
      <author>Menno Schithuizen</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Jun 2014 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469058818.mp3" length="848644" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212552</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469058818.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nature&amp;#039;s Nether Regions: What the Sex Lives of Bugs, Birds, and Beasts Tell Us About Evolution, Biodiversity, and Ourselves
Author: Menno Schithuizen
Narrator: Steven Menasche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of evolution as you’ve never heard it before   What’s the easiest way to tell species apart? Check their genitals. Researching private parts was long considered taboo, but scientists are now beginning to understand that the wild diversity of sex organs across species can tell us a lot about evolution.   Menno Schilthuizen invites readers to join him as he uncovers the ways the shapes and functions of genitalia have been molded by complex Darwinian struggles: penises that have lost their spines but evolved appendages to displace sperm; female orgasms that select or reject semen from males, in turn subtly modifying the females’ genital shape. We learn why spiders masturbate into miniature webs, discover she dungflies that store sperm from attractive males in their bellies, and see how, when it comes to outlandish appendages and bizarre behaviors, humans are downright boring.   Nature’s Nether Regions joyfully demonstrates that the more we learn about the multiform private parts of animals, the more we understand our own unique place in the great diversity of life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nature&amp;#039;s Nether Regions: What the Sex Lives of Bugs, Birds, and Beasts Tell Us About Evolution, Biodiversity, and Ourselves
Author: Menno Schithuizen
Narrator: Steven Menasche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of evolution as you’ve never heard it before   What’s the easiest way to tell species apart? Check their genitals. Researching private parts was long considered taboo, but scientists are now beginning to understand that the wild diversity of sex organs across species can tell us a lot about evolution.   Menno Schilthuizen invites readers to join him as he uncovers the ways the shapes and functions of genitalia have been molded by complex Darwinian struggles: penises that have lost their spines but evolved appendages to displace sperm; female orgasms that select or reject semen from males, in turn subtly modifying the females’ genital shape. We learn why spiders masturbate into miniature webs, discover she dungflies that store sperm from attractive males in their bellies, and see how, when it comes to outlandish appendages and bizarre behaviors, humans are downright boring.   Nature’s Nether Regions joyfully demonstrates that the more we learn about the multiform private parts of animals, the more we understand our own unique place in the great diversity of life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Tale of the Dueling Neurosurgeons: The History of the Human Brain as Revealed by True Stories of Trauma, Madness, and Recovery by Sam Kean</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212523</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212523">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212523</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Tale of the Dueling Neurosurgeons: The History of the Human Brain as Revealed by True Stories of Trauma, Madness, and Recovery
Author: Sam Kean
Narrator: Henry Leyva
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May  6, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The author of the bestseller The Disappearing Spoon reveals the secret inner workings of the brain through strange but true stories.   Early studies of the human brain used a simple method: wait for misfortune to strike -- strokes, seizures, infectious diseases, horrendous accidents -- and see how victims coped. In many cases their survival was miraculous, if puzzling. Observers were amazed by the transformations that took place when different parts of the brain were destroyed, altering victims&amp;#039; personalities. Parents suddenly couldn&amp;#039;t recognize their own children. Pillars of the community became pathological liars. Some people couldn&amp;#039;t speak but could still sing.   In The Tale of the Dueling Neurosurgeons, Sam Kean travels through time with stories of neurological curiosities: phantom limbs, Siamese twin brains, viruses that eat patients&amp;#039; memories, blind people who see through their tongues. He weaves these narratives together with prose that makes the pages fly by, to create a story of discovery that reaches back to the 1500s and the high-profile jousting accident that inspired this book&amp;#039;s title.   With the lucid, masterful explanations and razor-sharp wit his fans have come to expect, Kean explores the brain&amp;#039;s secret passageways and recounts the forgotten tales of the ordinary people whose struggles, resilience, and deep humanity made neuroscience possible.</description>
      <author>Sam Kean</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 May 2014 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478953715.mp3" length="928349" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212523</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478953715.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212523">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212523</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Tale of the Dueling Neurosurgeons: The History of the Human Brain as Revealed by True Stories of Trauma, Madness, and Recovery
Author: Sam Kean
Narrator: Henry Leyva
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May  6, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The author of the bestseller The Disappearing Spoon reveals the secret inner workings of the brain through strange but true stories.   Early studies of the human brain used a simple method: wait for misfortune to strike -- strokes, seizures, infectious diseases, horrendous accidents -- and see how victims coped. In many cases their survival was miraculous, if puzzling. Observers were amazed by the transformations that took place when different parts of the brain were destroyed, altering victims&amp;#039; personalities. Parents suddenly couldn&amp;#039;t recognize their own children. Pillars of the community became pathological liars. Some people couldn&amp;#039;t speak but could still sing.   In The Tale of the Dueling Neurosurgeons, Sam Kean travels through time with stories of neurological curiosities: phantom limbs, Siamese twin brains, viruses that eat patients&amp;#039; memories, blind people who see through their tongues. He weaves these narratives together with prose that makes the pages fly by, to create a story of discovery that reaches back to the 1500s and the high-profile jousting accident that inspired this book&amp;#039;s title.   With the lucid, masterful explanations and razor-sharp wit his fans have come to expect, Kean explores the brain&amp;#039;s secret passageways and recounts the forgotten tales of the ordinary people whose struggles, resilience, and deep humanity made neuroscience possible.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212523">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212523</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Tale of the Dueling Neurosurgeons: The History of the Human Brain as Revealed by True Stories of Trauma, Madness, and Recovery
Author: Sam Kean
Narrator: Henry Leyva
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May  6, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The author of the bestseller The Disappearing Spoon reveals the secret inner workings of the brain through strange but true stories.   Early studies of the human brain used a simple method: wait for misfortune to strike -- strokes, seizures, infectious diseases, horrendous accidents -- and see how victims coped. In many cases their survival was miraculous, if puzzling. Observers were amazed by the transformations that took place when different parts of the brain were destroyed, altering victims&amp;#039; personalities. Parents suddenly couldn&amp;#039;t recognize their own children. Pillars of the community became pathological liars. Some people couldn&amp;#039;t speak but could still sing.   In The Tale of the Dueling Neurosurgeons, Sam Kean travels through time with stories of neurological curiosities: phantom limbs, Siamese twin brains, viruses that eat patients&amp;#039; memories, blind people who see through their tongues. He weaves these narratives together with prose that makes the pages fly by, to create a story of discovery that reaches back to the 1500s and the high-profile jousting accident that inspired this book&amp;#039;s title.   With the lucid, masterful explanations and razor-sharp wit his fans have come to expect, Kean explores the brain&amp;#039;s secret passageways and recounts the forgotten tales of the ordinary people whose struggles, resilience, and deep humanity made neuroscience possible.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Half-life of Facts: Why Everything We Know Has an Expiration Date by Samuel Arbesman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211876</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211876">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211876</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Half-life of Facts: Why Everything We Know Has an Expiration Date
Author: Samuel Arbesman
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
New insights from the science of science   Facts change all the time. Smoking has gone from doctor recommended to deadly. We used to think the Earth was the center of the universe and that Pluto was a planet. For decades, we were convinced that the brontosaurus was a real dinosaur. In short, what we know about the world is constantly changing.   But it turns out there’s an order to the state of knowledge, an explanation for how we know what we know. Samuel Arbesman is an expert in the field of scientometrics—literally the science of science. Knowledge in most fields evolves systematically and predictably, and this evolution unfolds in a fascinating way that can have a powerful impact on our lives.   Doctors with a rough idea of when their knowledge is likely to expire can be better equipped to keep up with the latest research. Companies and governments that understand how long new discoveries take to develop can improve decisions about allocating resources. And by tracing how and when language changes, each of us can better bridge generational gaps in slang and dialect.   Just as we know that a chunk of uranium can break down in a measurable amount of time—a radioactive half-life—so too any given field’s change in knowledge can be measured concretely. We can know when facts in aggregate are obsolete, the rate at which new facts are created, and even how facts spread.   Arbesman takes us through a wide variety of fields, including those that change quickly, over the course of a few years, or over the span of centuries. He shows that much of what we know consists of “mesofacts”—facts that change at a middle timescale, often over a single human lifetime. Throughout, he offers intriguing examples about the face of knowledge: what English majors can learn from a statistical analysis of The Canterbury Tales, why it’s so hard to measure a mountain, and why so many parents still tell kids to eat their spinach because it’s rich in iron. The Half-life of Facts is a riveting journey into the counterintuitive fabric of knowledge. It can help us find new ways to measure the world while accepting the limits of how much we can know with certainty.</description>
      <author>Samuel Arbesman</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Sep 2012 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469085494.mp3" length="852330" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211876</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469085494.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211876">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211876</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Half-life of Facts: Why Everything We Know Has an Expiration Date
Author: Samuel Arbesman
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
New insights from the science of science   Facts change all the time. Smoking has gone from doctor recommended to deadly. We used to think the Earth was the center of the universe and that Pluto was a planet. For decades, we were convinced that the brontosaurus was a real dinosaur. In short, what we know about the world is constantly changing.   But it turns out there’s an order to the state of knowledge, an explanation for how we know what we know. Samuel Arbesman is an expert in the field of scientometrics—literally the science of science. Knowledge in most fields evolves systematically and predictably, and this evolution unfolds in a fascinating way that can have a powerful impact on our lives.   Doctors with a rough idea of when their knowledge is likely to expire can be better equipped to keep up with the latest research. Companies and governments that understand how long new discoveries take to develop can improve decisions about allocating resources. And by tracing how and when language changes, each of us can better bridge generational gaps in slang and dialect.   Just as we know that a chunk of uranium can break down in a measurable amount of time—a radioactive half-life—so too any given field’s change in knowledge can be measured concretely. We can know when facts in aggregate are obsolete, the rate at which new facts are created, and even how facts spread.   Arbesman takes us through a wide variety of fields, including those that change quickly, over the course of a few years, or over the span of centuries. He shows that much of what we know consists of “mesofacts”—facts that change at a middle timescale, often over a single human lifetime. Throughout, he offers intriguing examples about the face of knowledge: what English majors can learn from a statistical analysis of The Canterbury Tales, why it’s so hard to measure a mountain, and why so many parents still tell kids to eat their spinach because it’s rich in iron. The Half-life of Facts is a riveting journey into the counterintuitive fabric of knowledge. It can help us find new ways to measure the world while accepting the limits of how much we can know with certainty.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211876">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211876</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Half-life of Facts: Why Everything We Know Has an Expiration Date
Author: Samuel Arbesman
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
New insights from the science of science   Facts change all the time. Smoking has gone from doctor recommended to deadly. We used to think the Earth was the center of the universe and that Pluto was a planet. For decades, we were convinced that the brontosaurus was a real dinosaur. In short, what we know about the world is constantly changing.   But it turns out there’s an order to the state of knowledge, an explanation for how we know what we know. Samuel Arbesman is an expert in the field of scientometrics—literally the science of science. Knowledge in most fields evolves systematically and predictably, and this evolution unfolds in a fascinating way that can have a powerful impact on our lives.   Doctors with a rough idea of when their knowledge is likely to expire can be better equipped to keep up with the latest research. Companies and governments that understand how long new discoveries take to develop can improve decisions about allocating resources. And by tracing how and when language changes, each of us can better bridge generational gaps in slang and dialect.   Just as we know that a chunk of uranium can break down in a measurable amount of time—a radioactive half-life—so too any given field’s change in knowledge can be measured concretely. We can know when facts in aggregate are obsolete, the rate at which new facts are created, and even how facts spread.   Arbesman takes us through a wide variety of fields, including those that change quickly, over the course of a few years, or over the span of centuries. He shows that much of what we know consists of “mesofacts”—facts that change at a middle timescale, often over a single human lifetime. Throughout, he offers intriguing examples about the face of knowledge: what English majors can learn from a statistical analysis of The Canterbury Tales, why it’s so hard to measure a mountain, and why so many parents still tell kids to eat their spinach because it’s rich in iron. The Half-life of Facts is a riveting journey into the counterintuitive fabric of knowledge. It can help us find new ways to measure the world while accepting the limits of how much we can know with certainty.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Joy, Guilt, Anger, Love: What Neuroscience Can-and Can&amp;#039;t-Tell Us About How We Feel by Giovanni Frazzetto</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211848</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211848">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211848</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Joy, Guilt, Anger, Love: What Neuroscience Can-and Can&amp;#039;t-Tell Us About How We Feel
Author: Giovanni Frazzetto
Narrator: Giovanni Frazzetto
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2014
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Is science ever enough to explain why we feel the way we feel? In this engaging account, renowned neuroscientist Giovanni Frazzetto blends cutting-edge scientific research with personal stories to reveal how our brains generate our emotions. He demonstrates that while modern science has expanded our knowledge, investigating art, literature, and philosophy is equally crucial to unraveling the brain’s secrets. What can a brain scan, or our reaction to a Caravaggio painting, reveal about the deep seat of guilt? Can ancient remedies fight sadness more effectively than antidepressants? What can writing poetry tell us about how joy works? Structured in seven chapters encompassing common human emotions—anger, guilt, anxiety, grief, empathy, joy, and love—Joy, Guilt, Anger, Love offers a way of thinking about science and art that will help us to more fully understand ourselves and how we feel.</description>
      <author>Giovanni Frazzetto</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Mar 2014 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469090689.mp3" length="861117" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211848</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469090689.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211848">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211848</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Joy, Guilt, Anger, Love: What Neuroscience Can-and Can&amp;#039;t-Tell Us About How We Feel
Author: Giovanni Frazzetto
Narrator: Giovanni Frazzetto
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2014
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Is science ever enough to explain why we feel the way we feel? In this engaging account, renowned neuroscientist Giovanni Frazzetto blends cutting-edge scientific research with personal stories to reveal how our brains generate our emotions. He demonstrates that while modern science has expanded our knowledge, investigating art, literature, and philosophy is equally crucial to unraveling the brain’s secrets. What can a brain scan, or our reaction to a Caravaggio painting, reveal about the deep seat of guilt? Can ancient remedies fight sadness more effectively than antidepressants? What can writing poetry tell us about how joy works? Structured in seven chapters encompassing common human emotions—anger, guilt, anxiety, grief, empathy, joy, and love—Joy, Guilt, Anger, Love offers a way of thinking about science and art that will help us to more fully understand ourselves and how we feel.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211848">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211848</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Joy, Guilt, Anger, Love: What Neuroscience Can-and Can&amp;#039;t-Tell Us About How We Feel
Author: Giovanni Frazzetto
Narrator: Giovanni Frazzetto
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2014
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Is science ever enough to explain why we feel the way we feel? In this engaging account, renowned neuroscientist Giovanni Frazzetto blends cutting-edge scientific research with personal stories to reveal how our brains generate our emotions. He demonstrates that while modern science has expanded our knowledge, investigating art, literature, and philosophy is equally crucial to unraveling the brain’s secrets. What can a brain scan, or our reaction to a Caravaggio painting, reveal about the deep seat of guilt? Can ancient remedies fight sadness more effectively than antidepressants? What can writing poetry tell us about how joy works? Structured in seven chapters encompassing common human emotions—anger, guilt, anxiety, grief, empathy, joy, and love—Joy, Guilt, Anger, Love offers a way of thinking about science and art that will help us to more fully understand ourselves and how we feel.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Troublesome Inheritance: Genes, Race, and Human History by Nicholas Wade</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211841</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211841">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211841</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Troublesome Inheritance: Genes, Race, and Human History
Author: Nicholas Wade
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 50 minutes
Release date: May  6, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Drawing on startling new evidence from the mapping of the genome, an explosive new account of the genetic basis of race and its role in the human story  Fewer ideas have been more toxic or harmful than the idea of the biological reality of race, and with it the idea that humans of different races are biologically different from one another. For this understandable reason, the idea has been banished from polite academic conversation. Arguing that race is more than just a social construct can get a scholar run out of town, or at least off campus, on a rail. Human evolution, the consensus view insists, ended in prehistory. Inconveniently, as Nicholas Wade argues in A Troublesome Inheritance, the consensus view cannot be right. And in fact, we know that populations have changed in the past few thousand years—to be lactose tolerant, for example, and to survive at high altitudes. Race is not a bright-line distinction; by definition it means that the more human populations are kept apart, the more they evolve their own distinct traits under the selective pressure known as Darwinian evolution. For many thousands of years, most human populations stayed where they were and grew distinct, not just in outward appearance but in deeper senses as well. Wade, the longtime journalist covering genetic advances for The New York Times, draws widely on the work of scientists who have made crucial breakthroughs in establishing the reality of recent human evolution. The most provocative claims in this book involve the genetic basis of human social habits. What we might call middle-class social traits—thrift, docility, nonviolence—have been slowly but surely inculcated genetically within agrarian societies, Wade argues. These “values” obviously had a strong cultural component, but Wade points to evidence that agrarian societies evolved away from hunter-gatherer societies in some crucial respects. Also controversial are his findings regarding the genetic basis of traits we associate with intelligence, such as literacy and numeracy, in certain ethnic populations, including the Chinese and Ashkenazi Jews. Wade believes deeply in the fundamental equality of all human peoples. He also believes that science is best served by pursuing the truth without fear, and if his mission to arrive at a coherent summa of what the new genetic science does and does not tell us about race and human history leads straight into a minefield, then so be it. This will not be the last word on the subject, but it will begin a powerful and overdue conversation.</description>
      <author>Nicholas Wade</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 May 2014 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780698162655.mp3" length="1377211" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211841</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780698162655.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211841">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211841</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Troublesome Inheritance: Genes, Race, and Human History
Author: Nicholas Wade
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 50 minutes
Release date: May  6, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Drawing on startling new evidence from the mapping of the genome, an explosive new account of the genetic basis of race and its role in the human story  Fewer ideas have been more toxic or harmful than the idea of the biological reality of race, and with it the idea that humans of different races are biologically different from one another. For this understandable reason, the idea has been banished from polite academic conversation. Arguing that race is more than just a social construct can get a scholar run out of town, or at least off campus, on a rail. Human evolution, the consensus view insists, ended in prehistory. Inconveniently, as Nicholas Wade argues in A Troublesome Inheritance, the consensus view cannot be right. And in fact, we know that populations have changed in the past few thousand years—to be lactose tolerant, for example, and to survive at high altitudes. Race is not a bright-line distinction; by definition it means that the more human populations are kept apart, the more they evolve their own distinct traits under the selective pressure known as Darwinian evolution. For many thousands of years, most human populations stayed where they were and grew distinct, not just in outward appearance but in deeper senses as well. Wade, the longtime journalist covering genetic advances for The New York Times, draws widely on the work of scientists who have made crucial breakthroughs in establishing the reality of recent human evolution. The most provocative claims in this book involve the genetic basis of human social habits. What we might call middle-class social traits—thrift, docility, nonviolence—have been slowly but surely inculcated genetically within agrarian societies, Wade argues. These “values” obviously had a strong cultural component, but Wade points to evidence that agrarian societies evolved away from hunter-gatherer societies in some crucial respects. Also controversial are his findings regarding the genetic basis of traits we associate with intelligence, such as literacy and numeracy, in certain ethnic populations, including the Chinese and Ashkenazi Jews. Wade believes deeply in the fundamental equality of all human peoples. He also believes that science is best served by pursuing the truth without fear, and if his mission to arrive at a coherent summa of what the new genetic science does and does not tell us about race and human history leads straight into a minefield, then so be it. This will not be the last word on the subject, but it will begin a powerful and overdue conversation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211841">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211841</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Troublesome Inheritance: Genes, Race, and Human History
Author: Nicholas Wade
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 50 minutes
Release date: May  6, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Drawing on startling new evidence from the mapping of the genome, an explosive new account of the genetic basis of race and its role in the human story  Fewer ideas have been more toxic or harmful than the idea of the biological reality of race, and with it the idea that humans of different races are biologically different from one another. For this understandable reason, the idea has been banished from polite academic conversation. Arguing that race is more than just a social construct can get a scholar run out of town, or at least off campus, on a rail. Human evolution, the consensus view insists, ended in prehistory. Inconveniently, as Nicholas Wade argues in A Troublesome Inheritance, the consensus view cannot be right. And in fact, we know that populations have changed in the past few thousand years—to be lactose tolerant, for example, and to survive at high altitudes. Race is not a bright-line distinction; by definition it means that the more human populations are kept apart, the more they evolve their own distinct traits under the selective pressure known as Darwinian evolution. For many thousands of years, most human populations stayed where they were and grew distinct, not just in outward appearance but in deeper senses as well. Wade, the longtime journalist covering genetic advances for The New York Times, draws widely on the work of scientists who have made crucial breakthroughs in establishing the reality of recent human evolution. The most provocative claims in this book involve the genetic basis of human social habits. What we might call middle-class social traits—thrift, docility, nonviolence—have been slowly but surely inculcated genetically within agrarian societies, Wade argues. These “values” obviously had a strong cultural component, but Wade points to evidence that agrarian societies evolved away from hunter-gatherer societies in some crucial respects. Also controversial are his findings regarding the genetic basis of traits we associate with intelligence, such as literacy and numeracy, in certain ethnic populations, including the Chinese and Ashkenazi Jews. Wade believes deeply in the fundamental equality of all human peoples. He also believes that science is best served by pursuing the truth without fear, and if his mission to arrive at a coherent summa of what the new genetic science does and does not tell us about race and human history leads straight into a minefield, then so be it. This will not be the last word on the subject, but it will begin a powerful and overdue conversation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Smarter: The New Science of Building Brain Power by Dan Hurley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/209916</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/209916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/209916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Smarter: The New Science of Building Brain Power
Author: Dan Hurley
Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Can you make yourself, your kids, and your parents smarter? Expanding upon one of the most-read New York Times Magazine features of 2012, Smarter penetrates the hot new field of intelligence research to reveal what researchers call a revolution in human intellectual abilities. Shattering decades of dogma, scientists began publishing studies in 2008 showing that “fluid intelligence”—the ability to learn, solve novel problems, and get to the heart of things—can be increased through training. But is it all just hype? With vivid stories of lives transformed, science journalist Dan Hurley delivers practical findings for people of every age and ability. Along the way, he narrates with acidtongued wit his experiences as a human guinea pig, road-testing commercial brain-training programs, learning to play the Renaissance lute, getting physically fit, even undergoing transcranial directcurrent stimulation. Smarter speaks to the audience that made bestsellers out of Train Your Mind, Change Your Brain and Moonwalking with Einstein.</description>
      <author>Dan Hurley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Mar 2014 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469089485.mp3" length="859631" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/209916</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469089485.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/209916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/209916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Smarter: The New Science of Building Brain Power
Author: Dan Hurley
Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Can you make yourself, your kids, and your parents smarter? Expanding upon one of the most-read New York Times Magazine features of 2012, Smarter penetrates the hot new field of intelligence research to reveal what researchers call a revolution in human intellectual abilities. Shattering decades of dogma, scientists began publishing studies in 2008 showing that “fluid intelligence”—the ability to learn, solve novel problems, and get to the heart of things—can be increased through training. But is it all just hype? With vivid stories of lives transformed, science journalist Dan Hurley delivers practical findings for people of every age and ability. Along the way, he narrates with acidtongued wit his experiences as a human guinea pig, road-testing commercial brain-training programs, learning to play the Renaissance lute, getting physically fit, even undergoing transcranial directcurrent stimulation. Smarter speaks to the audience that made bestsellers out of Train Your Mind, Change Your Brain and Moonwalking with Einstein.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/209916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/209916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Smarter: The New Science of Building Brain Power
Author: Dan Hurley
Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Can you make yourself, your kids, and your parents smarter? Expanding upon one of the most-read New York Times Magazine features of 2012, Smarter penetrates the hot new field of intelligence research to reveal what researchers call a revolution in human intellectual abilities. Shattering decades of dogma, scientists began publishing studies in 2008 showing that “fluid intelligence”—the ability to learn, solve novel problems, and get to the heart of things—can be increased through training. But is it all just hype? With vivid stories of lives transformed, science journalist Dan Hurley delivers practical findings for people of every age and ability. Along the way, he narrates with acidtongued wit his experiences as a human guinea pig, road-testing commercial brain-training programs, learning to play the Renaissance lute, getting physically fit, even undergoing transcranial directcurrent stimulation. Smarter speaks to the audience that made bestsellers out of Train Your Mind, Change Your Brain and Moonwalking with Einstein.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Trying Not to Try: The Art and Science of Spontaneity by Edward Slingerland</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208479</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208479">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208479</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trying Not to Try: The Art and Science of Spontaneity
Author: Edward Slingerland
Narrator: Marc Cashman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A deeply original exploration of the power of spontaneity—an ancient Chinese ideal that cognitive scientists are only now beginning to understand—and why it is so essential to our well-being   Why is it always hard to fall asleep the night before an important meeting? Or be charming and relaxed on a first date? What is it about a politician who seems wooden or a comedian whose jokes fall flat or an athlete who chokes? In all of these cases, striving seems to backfire.    In Trying Not To Try, Edward Slingerland explains why we find spontaneity so elusive, and shows how early Chinese thought points the way to happier, more authentic lives. We’ve long been told that the way to achieve our goals is through careful reasoning and conscious effort. But recent research suggests that many aspects of a satisfying life, like happiness and spontaneity, are best pursued indirectly. The early Chinese philosophers knew this, and they wrote extensively about an effortless way of being in the world, which they called wu-wei (ooo-way). They believed it was the source of all success in life, and they developed various strategies for getting it and hanging on to it.    With clarity and wit, Slingerland introduces us to these thinkers and the marvelous characters in their texts, from the butcher whose blade glides effortlessly through an ox to the wood carver who sees his sculpture simply emerge from a solid block. Slingerland uncovers a direct line from wu-wei to the Force in Star Wars, explains why wu-wei is more powerful than flow, and tells us what it all means for getting a date. He also shows how new research reveals what’s happening in the brain when we’re in a state of wu-wei—why it makes us happy and effective and trustworthy, and how it might have even made civilization possible.    Through stories of mythical creatures and drunken cart riders, jazz musicians and Japanese motorcycle gangs, Slingerland effortlessly blends Eastern thought and cutting-edge science to show us how we can live more fulfilling lives. Trying Not To Try is mind-expanding and deeply pleasurable, the perfect antidote to our striving modern culture. Figure 1: UPPER lower lower upper LOWER</description>
      <author>Edward Slingerland</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Mar 2014 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780804193351.mp3" length="2632324" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208479</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780804193351.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208479">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208479</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trying Not to Try: The Art and Science of Spontaneity
Author: Edward Slingerland
Narrator: Marc Cashman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A deeply original exploration of the power of spontaneity—an ancient Chinese ideal that cognitive scientists are only now beginning to understand—and why it is so essential to our well-being   Why is it always hard to fall asleep the night before an important meeting? Or be charming and relaxed on a first date? What is it about a politician who seems wooden or a comedian whose jokes fall flat or an athlete who chokes? In all of these cases, striving seems to backfire.    In Trying Not To Try, Edward Slingerland explains why we find spontaneity so elusive, and shows how early Chinese thought points the way to happier, more authentic lives. We’ve long been told that the way to achieve our goals is through careful reasoning and conscious effort. But recent research suggests that many aspects of a satisfying life, like happiness and spontaneity, are best pursued indirectly. The early Chinese philosophers knew this, and they wrote extensively about an effortless way of being in the world, which they called wu-wei (ooo-way). They believed it was the source of all success in life, and they developed various strategies for getting it and hanging on to it.    With clarity and wit, Slingerland introduces us to these thinkers and the marvelous characters in their texts, from the butcher whose blade glides effortlessly through an ox to the wood carver who sees his sculpture simply emerge from a solid block. Slingerland uncovers a direct line from wu-wei to the Force in Star Wars, explains why wu-wei is more powerful than flow, and tells us what it all means for getting a date. He also shows how new research reveals what’s happening in the brain when we’re in a state of wu-wei—why it makes us happy and effective and trustworthy, and how it might have even made civilization possible.    Through stories of mythical creatures and drunken cart riders, jazz musicians and Japanese motorcycle gangs, Slingerland effortlessly blends Eastern thought and cutting-edge science to show us how we can live more fulfilling lives. Trying Not To Try is mind-expanding and deeply pleasurable, the perfect antidote to our striving modern culture. Figure 1: UPPER lower lower upper LOWER</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208479">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208479</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trying Not to Try: The Art and Science of Spontaneity
Author: Edward Slingerland
Narrator: Marc Cashman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A deeply original exploration of the power of spontaneity—an ancient Chinese ideal that cognitive scientists are only now beginning to understand—and why it is so essential to our well-being   Why is it always hard to fall asleep the night before an important meeting? Or be charming and relaxed on a first date? What is it about a politician who seems wooden or a comedian whose jokes fall flat or an athlete who chokes? In all of these cases, striving seems to backfire.    In Trying Not To Try, Edward Slingerland explains why we find spontaneity so elusive, and shows how early Chinese thought points the way to happier, more authentic lives. We’ve long been told that the way to achieve our goals is through careful reasoning and conscious effort. But recent research suggests that many aspects of a satisfying life, like happiness and spontaneity, are best pursued indirectly. The early Chinese philosophers knew this, and they wrote extensively about an effortless way of being in the world, which they called wu-wei (ooo-way). They believed it was the source of all success in life, and they developed various strategies for getting it and hanging on to it.    With clarity and wit, Slingerland introduces us to these thinkers and the marvelous characters in their texts, from the butcher whose blade glides effortlessly through an ox to the wood carver who sees his sculpture simply emerge from a solid block. Slingerland uncovers a direct line from wu-wei to the Force in Star Wars, explains why wu-wei is more powerful than flow, and tells us what it all means for getting a date. He also shows how new research reveals what’s happening in the brain when we’re in a state of wu-wei—why it makes us happy and effective and trustworthy, and how it might have even made civilization possible.    Through stories of mythical creatures and drunken cart riders, jazz musicians and Japanese motorcycle gangs, Slingerland effortlessly blends Eastern thought and cutting-edge science to show us how we can live more fulfilling lives. Trying Not To Try is mind-expanding and deeply pleasurable, the perfect antidote to our striving modern culture. Figure 1: UPPER lower lower upper LOWER</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Advance of Science in the Last Half-Century by Thomas Henry Huxley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208170</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208170">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208170</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Advance of Science in the Last Half-Century
Author: Thomas Henry Huxley
Narrator: J.M. Smallheer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Thomas H. Huxley, an English biologist and essayist, was an advocate of the theory of evolution and a self-proclaimed agnostic. A talented writer, his essays helped to popularize science in the 19th century, and he is credited with the quote, &amp;quot;Try to learn something about everything and everything about something.&amp;quot; In The Advance of Science in the Last Half Century, he presents a summary of the major developments in Physics, Chemistry and Biology during the period 1839-1889 and their impact on society, within the historical context of philosophical thought and scientific inquiry going back to Aristotle. Huxley’s clear and readable prose makes this subject equally enjoyable for both the student of scientific history and the casual listener alike. (Summary by J. M. Smallheer)</description>
      <author>Thomas Henry Huxley</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Jan 2011 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/SABLIBX978582.mp3" length="851672" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208170</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/SABLIBX978582.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208170">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208170</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Advance of Science in the Last Half-Century
Author: Thomas Henry Huxley
Narrator: J.M. Smallheer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Thomas H. Huxley, an English biologist and essayist, was an advocate of the theory of evolution and a self-proclaimed agnostic. A talented writer, his essays helped to popularize science in the 19th century, and he is credited with the quote, &amp;quot;Try to learn something about everything and everything about something.&amp;quot; In The Advance of Science in the Last Half Century, he presents a summary of the major developments in Physics, Chemistry and Biology during the period 1839-1889 and their impact on society, within the historical context of philosophical thought and scientific inquiry going back to Aristotle. Huxley’s clear and readable prose makes this subject equally enjoyable for both the student of scientific history and the casual listener alike. (Summary by J. M. Smallheer)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208170">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208170</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Advance of Science in the Last Half-Century
Author: Thomas Henry Huxley
Narrator: J.M. Smallheer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Thomas H. Huxley, an English biologist and essayist, was an advocate of the theory of evolution and a self-proclaimed agnostic. A talented writer, his essays helped to popularize science in the 19th century, and he is credited with the quote, &amp;quot;Try to learn something about everything and everything about something.&amp;quot; In The Advance of Science in the Last Half Century, he presents a summary of the major developments in Physics, Chemistry and Biology during the period 1839-1889 and their impact on society, within the historical context of philosophical thought and scientific inquiry going back to Aristotle. Huxley’s clear and readable prose makes this subject equally enjoyable for both the student of scientific history and the casual listener alike. (Summary by J. M. Smallheer)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Future of the Mind: The Scientific Quest to Understand, Enhance, and Empower the Mind by Michio Kaku</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206621</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206621">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206621</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Future of the Mind: The Scientific Quest to Understand, Enhance, and Empower the Mind
Author: Michio Kaku
Narrator: Feodor Chin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 40 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 33 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
NOW A #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER “Compelling….Kaku thinks with great breadth, and the vistas he presents us are worth the trip” —The New York Times Book Review The New York Times best-selling author of PHYSICS OF THE IMPOSSIBLE, PHYSICS OF THE FUTURE and HYPERSPACE tackles the most fascinating and complex object in the known universe: the human brain.           For the first time in history, the secrets of the living brain are being revealed by a battery of high tech brain scans devised by physicists. Now what was once solely the province of science fiction has become a startling reality. Recording memories, telepathy, videotaping our dreams, mind control, avatars, and telekinesis are not only possible; they already exist.    THE FUTURE OF THE MIND gives us an authoritative and compelling look at the astonishing research being done in top laboratories around the world—all based on the latest advancements in neuroscience and physics.  One day we might have a &amp;#039;smart pill&amp;#039; that can enhance our cognition; be able to upload our brain to a computer, neuron for neuron; send thoughts and emotions around the world on a &amp;#039;brain-net&amp;#039;; control computers and robots with our mind; push the very limits of immortality; and perhaps even send our consciousness across the universe.             Dr. Kaku takes us on a grand tour of what the future might hold, giving us not only a solid sense of how the brain functions but also how these technologies will change our daily lives. He even presents a radically new way to think about &amp;#039;consciousness&amp;#039; and applies it to provide fresh insight into mental illness, artificial intelligence and alien consciousness.   With Dr. Kaku&amp;#039;s deep understanding of modern science and keen eye for future developments, THE FUTURE OF THE MIND is a scientific tour de force--an extraordinary, mind-boggling exploration of the frontiers of neuroscience.</description>
      <author>Michio Kaku</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2014 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780804148818.mp3" length="2554078" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206621</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780804148818.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206621">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206621</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Future of the Mind: The Scientific Quest to Understand, Enhance, and Empower the Mind
Author: Michio Kaku
Narrator: Feodor Chin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 40 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 33 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
NOW A #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER “Compelling….Kaku thinks with great breadth, and the vistas he presents us are worth the trip” —The New York Times Book Review The New York Times best-selling author of PHYSICS OF THE IMPOSSIBLE, PHYSICS OF THE FUTURE and HYPERSPACE tackles the most fascinating and complex object in the known universe: the human brain.           For the first time in history, the secrets of the living brain are being revealed by a battery of high tech brain scans devised by physicists. Now what was once solely the province of science fiction has become a startling reality. Recording memories, telepathy, videotaping our dreams, mind control, avatars, and telekinesis are not only possible; they already exist.    THE FUTURE OF THE MIND gives us an authoritative and compelling look at the astonishing research being done in top laboratories around the world—all based on the latest advancements in neuroscience and physics.  One day we might have a &amp;#039;smart pill&amp;#039; that can enhance our cognition; be able to upload our brain to a computer, neuron for neuron; send thoughts and emotions around the world on a &amp;#039;brain-net&amp;#039;; control computers and robots with our mind; push the very limits of immortality; and perhaps even send our consciousness across the universe.             Dr. Kaku takes us on a grand tour of what the future might hold, giving us not only a solid sense of how the brain functions but also how these technologies will change our daily lives. He even presents a radically new way to think about &amp;#039;consciousness&amp;#039; and applies it to provide fresh insight into mental illness, artificial intelligence and alien consciousness.   With Dr. Kaku&amp;#039;s deep understanding of modern science and keen eye for future developments, THE FUTURE OF THE MIND is a scientific tour de force--an extraordinary, mind-boggling exploration of the frontiers of neuroscience.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206621">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206621</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Future of the Mind: The Scientific Quest to Understand, Enhance, and Empower the Mind
Author: Michio Kaku
Narrator: Feodor Chin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 40 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 33 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
NOW A #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER “Compelling….Kaku thinks with great breadth, and the vistas he presents us are worth the trip” —The New York Times Book Review The New York Times best-selling author of PHYSICS OF THE IMPOSSIBLE, PHYSICS OF THE FUTURE and HYPERSPACE tackles the most fascinating and complex object in the known universe: the human brain.           For the first time in history, the secrets of the living brain are being revealed by a battery of high tech brain scans devised by physicists. Now what was once solely the province of science fiction has become a startling reality. Recording memories, telepathy, videotaping our dreams, mind control, avatars, and telekinesis are not only possible; they already exist.    THE FUTURE OF THE MIND gives us an authoritative and compelling look at the astonishing research being done in top laboratories around the world—all based on the latest advancements in neuroscience and physics.  One day we might have a &amp;#039;smart pill&amp;#039; that can enhance our cognition; be able to upload our brain to a computer, neuron for neuron; send thoughts and emotions around the world on a &amp;#039;brain-net&amp;#039;; control computers and robots with our mind; push the very limits of immortality; and perhaps even send our consciousness across the universe.             Dr. Kaku takes us on a grand tour of what the future might hold, giving us not only a solid sense of how the brain functions but also how these technologies will change our daily lives. He even presents a radically new way to think about &amp;#039;consciousness&amp;#039; and applies it to provide fresh insight into mental illness, artificial intelligence and alien consciousness.   With Dr. Kaku&amp;#039;s deep understanding of modern science and keen eye for future developments, THE FUTURE OF THE MIND is a scientific tour de force--an extraordinary, mind-boggling exploration of the frontiers of neuroscience.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Me, Myself, and Why: Searching for the Science of Self by Jennifer Ouellette</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204826</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204826">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204826</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Me, Myself, and Why: Searching for the Science of Self
Author: Jennifer Ouellette
Narrator: Karen Saltus
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2014
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A fascinating survey of the forces that shape who we are and how we act—from the author of The Calculus Diaries Following her previous tours through the worlds of physics (Black Bodies and Quantum Cats) and calculus (The Calculus Diaries), acclaimed science writer Jennifer Ouellette now turns her attention to the mysteries of human identity and behavior with Me, Myself, and Why. She draws on genetics, neuroscience, and psychology—enlivened as always with her signature sense of humor and pop-culture references—to explore how we become who we are. Ouellette lets listeners in on her own surprising journey of self-discover, as she has her genome sequenced, her brain mapped, her personality typed, and even samples a popular hallucinogen. Bringing together everything from Mendel’s famous pea plant experiments and mutations in The X-Men to our taste in food and our relationship with avatars and our online selves, Ouellette delivers another fun and enlightening work of popular science that’s sure to be enjoyed by her many fans.</description>
      <author>Jennifer Ouellette</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Feb 2014 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469089133.mp3" length="785277" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204826</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469089133.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204826">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204826</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Me, Myself, and Why: Searching for the Science of Self
Author: Jennifer Ouellette
Narrator: Karen Saltus
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2014
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A fascinating survey of the forces that shape who we are and how we act—from the author of The Calculus Diaries Following her previous tours through the worlds of physics (Black Bodies and Quantum Cats) and calculus (The Calculus Diaries), acclaimed science writer Jennifer Ouellette now turns her attention to the mysteries of human identity and behavior with Me, Myself, and Why. She draws on genetics, neuroscience, and psychology—enlivened as always with her signature sense of humor and pop-culture references—to explore how we become who we are. Ouellette lets listeners in on her own surprising journey of self-discover, as she has her genome sequenced, her brain mapped, her personality typed, and even samples a popular hallucinogen. Bringing together everything from Mendel’s famous pea plant experiments and mutations in The X-Men to our taste in food and our relationship with avatars and our online selves, Ouellette delivers another fun and enlightening work of popular science that’s sure to be enjoyed by her many fans.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204826">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204826</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Me, Myself, and Why: Searching for the Science of Self
Author: Jennifer Ouellette
Narrator: Karen Saltus
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2014
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A fascinating survey of the forces that shape who we are and how we act—from the author of The Calculus Diaries Following her previous tours through the worlds of physics (Black Bodies and Quantum Cats) and calculus (The Calculus Diaries), acclaimed science writer Jennifer Ouellette now turns her attention to the mysteries of human identity and behavior with Me, Myself, and Why. She draws on genetics, neuroscience, and psychology—enlivened as always with her signature sense of humor and pop-culture references—to explore how we become who we are. Ouellette lets listeners in on her own surprising journey of self-discover, as she has her genome sequenced, her brain mapped, her personality typed, and even samples a popular hallucinogen. Bringing together everything from Mendel’s famous pea plant experiments and mutations in The X-Men to our taste in food and our relationship with avatars and our online selves, Ouellette delivers another fun and enlightening work of popular science that’s sure to be enjoyed by her many fans.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anatomy of the Human Body, Part 5 by Henry Grayson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204791</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204791">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204791</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anatomy of the Human Body, Part 5
Author: Henry Grayson
Narrator: Various Readers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 32 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Henry Gray&amp;#039;s classic anatomy textbook was first published in 1858 and has been in continuous publication ever since, revised and expanded through many successive editions. This recording is of the public-domain 1918 US edition (some information may be outdated). The illustrations can be found in the online text at bartleby.com. For the Librivox recording, we have divided the book into five parts. Part 5 includes Splanchnology and Surface Anatomy and Markings. (Summary by Laurie Anne Walden)</description>
      <author>Henry Grayson</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Jan 2011 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/SABLIBX978073.mp3" length="886841" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204791</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/SABLIBX978073.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204791">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204791</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anatomy of the Human Body, Part 5
Author: Henry Grayson
Narrator: Various Readers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 32 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Henry Gray&amp;#039;s classic anatomy textbook was first published in 1858 and has been in continuous publication ever since, revised and expanded through many successive editions. This recording is of the public-domain 1918 US edition (some information may be outdated). The illustrations can be found in the online text at bartleby.com. For the Librivox recording, we have divided the book into five parts. Part 5 includes Splanchnology and Surface Anatomy and Markings. (Summary by Laurie Anne Walden)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204791">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204791</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anatomy of the Human Body, Part 5
Author: Henry Grayson
Narrator: Various Readers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 32 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Henry Gray&amp;#039;s classic anatomy textbook was first published in 1858 and has been in continuous publication ever since, revised and expanded through many successive editions. This recording is of the public-domain 1918 US edition (some information may be outdated). The illustrations can be found in the online text at bartleby.com. For the Librivox recording, we have divided the book into five parts. Part 5 includes Splanchnology and Surface Anatomy and Markings. (Summary by Laurie Anne Walden)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anatomy of the Human Body, Part 4 by Henry Grayson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204790</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anatomy of the Human Body, Part 4
Author: Henry Grayson
Narrator: Various Readers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 12 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2011
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Henry Gray&amp;#039;s classic anatomy textbook was first published in 1858 and has been in continuous publication ever since, revised and expanded through many successive editions. This recording is of the public-domain 1918 US edition (some information may be outdated). The illustrations can be found in the online text at bartleby.com. For the Librivox recording, we have divided the book into five parts. Part 4 includes Neurology, the Organs of the Senses, and the Common Integument. (summary by Laurie Anne Walden)</description>
      <author>Henry Grayson</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Jan 2011 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/SABLIBX978072.mp3" length="890133" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204790</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/SABLIBX978072.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anatomy of the Human Body, Part 4
Author: Henry Grayson
Narrator: Various Readers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 12 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2011
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Henry Gray&amp;#039;s classic anatomy textbook was first published in 1858 and has been in continuous publication ever since, revised and expanded through many successive editions. This recording is of the public-domain 1918 US edition (some information may be outdated). The illustrations can be found in the online text at bartleby.com. For the Librivox recording, we have divided the book into five parts. Part 4 includes Neurology, the Organs of the Senses, and the Common Integument. (summary by Laurie Anne Walden)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anatomy of the Human Body, Part 4
Author: Henry Grayson
Narrator: Various Readers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 12 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2011
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Henry Gray&amp;#039;s classic anatomy textbook was first published in 1858 and has been in continuous publication ever since, revised and expanded through many successive editions. This recording is of the public-domain 1918 US edition (some information may be outdated). The illustrations can be found in the online text at bartleby.com. For the Librivox recording, we have divided the book into five parts. Part 4 includes Neurology, the Organs of the Senses, and the Common Integument. (summary by Laurie Anne Walden)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anatomy of the Human Body, Part 3 by Henry Grayson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204789</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204789">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204789</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anatomy of the Human Body, Part 3
Author: Henry Grayson
Narrator: Various Readers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 48 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Henry Gray&amp;#039;s classic anatomy textbook was first published in 1858 and has been in continuous publication ever since, revised and expanded through many successive editions. This recording is of the public-domain 1918 US edition (some information may be outdated). The illustrations can be found in the online text at bartleby.com. For the Librivox recording, we have divided the book into five parts. Part 3 includes Angiology, Arteries, Veins, and the Lymphatic System. (Summary by Laurie Anne Walden)</description>
      <author>Henry Grayson</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Jan 2011 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/SABLIBX978071.mp3" length="878949" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204789</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/SABLIBX978071.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204789">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204789</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anatomy of the Human Body, Part 3
Author: Henry Grayson
Narrator: Various Readers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 48 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Henry Gray&amp;#039;s classic anatomy textbook was first published in 1858 and has been in continuous publication ever since, revised and expanded through many successive editions. This recording is of the public-domain 1918 US edition (some information may be outdated). The illustrations can be found in the online text at bartleby.com. For the Librivox recording, we have divided the book into five parts. Part 3 includes Angiology, Arteries, Veins, and the Lymphatic System. (Summary by Laurie Anne Walden)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204789">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204789</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anatomy of the Human Body, Part 3
Author: Henry Grayson
Narrator: Various Readers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 48 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Henry Gray&amp;#039;s classic anatomy textbook was first published in 1858 and has been in continuous publication ever since, revised and expanded through many successive editions. This recording is of the public-domain 1918 US edition (some information may be outdated). The illustrations can be found in the online text at bartleby.com. For the Librivox recording, we have divided the book into five parts. Part 3 includes Angiology, Arteries, Veins, and the Lymphatic System. (Summary by Laurie Anne Walden)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anatomy of the Human Body, Part 2 by Henry Grayson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204788</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204788">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204788</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anatomy of the Human Body, Part 2
Author: Henry Grayson
Narrator: Various Readers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 55 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Henry Gray&amp;#039;s classic anatomy textbook was first published in 1858 and has been in continuous publication ever since, revised and expanded through many successive editions. This recording is of the public-domain 1918 US edition (some information may be outdated). For the Librivox recording, we have divided the book into five parts. Part 2 includes Syndesmology and Myology. The mathematical formulas (section 25) and the illustrations can be found in the online text at bartleby.com. (Summary by Laurie Anne Walden)</description>
      <author>Henry Grayson</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Jan 2011 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/SABLIBX978070.mp3" length="879728" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204788</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/SABLIBX978070.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204788">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204788</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anatomy of the Human Body, Part 2
Author: Henry Grayson
Narrator: Various Readers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 55 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Henry Gray&amp;#039;s classic anatomy textbook was first published in 1858 and has been in continuous publication ever since, revised and expanded through many successive editions. This recording is of the public-domain 1918 US edition (some information may be outdated). For the Librivox recording, we have divided the book into five parts. Part 2 includes Syndesmology and Myology. The mathematical formulas (section 25) and the illustrations can be found in the online text at bartleby.com. (Summary by Laurie Anne Walden)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204788">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204788</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anatomy of the Human Body, Part 2
Author: Henry Grayson
Narrator: Various Readers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 55 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Henry Gray&amp;#039;s classic anatomy textbook was first published in 1858 and has been in continuous publication ever since, revised and expanded through many successive editions. This recording is of the public-domain 1918 US edition (some information may be outdated). For the Librivox recording, we have divided the book into five parts. Part 2 includes Syndesmology and Myology. The mathematical formulas (section 25) and the illustrations can be found in the online text at bartleby.com. (Summary by Laurie Anne Walden)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anatomy of the Human Body, Part 1 by Henry Grayson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204787</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204787">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204787</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anatomy of the Human Body, Part 1
Author: Henry Grayson
Narrator: Various Readers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 58 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 39 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Henry Gray&amp;#039;s classic anatomy textbook was first published in 1858 and has been in continuous publication ever since, revised and expanded through many successive editions. This recording is of the public-domain 1918 US edition (some information may be outdated). The illustrations can be found in the online text at bartleby.com. For the Librivox recording, we have divided the book into five parts. Part 1 includes the Embryology and Osteology sections. (summary by Laurie Anne Walden)</description>
      <author>Henry Grayson</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Jan 2011 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/SABLIBX978069.mp3" length="890301" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204787</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/SABLIBX978069.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204787">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204787</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anatomy of the Human Body, Part 1
Author: Henry Grayson
Narrator: Various Readers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 58 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 39 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Henry Gray&amp;#039;s classic anatomy textbook was first published in 1858 and has been in continuous publication ever since, revised and expanded through many successive editions. This recording is of the public-domain 1918 US edition (some information may be outdated). The illustrations can be found in the online text at bartleby.com. For the Librivox recording, we have divided the book into five parts. Part 1 includes the Embryology and Osteology sections. (summary by Laurie Anne Walden)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204787">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204787</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anatomy of the Human Body, Part 1
Author: Henry Grayson
Narrator: Various Readers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 58 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 39 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Henry Gray&amp;#039;s classic anatomy textbook was first published in 1858 and has been in continuous publication ever since, revised and expanded through many successive editions. This recording is of the public-domain 1918 US edition (some information may be outdated). The illustrations can be found in the online text at bartleby.com. For the Librivox recording, we have divided the book into five parts. Part 1 includes the Embryology and Osteology sections. (summary by Laurie Anne Walden)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>On the Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection by Charles Darwin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204346</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204346">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204346</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: Various Readers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 24 hours 27 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.55 of Total 71 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.59 of Total 17
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Darwin’s Origin of Species (publ. 1859) is a pivotal work in scientific literature and arguably the pivotal work in evolutionary biology. The book’s full title is On the Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection, or the Preservation of Favoured Races in the Struggle for Life. It introduced the theory that populations evolve over the course of generations through a process of natural selection. It was controversial because it contradicted religious beliefs which underlay the then current theories of biology. Darwin’s book was the culmination of evidence he had accumulated on the voyage of the Beagle in the 1830s and added to through continuing investigations and experiments since his return. (Summary from Wikipedia)</description>
      <author>Charles Darwin</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Jan 2011 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/SABCSA9780008.mp3" length="947285" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204346</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/SABCSA9780008.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>24:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204346">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204346</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: Various Readers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 24 hours 27 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.55 of Total 71 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.59 of Total 17
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Darwin’s Origin of Species (publ. 1859) is a pivotal work in scientific literature and arguably the pivotal work in evolutionary biology. The book’s full title is On the Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection, or the Preservation of Favoured Races in the Struggle for Life. It introduced the theory that populations evolve over the course of generations through a process of natural selection. It was controversial because it contradicted religious beliefs which underlay the then current theories of biology. Darwin’s book was the culmination of evidence he had accumulated on the voyage of the Beagle in the 1830s and added to through continuing investigations and experiments since his return. (Summary from Wikipedia)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204346">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204346</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: Various Readers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 24 hours 27 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.55 of Total 71 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.59 of Total 17
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Darwin’s Origin of Species (publ. 1859) is a pivotal work in scientific literature and arguably the pivotal work in evolutionary biology. The book’s full title is On the Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection, or the Preservation of Favoured Races in the Struggle for Life. It introduced the theory that populations evolve over the course of generations through a process of natural selection. It was controversial because it contradicted religious beliefs which underlay the then current theories of biology. Darwin’s book was the culmination of evidence he had accumulated on the voyage of the Beagle in the 1830s and added to through continuing investigations and experiments since his return. (Summary from Wikipedia)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brain Changer: How Harnessing Your Brain&amp;#039;s Power to Adapt Can Change Your Life by David DiSalvo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202980</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202980">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202980</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brain Changer: How Harnessing Your Brain&amp;#039;s Power to Adapt Can Change Your Life
Author: David DiSalvo
Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Let’s be honest. You’ve tried the sticky-note inspirations, the motivational calendar, and the cute (but ineffective) “carpe diem” mug—yet your attitude hasn’t changed. It’s time to apply cutting-edge science to the challenges of daily life. While everyone desires self-improvement, we are quickly frustrated when trying to implement the contradictory philosophies of self-appointed self-help gurus. Too often, their advice is based on anecdote and personal opinion, not real research. Bestselling author of What Makes Your Brain Happy and Why You Should Do the Opposite David DiSalvo returns with Brain Changer: How Harnessing Your Brain’s Power to Adapt Can Change Your Life. Drawing on the latest research in neuroscience, cognitive psychology, behavioral economics, communications, and even marketing, DiSalvo replaces self-help with “science help.” He demonstrates how the brain’s enormous capacity to adapt is the most crucial factor influencing how we feel and act—a factor that we can control to change our lives. Findings show our brains are fluid and function much like a feedback loop: stimulants from both our environment and from within ourselves catalyze changes in the brain’s response. That response then elicits additional inputs that the brain identifies and analyzes to further tailor its response. DiSalvo shows that the greatest internal tool we have to affect the feedback loop is metacognition (“thinking about thinking”). Littered with relatable examples and tackling major aspects of our lives including relationships, careers, physical health, and personal development, Brain Changer shows you how to harness metacognition to enrich your life.</description>
      <author>David DiSalvo</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Dec 2013 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469058122.mp3" length="895242" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202980</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469058122.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202980">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202980</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brain Changer: How Harnessing Your Brain&amp;#039;s Power to Adapt Can Change Your Life
Author: David DiSalvo
Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Let’s be honest. You’ve tried the sticky-note inspirations, the motivational calendar, and the cute (but ineffective) “carpe diem” mug—yet your attitude hasn’t changed. It’s time to apply cutting-edge science to the challenges of daily life. While everyone desires self-improvement, we are quickly frustrated when trying to implement the contradictory philosophies of self-appointed self-help gurus. Too often, their advice is based on anecdote and personal opinion, not real research. Bestselling author of What Makes Your Brain Happy and Why You Should Do the Opposite David DiSalvo returns with Brain Changer: How Harnessing Your Brain’s Power to Adapt Can Change Your Life. Drawing on the latest research in neuroscience, cognitive psychology, behavioral economics, communications, and even marketing, DiSalvo replaces self-help with “science help.” He demonstrates how the brain’s enormous capacity to adapt is the most crucial factor influencing how we feel and act—a factor that we can control to change our lives. Findings show our brains are fluid and function much like a feedback loop: stimulants from both our environment and from within ourselves catalyze changes in the brain’s response. That response then elicits additional inputs that the brain identifies and analyzes to further tailor its response. DiSalvo shows that the greatest internal tool we have to affect the feedback loop is metacognition (“thinking about thinking”). Littered with relatable examples and tackling major aspects of our lives including relationships, careers, physical health, and personal development, Brain Changer shows you how to harness metacognition to enrich your life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202980">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202980</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brain Changer: How Harnessing Your Brain&amp;#039;s Power to Adapt Can Change Your Life
Author: David DiSalvo
Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Let’s be honest. You’ve tried the sticky-note inspirations, the motivational calendar, and the cute (but ineffective) “carpe diem” mug—yet your attitude hasn’t changed. It’s time to apply cutting-edge science to the challenges of daily life. While everyone desires self-improvement, we are quickly frustrated when trying to implement the contradictory philosophies of self-appointed self-help gurus. Too often, their advice is based on anecdote and personal opinion, not real research. Bestselling author of What Makes Your Brain Happy and Why You Should Do the Opposite David DiSalvo returns with Brain Changer: How Harnessing Your Brain’s Power to Adapt Can Change Your Life. Drawing on the latest research in neuroscience, cognitive psychology, behavioral economics, communications, and even marketing, DiSalvo replaces self-help with “science help.” He demonstrates how the brain’s enormous capacity to adapt is the most crucial factor influencing how we feel and act—a factor that we can control to change our lives. Findings show our brains are fluid and function much like a feedback loop: stimulants from both our environment and from within ourselves catalyze changes in the brain’s response. That response then elicits additional inputs that the brain identifies and analyzes to further tailor its response. DiSalvo shows that the greatest internal tool we have to affect the feedback loop is metacognition (“thinking about thinking”). Littered with relatable examples and tackling major aspects of our lives including relationships, careers, physical health, and personal development, Brain Changer shows you how to harness metacognition to enrich your life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Love Sense: The Revolutionary New Science of Romantic Relationships by Sue Johnson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202977</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202977">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202977</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love Sense: The Revolutionary New Science of Romantic Relationships
Series: #2 of The Dr. Sue Johnson Collection
Author: Sue Johnson
Narrator: Sue Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 30 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 22 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The bestselling author of Hold Me Tight presents a revolutionary new understanding of why and how we love, based on cutting-edge research.  Every day, we hear of relationships failing and questions of whether humans are meant to be monogamous. Love Sense presents new scientific evidence that tells us that humans are meant to mate for life. Dr. Johnson explains that romantic love is an attachment bond, just like that between mother and child, and shows us how to develop our &amp;#039;love sense&amp;#039; -- our ability to develop long-lasting relationships.   Love is not the least bit illogical or random, but actually an ordered and wise recipe for survival. Love Sense covers the three stages of a relationship and how to best weather them; the intelligence of emotions and the logic of love; the physical and psychological benefits of secure love; and much more. Based on groundbreaking research, Love Sense will change the way we think about love.</description>
      <author>Sue Johnson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Dec 2013 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478925255.mp3" length="895500" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202977</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478925255.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202977">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202977</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love Sense: The Revolutionary New Science of Romantic Relationships
Series: #2 of The Dr. Sue Johnson Collection
Author: Sue Johnson
Narrator: Sue Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 30 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 22 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The bestselling author of Hold Me Tight presents a revolutionary new understanding of why and how we love, based on cutting-edge research.  Every day, we hear of relationships failing and questions of whether humans are meant to be monogamous. Love Sense presents new scientific evidence that tells us that humans are meant to mate for life. Dr. Johnson explains that romantic love is an attachment bond, just like that between mother and child, and shows us how to develop our &amp;#039;love sense&amp;#039; -- our ability to develop long-lasting relationships.   Love is not the least bit illogical or random, but actually an ordered and wise recipe for survival. Love Sense covers the three stages of a relationship and how to best weather them; the intelligence of emotions and the logic of love; the physical and psychological benefits of secure love; and much more. Based on groundbreaking research, Love Sense will change the way we think about love.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202977">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202977</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love Sense: The Revolutionary New Science of Romantic Relationships
Series: #2 of The Dr. Sue Johnson Collection
Author: Sue Johnson
Narrator: Sue Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 30 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 22 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The bestselling author of Hold Me Tight presents a revolutionary new understanding of why and how we love, based on cutting-edge research.  Every day, we hear of relationships failing and questions of whether humans are meant to be monogamous. Love Sense presents new scientific evidence that tells us that humans are meant to mate for life. Dr. Johnson explains that romantic love is an attachment bond, just like that between mother and child, and shows us how to develop our &amp;#039;love sense&amp;#039; -- our ability to develop long-lasting relationships.   Love is not the least bit illogical or random, but actually an ordered and wise recipe for survival. Love Sense covers the three stages of a relationship and how to best weather them; the intelligence of emotions and the logic of love; the physical and psychological benefits of secure love; and much more. Based on groundbreaking research, Love Sense will change the way we think about love.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The World in Six Songs: How the Musical Brain Created Human Nature by Daniel J. Levitin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202652</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202652">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202652</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World in Six Songs: How the Musical Brain Created Human Nature
Author: Daniel J. Levitin
Narrator: Daniel J. Levitin
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 13 minutes
Release date: August 19, 2008
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The author of The New York Times bestseller This is Your Brain on Music reveals music’s role in the evolution of human culture and “will leave you awestruck.” (The New York Times)     Daniel J. Levitin’s astounding debut bestseller, This is Your Brain on Music, enthralled and delighted readers as it transformed our understanding of how music gets in our heads and stays there. Now in his second New York Times bestseller, his genius for combining science and art reveals how music shaped humanity across cultures and throughout history.     Dr. Levitin identifies six fundamental song functions or types—friendship, joy, comfort, religion, knowledge, and love—then shows how each in its own way has enabled the social bonding necessary for human culture and society to evolve. He shows, in effect, how these “six songs” work in our brains to preserve the emotional history of our lives and species.     Dr. Levitin combines cutting-edge scientific research from his music cognition lab at McGill University and work in an array of related fields; his own sometimes hilarious experiences in the music business; and illuminating interviews with musicians such as Sting and David Byrne, as well as conductors, anthropologists, and evolutionary biologists. The World in Six Songs is, ultimately, a revolution in our understanding of how human nature evolved—right up to the iPod.</description>
      <author>Daniel J. Levitin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Aug 2008 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781429552523.mp3" length="1492817" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202652</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781429552523.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202652">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202652</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World in Six Songs: How the Musical Brain Created Human Nature
Author: Daniel J. Levitin
Narrator: Daniel J. Levitin
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 13 minutes
Release date: August 19, 2008
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The author of The New York Times bestseller This is Your Brain on Music reveals music’s role in the evolution of human culture and “will leave you awestruck.” (The New York Times)     Daniel J. Levitin’s astounding debut bestseller, This is Your Brain on Music, enthralled and delighted readers as it transformed our understanding of how music gets in our heads and stays there. Now in his second New York Times bestseller, his genius for combining science and art reveals how music shaped humanity across cultures and throughout history.     Dr. Levitin identifies six fundamental song functions or types—friendship, joy, comfort, religion, knowledge, and love—then shows how each in its own way has enabled the social bonding necessary for human culture and society to evolve. He shows, in effect, how these “six songs” work in our brains to preserve the emotional history of our lives and species.     Dr. Levitin combines cutting-edge scientific research from his music cognition lab at McGill University and work in an array of related fields; his own sometimes hilarious experiences in the music business; and illuminating interviews with musicians such as Sting and David Byrne, as well as conductors, anthropologists, and evolutionary biologists. The World in Six Songs is, ultimately, a revolution in our understanding of how human nature evolved—right up to the iPod.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202652">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202652</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World in Six Songs: How the Musical Brain Created Human Nature
Author: Daniel J. Levitin
Narrator: Daniel J. Levitin
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 13 minutes
Release date: August 19, 2008
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The author of The New York Times bestseller This is Your Brain on Music reveals music’s role in the evolution of human culture and “will leave you awestruck.” (The New York Times)     Daniel J. Levitin’s astounding debut bestseller, This is Your Brain on Music, enthralled and delighted readers as it transformed our understanding of how music gets in our heads and stays there. Now in his second New York Times bestseller, his genius for combining science and art reveals how music shaped humanity across cultures and throughout history.     Dr. Levitin identifies six fundamental song functions or types—friendship, joy, comfort, religion, knowledge, and love—then shows how each in its own way has enabled the social bonding necessary for human culture and society to evolve. He shows, in effect, how these “six songs” work in our brains to preserve the emotional history of our lives and species.     Dr. Levitin combines cutting-edge scientific research from his music cognition lab at McGill University and work in an array of related fields; his own sometimes hilarious experiences in the music business; and illuminating interviews with musicians such as Sting and David Byrne, as well as conductors, anthropologists, and evolutionary biologists. The World in Six Songs is, ultimately, a revolution in our understanding of how human nature evolved—right up to the iPod.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Psychopath Inside: A Neuroscientist&amp;#039;s Personal Journey into the Dark Side of the Brain by James Fallon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201639</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201639">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201639</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Psychopath Inside: A Neuroscientist&amp;#039;s Personal Journey into the Dark Side of the Brain
Author: James Fallon
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.12 of Total 214 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.6 of Total 48
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The memoir of a neuroscientist whose research led him to a bizarre personal discovery   James Fallon had spent an entire career studying how our brains affect our behavior when his research suddenly turned personal. While studying brain scans of several family members, he discovered that one perfectly matched a pattern he’d found in the brains of serial killers. This meant one of two things: Either his family’s scans had been mixed up with those of felons or someone in his family was a psychopath.   Even more disturbing: The scan in question was his own.   This is Fallon’s account of coming to grips with this discovery and its implications. How could he, a happy family man who had never been prone to violence, be a psychopath? How much did his biology influence his behavior?   Fallon shares his journey to answer these questions and the discoveries that ultimately led to his conclusion: Despite everything science can teach, humans are even more complex than we can imagine.</description>
      <author>James Fallon</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Nov 2013 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469057828.mp3" length="903882" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201639</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469057828.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201639">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201639</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Psychopath Inside: A Neuroscientist&amp;#039;s Personal Journey into the Dark Side of the Brain
Author: James Fallon
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.12 of Total 214 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.6 of Total 48
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The memoir of a neuroscientist whose research led him to a bizarre personal discovery   James Fallon had spent an entire career studying how our brains affect our behavior when his research suddenly turned personal. While studying brain scans of several family members, he discovered that one perfectly matched a pattern he’d found in the brains of serial killers. This meant one of two things: Either his family’s scans had been mixed up with those of felons or someone in his family was a psychopath.   Even more disturbing: The scan in question was his own.   This is Fallon’s account of coming to grips with this discovery and its implications. How could he, a happy family man who had never been prone to violence, be a psychopath? How much did his biology influence his behavior?   Fallon shares his journey to answer these questions and the discoveries that ultimately led to his conclusion: Despite everything science can teach, humans are even more complex than we can imagine.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201639">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201639</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Psychopath Inside: A Neuroscientist&amp;#039;s Personal Journey into the Dark Side of the Brain
Author: James Fallon
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.12 of Total 214 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.6 of Total 48
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The memoir of a neuroscientist whose research led him to a bizarre personal discovery   James Fallon had spent an entire career studying how our brains affect our behavior when his research suddenly turned personal. While studying brain scans of several family members, he discovered that one perfectly matched a pattern he’d found in the brains of serial killers. This meant one of two things: Either his family’s scans had been mixed up with those of felons or someone in his family was a psychopath.   Even more disturbing: The scan in question was his own.   This is Fallon’s account of coming to grips with this discovery and its implications. How could he, a happy family man who had never been prone to violence, be a psychopath? How much did his biology influence his behavior?   Fallon shares his journey to answer these questions and the discoveries that ultimately led to his conclusion: Despite everything science can teach, humans are even more complex than we can imagine.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Wild Ones: A Sometimes Dismaying, Weirdly Reassuring Story About Looking at People Looking at Animals in America by Jon Mooallem</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200518</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wild Ones: A Sometimes Dismaying, Weirdly Reassuring Story About Looking at People Looking at Animals in America
Author: Jon Mooallem
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 17 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Field notes from an age of extinction, tracking the ever-shifting meaning of America’s animals throughout history to understand the current moment Journalist Jon Mooallem has watched his little daughter’s world overflow with animals—butterfly pajamas, appliquéd owls—while the actual world she’s inheriting slides into a great storm of extinction. Half of all species could disappear by the end of the century, and scientists now concede that most of America’s endangered animals will survive only if conservationists keep rigging the world around them in their favor. So Mooallem ventures into the field, often taking his daughter with him, to move beyond childlike fascination and make those creatures feel more real. Wild Ones is a tour through our environmental moment and the eccentric cultural history of people and wild animals in America that inflects it—from Thomas Jefferson’s celebrations of early abundance to the turn-of-the-last-century origins of the teddy bear to the whale-loving hippies of the 1970s. In America, Wild Ones discovers, wildlife has always inhabited the terrain of our imagination as much as the actual land. The journey is framed by the stories of three modern-day endangered species: the polar bear, victimized by climate change and ogled by tourists outside a remote, northern town; the little-known Lange’s metalmark butterfly, foundering on a shred of industrialized land near San Francisco; and the whooping crane as it’s led on a months-long migration by costumed men in ultralight airplanes. The wilderness that Wild Ones navigates is a scrappy, disorderly place where amateur conservationists do grueling, sometimes preposterous looking work; where a marketer maneuvers to control the polar bear’s image; and Martha Stewart turns up to film those beasts for her show on the Hallmark Channel. Our most comforting ideas about nature unravel. In their place, Mooallem forges a new and affirming vision of the human animal and the wild ones as kindred creatures on an imperfect planet. With propulsive curiosity and searing wit, and without the easy moralizing and nature worship of environmental journalism’s older guard, Wild Ones merges reportage, science, and history into a humane and endearing meditation on what it means to live in, and bring a life into, a broken world.</description>
      <author>Jon Mooallem</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2013 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781101620311.mp3" length="1394065" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200518</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781101620311.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wild Ones: A Sometimes Dismaying, Weirdly Reassuring Story About Looking at People Looking at Animals in America
Author: Jon Mooallem
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 17 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Field notes from an age of extinction, tracking the ever-shifting meaning of America’s animals throughout history to understand the current moment Journalist Jon Mooallem has watched his little daughter’s world overflow with animals—butterfly pajamas, appliquéd owls—while the actual world she’s inheriting slides into a great storm of extinction. Half of all species could disappear by the end of the century, and scientists now concede that most of America’s endangered animals will survive only if conservationists keep rigging the world around them in their favor. So Mooallem ventures into the field, often taking his daughter with him, to move beyond childlike fascination and make those creatures feel more real. Wild Ones is a tour through our environmental moment and the eccentric cultural history of people and wild animals in America that inflects it—from Thomas Jefferson’s celebrations of early abundance to the turn-of-the-last-century origins of the teddy bear to the whale-loving hippies of the 1970s. In America, Wild Ones discovers, wildlife has always inhabited the terrain of our imagination as much as the actual land. The journey is framed by the stories of three modern-day endangered species: the polar bear, victimized by climate change and ogled by tourists outside a remote, northern town; the little-known Lange’s metalmark butterfly, foundering on a shred of industrialized land near San Francisco; and the whooping crane as it’s led on a months-long migration by costumed men in ultralight airplanes. The wilderness that Wild Ones navigates is a scrappy, disorderly place where amateur conservationists do grueling, sometimes preposterous looking work; where a marketer maneuvers to control the polar bear’s image; and Martha Stewart turns up to film those beasts for her show on the Hallmark Channel. Our most comforting ideas about nature unravel. In their place, Mooallem forges a new and affirming vision of the human animal and the wild ones as kindred creatures on an imperfect planet. With propulsive curiosity and searing wit, and without the easy moralizing and nature worship of environmental journalism’s older guard, Wild Ones merges reportage, science, and history into a humane and endearing meditation on what it means to live in, and bring a life into, a broken world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wild Ones: A Sometimes Dismaying, Weirdly Reassuring Story About Looking at People Looking at Animals in America
Author: Jon Mooallem
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 17 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Field notes from an age of extinction, tracking the ever-shifting meaning of America’s animals throughout history to understand the current moment Journalist Jon Mooallem has watched his little daughter’s world overflow with animals—butterfly pajamas, appliquéd owls—while the actual world she’s inheriting slides into a great storm of extinction. Half of all species could disappear by the end of the century, and scientists now concede that most of America’s endangered animals will survive only if conservationists keep rigging the world around them in their favor. So Mooallem ventures into the field, often taking his daughter with him, to move beyond childlike fascination and make those creatures feel more real. Wild Ones is a tour through our environmental moment and the eccentric cultural history of people and wild animals in America that inflects it—from Thomas Jefferson’s celebrations of early abundance to the turn-of-the-last-century origins of the teddy bear to the whale-loving hippies of the 1970s. In America, Wild Ones discovers, wildlife has always inhabited the terrain of our imagination as much as the actual land. The journey is framed by the stories of three modern-day endangered species: the polar bear, victimized by climate change and ogled by tourists outside a remote, northern town; the little-known Lange’s metalmark butterfly, foundering on a shred of industrialized land near San Francisco; and the whooping crane as it’s led on a months-long migration by costumed men in ultralight airplanes. The wilderness that Wild Ones navigates is a scrappy, disorderly place where amateur conservationists do grueling, sometimes preposterous looking work; where a marketer maneuvers to control the polar bear’s image; and Martha Stewart turns up to film those beasts for her show on the Hallmark Channel. Our most comforting ideas about nature unravel. In their place, Mooallem forges a new and affirming vision of the human animal and the wild ones as kindred creatures on an imperfect planet. With propulsive curiosity and searing wit, and without the easy moralizing and nature worship of environmental journalism’s older guard, Wild Ones merges reportage, science, and history into a humane and endearing meditation on what it means to live in, and bring a life into, a broken world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Genius of Dogs: How Dogs Are Smarter than You Think by Vanessa Woods, Brian Hare</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200442</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200442">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200442</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Genius of Dogs: How Dogs Are Smarter than You Think
Author: Vanessa Woods, Brian Hare
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 59 minutes
Release date: February  5, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The perfect gift for dog lovers and readers of Inside of a Dog by Alexandra Horowitz—this New York Times bestseller offers mesmerizing insights into the thoughts and lives of our smartest and most beloved pets.Does your dog feel guilt? Is she pretending she can&amp;#039;t hear you? Does she want affection—or just your sandwich? In their New York Times bestselling book Th­e Genius of Dogs, husband and wife team Brian Hare and Vanessa Woods lay out landmark discoveries from the Duke Canine Cognition Center and other research facilities around the world to reveal how your dog thinks and how we humans can have even deeper relationships with our best four-legged friends. Breakthroughs in cognitive science have proven dogs have a kind of genius for getting along with people that is unique in the animal kingdom. This dog genius revolution is transforming how we live and work with dogs of all breeds, and what it means for you in your daily life with your canine friend.</description>
      <author>Vanessa Woods, Brian Hare</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Feb 2013 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781101604410.mp3" length="1354325" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200442</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781101604410.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200442">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200442</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Genius of Dogs: How Dogs Are Smarter than You Think
Author: Vanessa Woods, Brian Hare
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 59 minutes
Release date: February  5, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The perfect gift for dog lovers and readers of Inside of a Dog by Alexandra Horowitz—this New York Times bestseller offers mesmerizing insights into the thoughts and lives of our smartest and most beloved pets.Does your dog feel guilt? Is she pretending she can&amp;#039;t hear you? Does she want affection—or just your sandwich? In their New York Times bestselling book Th­e Genius of Dogs, husband and wife team Brian Hare and Vanessa Woods lay out landmark discoveries from the Duke Canine Cognition Center and other research facilities around the world to reveal how your dog thinks and how we humans can have even deeper relationships with our best four-legged friends. Breakthroughs in cognitive science have proven dogs have a kind of genius for getting along with people that is unique in the animal kingdom. This dog genius revolution is transforming how we live and work with dogs of all breeds, and what it means for you in your daily life with your canine friend.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200442">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200442</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Genius of Dogs: How Dogs Are Smarter than You Think
Author: Vanessa Woods, Brian Hare
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 59 minutes
Release date: February  5, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The perfect gift for dog lovers and readers of Inside of a Dog by Alexandra Horowitz—this New York Times bestseller offers mesmerizing insights into the thoughts and lives of our smartest and most beloved pets.Does your dog feel guilt? Is she pretending she can&amp;#039;t hear you? Does she want affection—or just your sandwich? In their New York Times bestselling book Th­e Genius of Dogs, husband and wife team Brian Hare and Vanessa Woods lay out landmark discoveries from the Duke Canine Cognition Center and other research facilities around the world to reveal how your dog thinks and how we humans can have even deeper relationships with our best four-legged friends. Breakthroughs in cognitive science have proven dogs have a kind of genius for getting along with people that is unique in the animal kingdom. This dog genius revolution is transforming how we live and work with dogs of all breeds, and what it means for you in your daily life with your canine friend.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Moral Tribes: Emotion, Reason, and the Gap Between Us and Them by Joshua Greene</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200365</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200365">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200365</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Moral Tribes: Emotion, Reason, and the Gap Between Us and Them
Author: Joshua Greene
Narrator: Mel Foster
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 56 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Moral Tribes is a masterpiece—a landmark work brimming with originality and insight that also happens to be wickedly fun to read. The only disappointing thing about this book is that it ends.” —Daniel Gilbert, professor of psychology, Harvard University; author of the international bestseller Stumbling on Happiness Our brains were designed for tribal life, for getting along with a select group of others (Us) and for fighting off everyone else (Them). But modern times have forced the world’s tribes into a shared space, resulting in epic clashes of values along with unprecedented opportunities. As the world shrinks, the moral lines that divide us become more salient and more puzzling. We fight over everything from tax codes to gay marriage to global warming, and we wonder where, if at all, we can find our common ground. A grand synthesis of neuroscience, psychology, and philosophy, Moral Tribes reveals the underlying causes of modern conflict and lights the way forward. Greene compares the human brain to a dual-mode camera, with point-and-shoot automatic settings (“portrait,” “landscape”) as well as a manual mode. Our point-and-shoot settings are our emotions—efficient, automated programs honed by evolution, culture, and personal experience. The brain’s manual mode is its capacity for deliberate reasoning, which makes our thinking flexible. Point-and-shoot emotions make us social animals, turning Me into Us. But they also make us tribal animals, turning Us against Them. Our tribal emotions make us fight—sometimes with bombs, sometimes with words—often with life-and-death stakes. An award-winning teacher and scientist, Greene directs Harvard University’s Moral Cognition Lab, which uses cutting-edge neuroscience and cognitive techniques to understand how people really make moral decisions. Combining insights from the lab with lessons from decades of social science and centuries of philosophy, the great question of Moral Tribes is this: How can we get along with Them when what they want feels so wrong to Us? Ultimately, Greene offers a set of maxims for navigating the modern moral terrain, a practical road map for solving problems and living better lives. Moral Tribes shows us when to trust our instincts, when to reason, and how the right kind of reasoning can move us forward. A major achievement from a rising star in a new scientific field, Moral Tribes will refashion your deepest beliefs about how moral thinking works and how it can work better.</description>
      <author>Joshua Greene</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Oct 2013 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781480538719.mp3" length="918107" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200365</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781480538719.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200365">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200365</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Moral Tribes: Emotion, Reason, and the Gap Between Us and Them
Author: Joshua Greene
Narrator: Mel Foster
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 56 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Moral Tribes is a masterpiece—a landmark work brimming with originality and insight that also happens to be wickedly fun to read. The only disappointing thing about this book is that it ends.” —Daniel Gilbert, professor of psychology, Harvard University; author of the international bestseller Stumbling on Happiness Our brains were designed for tribal life, for getting along with a select group of others (Us) and for fighting off everyone else (Them). But modern times have forced the world’s tribes into a shared space, resulting in epic clashes of values along with unprecedented opportunities. As the world shrinks, the moral lines that divide us become more salient and more puzzling. We fight over everything from tax codes to gay marriage to global warming, and we wonder where, if at all, we can find our common ground. A grand synthesis of neuroscience, psychology, and philosophy, Moral Tribes reveals the underlying causes of modern conflict and lights the way forward. Greene compares the human brain to a dual-mode camera, with point-and-shoot automatic settings (“portrait,” “landscape”) as well as a manual mode. Our point-and-shoot settings are our emotions—efficient, automated programs honed by evolution, culture, and personal experience. The brain’s manual mode is its capacity for deliberate reasoning, which makes our thinking flexible. Point-and-shoot emotions make us social animals, turning Me into Us. But they also make us tribal animals, turning Us against Them. Our tribal emotions make us fight—sometimes with bombs, sometimes with words—often with life-and-death stakes. An award-winning teacher and scientist, Greene directs Harvard University’s Moral Cognition Lab, which uses cutting-edge neuroscience and cognitive techniques to understand how people really make moral decisions. Combining insights from the lab with lessons from decades of social science and centuries of philosophy, the great question of Moral Tribes is this: How can we get along with Them when what they want feels so wrong to Us? Ultimately, Greene offers a set of maxims for navigating the modern moral terrain, a practical road map for solving problems and living better lives. Moral Tribes shows us when to trust our instincts, when to reason, and how the right kind of reasoning can move us forward. A major achievement from a rising star in a new scientific field, Moral Tribes will refashion your deepest beliefs about how moral thinking works and how it can work better.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200365">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200365</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Moral Tribes: Emotion, Reason, and the Gap Between Us and Them
Author: Joshua Greene
Narrator: Mel Foster
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 56 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Moral Tribes is a masterpiece—a landmark work brimming with originality and insight that also happens to be wickedly fun to read. The only disappointing thing about this book is that it ends.” —Daniel Gilbert, professor of psychology, Harvard University; author of the international bestseller Stumbling on Happiness Our brains were designed for tribal life, for getting along with a select group of others (Us) and for fighting off everyone else (Them). But modern times have forced the world’s tribes into a shared space, resulting in epic clashes of values along with unprecedented opportunities. As the world shrinks, the moral lines that divide us become more salient and more puzzling. We fight over everything from tax codes to gay marriage to global warming, and we wonder where, if at all, we can find our common ground. A grand synthesis of neuroscience, psychology, and philosophy, Moral Tribes reveals the underlying causes of modern conflict and lights the way forward. Greene compares the human brain to a dual-mode camera, with point-and-shoot automatic settings (“portrait,” “landscape”) as well as a manual mode. Our point-and-shoot settings are our emotions—efficient, automated programs honed by evolution, culture, and personal experience. The brain’s manual mode is its capacity for deliberate reasoning, which makes our thinking flexible. Point-and-shoot emotions make us social animals, turning Me into Us. But they also make us tribal animals, turning Us against Them. Our tribal emotions make us fight—sometimes with bombs, sometimes with words—often with life-and-death stakes. An award-winning teacher and scientist, Greene directs Harvard University’s Moral Cognition Lab, which uses cutting-edge neuroscience and cognitive techniques to understand how people really make moral decisions. Combining insights from the lab with lessons from decades of social science and centuries of philosophy, the great question of Moral Tribes is this: How can we get along with Them when what they want feels so wrong to Us? Ultimately, Greene offers a set of maxims for navigating the modern moral terrain, a practical road map for solving problems and living better lives. Moral Tribes shows us when to trust our instincts, when to reason, and how the right kind of reasoning can move us forward. A major achievement from a rising star in a new scientific field, Moral Tribes will refashion your deepest beliefs about how moral thinking works and how it can work better.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Mind&amp;#039;s Eye by Oliver Sacks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198554</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198554">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198554</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mind&amp;#039;s Eye
Author: Oliver Sacks
Narrator: Oliver Sacks, Richard M. Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2010
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Mind’s Eye, Oliver Sacks tells the stories of people who are able to navigate the world and communicate with others despite losing what many of us consider indispensable senses and abilities: the power of speech, the capacity to recognize faces, the sense of three-dimensional space, the ability to read, the sense of sight. For all of these people, the challenge is to adapt to a radically new way of being in the world.  There is Lilian, a concert pianist who becomes unable to read music and is eventually unable even to recognize everyday objects, and Sue, a neurobiologist who has never seen in three dimensions, until she suddenly acquires stereoscopic vision in her fifties.  There is Pat, who reinvents herself as a loving grandmother and active member of her community, despite the fact that she has aphasia and cannot utter a sentence, and Howard, a prolific novelist who must find a way to continue his life as a writer even after a stroke destroys his ability to read.  And there is Dr. Sacks himself, who tells the story of his own eye cancer and the bizarre and disconcerting effects of losing vision to one side.  Sacks explores some very strange paradoxes—people who can see perfectly well but cannot recognize their own children, and blind people who become hyper-visual or who navigate by “tongue vision.” He also considers more fundamental questions: How do we see? How do we think? How important is internal imagery—or vision, for that matter? Why is it that, although writing is only five thousand years old, humans have a universal, seemingly innate, potential for reading?  The Mind’s Eye is a testament to the complexity of vision and the brain and to the power of creativity and adaptation. And it provides a whole new perspective on the power of language and communication, as we try to imagine what it is to see with another person’s eyes, or another person’s mind.</description>
      <author>Oliver Sacks</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Oct 2010 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780739383926.mp3" length="2826499" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198554</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780739383926.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198554">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198554</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mind&amp;#039;s Eye
Author: Oliver Sacks
Narrator: Oliver Sacks, Richard M. Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2010
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Mind’s Eye, Oliver Sacks tells the stories of people who are able to navigate the world and communicate with others despite losing what many of us consider indispensable senses and abilities: the power of speech, the capacity to recognize faces, the sense of three-dimensional space, the ability to read, the sense of sight. For all of these people, the challenge is to adapt to a radically new way of being in the world.  There is Lilian, a concert pianist who becomes unable to read music and is eventually unable even to recognize everyday objects, and Sue, a neurobiologist who has never seen in three dimensions, until she suddenly acquires stereoscopic vision in her fifties.  There is Pat, who reinvents herself as a loving grandmother and active member of her community, despite the fact that she has aphasia and cannot utter a sentence, and Howard, a prolific novelist who must find a way to continue his life as a writer even after a stroke destroys his ability to read.  And there is Dr. Sacks himself, who tells the story of his own eye cancer and the bizarre and disconcerting effects of losing vision to one side.  Sacks explores some very strange paradoxes—people who can see perfectly well but cannot recognize their own children, and blind people who become hyper-visual or who navigate by “tongue vision.” He also considers more fundamental questions: How do we see? How do we think? How important is internal imagery—or vision, for that matter? Why is it that, although writing is only five thousand years old, humans have a universal, seemingly innate, potential for reading?  The Mind’s Eye is a testament to the complexity of vision and the brain and to the power of creativity and adaptation. And it provides a whole new perspective on the power of language and communication, as we try to imagine what it is to see with another person’s eyes, or another person’s mind.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198554">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198554</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mind&amp;#039;s Eye
Author: Oliver Sacks
Narrator: Oliver Sacks, Richard M. Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2010
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Mind’s Eye, Oliver Sacks tells the stories of people who are able to navigate the world and communicate with others despite losing what many of us consider indispensable senses and abilities: the power of speech, the capacity to recognize faces, the sense of three-dimensional space, the ability to read, the sense of sight. For all of these people, the challenge is to adapt to a radically new way of being in the world.  There is Lilian, a concert pianist who becomes unable to read music and is eventually unable even to recognize everyday objects, and Sue, a neurobiologist who has never seen in three dimensions, until she suddenly acquires stereoscopic vision in her fifties.  There is Pat, who reinvents herself as a loving grandmother and active member of her community, despite the fact that she has aphasia and cannot utter a sentence, and Howard, a prolific novelist who must find a way to continue his life as a writer even after a stroke destroys his ability to read.  And there is Dr. Sacks himself, who tells the story of his own eye cancer and the bizarre and disconcerting effects of losing vision to one side.  Sacks explores some very strange paradoxes—people who can see perfectly well but cannot recognize their own children, and blind people who become hyper-visual or who navigate by “tongue vision.” He also considers more fundamental questions: How do we see? How do we think? How important is internal imagery—or vision, for that matter? Why is it that, although writing is only five thousand years old, humans have a universal, seemingly innate, potential for reading?  The Mind’s Eye is a testament to the complexity of vision and the brain and to the power of creativity and adaptation. And it provides a whole new perspective on the power of language and communication, as we try to imagine what it is to see with another person’s eyes, or another person’s mind.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Drunken Botanist: The Plants That Create the World&amp;#039;s Great Drinks by Amy Stewart</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197945</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197945">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197945</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Drunken Botanist: The Plants That Create the World&amp;#039;s Great Drinks
Author: Amy Stewart
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 19 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 81 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 10
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Every great drink starts with a plant. Sake began with a grain of rice. Scotch emerged from barley. Gin was born from a conifer shrub when medieval physicians boiled juniper berries with wine to treat stomach pain. The Drunken Botanist uncovers the surprising botanical history and fascinating science and chemistry of over 150 plants, flowers, trees, and fruits (and even a few fungi). Some of the most extraordinary and obscure plants have been fermented and distilled, and they each represent a unique cultural contribution to global drinking traditions and our history. Molasses was an essential ingredient of American independence when outrage over a mandate to buy British rather than French molasses for New World rum-making helped kindle the American Revolution. Captain James Cook harvested the young, green tips of spruce trees to make a vitamin C-rich beer that cured his crew of scurvy—a recipe that Jane Austen enjoyed so much that she used it as a plot point in Emma. With over fifty drink recipes, growing tips for gardeners, and advice that carries Stewart’s trademark wit, this is the perfect listen for gardeners and cocktail aficionados alike.</description>
      <author>Amy Stewart</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2013 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781622311408.mp3" length="1361350" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197945</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781622311408.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197945">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197945</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Drunken Botanist: The Plants That Create the World&amp;#039;s Great Drinks
Author: Amy Stewart
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 19 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 81 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 10
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Every great drink starts with a plant. Sake began with a grain of rice. Scotch emerged from barley. Gin was born from a conifer shrub when medieval physicians boiled juniper berries with wine to treat stomach pain. The Drunken Botanist uncovers the surprising botanical history and fascinating science and chemistry of over 150 plants, flowers, trees, and fruits (and even a few fungi). Some of the most extraordinary and obscure plants have been fermented and distilled, and they each represent a unique cultural contribution to global drinking traditions and our history. Molasses was an essential ingredient of American independence when outrage over a mandate to buy British rather than French molasses for New World rum-making helped kindle the American Revolution. Captain James Cook harvested the young, green tips of spruce trees to make a vitamin C-rich beer that cured his crew of scurvy—a recipe that Jane Austen enjoyed so much that she used it as a plot point in Emma. With over fifty drink recipes, growing tips for gardeners, and advice that carries Stewart’s trademark wit, this is the perfect listen for gardeners and cocktail aficionados alike.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197945">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197945</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Drunken Botanist: The Plants That Create the World&amp;#039;s Great Drinks
Author: Amy Stewart
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 19 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 81 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 10
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Every great drink starts with a plant. Sake began with a grain of rice. Scotch emerged from barley. Gin was born from a conifer shrub when medieval physicians boiled juniper berries with wine to treat stomach pain. The Drunken Botanist uncovers the surprising botanical history and fascinating science and chemistry of over 150 plants, flowers, trees, and fruits (and even a few fungi). Some of the most extraordinary and obscure plants have been fermented and distilled, and they each represent a unique cultural contribution to global drinking traditions and our history. Molasses was an essential ingredient of American independence when outrage over a mandate to buy British rather than French molasses for New World rum-making helped kindle the American Revolution. Captain James Cook harvested the young, green tips of spruce trees to make a vitamin C-rich beer that cured his crew of scurvy—a recipe that Jane Austen enjoyed so much that she used it as a plot point in Emma. With over fifty drink recipes, growing tips for gardeners, and advice that carries Stewart’s trademark wit, this is the perfect listen for gardeners and cocktail aficionados alike.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Philadelphia Chromosome: A Mutant Gene and the Quest to Cure Cancer at the Genetic Level by Jessica Wapner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197662</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197662">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197662</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Philadelphia Chromosome: A Mutant Gene and the Quest to Cure Cancer at the Genetic Level
Author: Jessica Wapner
Narrator: Heather Henderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Almost daily, headlines announce newly discovered links between cancers and their genetic causes. Science journalist Jessica Wapner vividly relates the backstory behind those headlines, reconstructing the crucial breakthroughs, explaining the science behind them, and giving due to the dozens of researchers, doctors, and patients whose curiosity and determination restored the promise of a future to the more than 50,000 people diagnosed each year with chronic myeloid leukemia (CML). It is an astonishing tale that will provide victims of other cancers and their loved ones realistic hope that cures may yet be found in their lifetimes. The Philadelphia Chromosome charts the milestones that led to present-day cancer treatment and tells the inspiring story of the dedicated men and women who, working individually and in concert, have sought to plum the mysteries of the human genome in order to conquer those deadly and most feared diseases called cancer.</description>
      <author>Jessica Wapner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2013 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781622311781.mp3" length="1465605" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197662</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781622311781.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197662">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197662</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Philadelphia Chromosome: A Mutant Gene and the Quest to Cure Cancer at the Genetic Level
Author: Jessica Wapner
Narrator: Heather Henderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Almost daily, headlines announce newly discovered links between cancers and their genetic causes. Science journalist Jessica Wapner vividly relates the backstory behind those headlines, reconstructing the crucial breakthroughs, explaining the science behind them, and giving due to the dozens of researchers, doctors, and patients whose curiosity and determination restored the promise of a future to the more than 50,000 people diagnosed each year with chronic myeloid leukemia (CML). It is an astonishing tale that will provide victims of other cancers and their loved ones realistic hope that cures may yet be found in their lifetimes. The Philadelphia Chromosome charts the milestones that led to present-day cancer treatment and tells the inspiring story of the dedicated men and women who, working individually and in concert, have sought to plum the mysteries of the human genome in order to conquer those deadly and most feared diseases called cancer.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197662">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197662</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Philadelphia Chromosome: A Mutant Gene and the Quest to Cure Cancer at the Genetic Level
Author: Jessica Wapner
Narrator: Heather Henderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Almost daily, headlines announce newly discovered links between cancers and their genetic causes. Science journalist Jessica Wapner vividly relates the backstory behind those headlines, reconstructing the crucial breakthroughs, explaining the science behind them, and giving due to the dozens of researchers, doctors, and patients whose curiosity and determination restored the promise of a future to the more than 50,000 people diagnosed each year with chronic myeloid leukemia (CML). It is an astonishing tale that will provide victims of other cancers and their loved ones realistic hope that cures may yet be found in their lifetimes. The Philadelphia Chromosome charts the milestones that led to present-day cancer treatment and tells the inspiring story of the dedicated men and women who, working individually and in concert, have sought to plum the mysteries of the human genome in order to conquer those deadly and most feared diseases called cancer.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Story of the Human Body: Evolution, Health, and Disease by Daniel Lieberman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196765</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196765">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196765</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Story of the Human Body: Evolution, Health, and Disease
Author: Daniel Lieberman
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this landmark book of popular science, Daniel E. Lieberman—chair of the department of human evolutionary biology at Harvard University and a leader in the field—gives us a lucid and engaging account of how the human body evolved over millions of years, even as it shows how the increasing disparity between the jumble of adaptations in our Stone Age bodies and advancements in the modern world is occasioning this paradox: greater longevity but increased chronic disease.    The Story of the Human Body brilliantly illuminates as never before the major transformations that contributed key adaptations to the body: the rise of bipedalism; the shift to a non-fruit-based diet; the advent of hunting and gathering, leading to our superlative endurance athleticism; the development of a very large brain; and the incipience of cultural proficiencies. Lieberman also elucidates how cultural evolution differs from biological evolution, and how our bodies were further transformed during the Agricultural and Industrial Revolutions.    While these ongoing changes have brought about many benefits, they have also created conditions to which our bodies are not entirely adapted, Lieberman argues, resulting in the growing incidence of obesity and new but avoidable diseases, such as type 2 diabetes. Lieberman proposes that many of these chronic illnesses persist and in some cases are intensifying because of “dysevolution,” a pernicious dynamic whereby only the symptoms rather than the causes of these maladies are treated. And finally—provocatively—he advocates the use of evolutionary information to help nudge, push, and sometimes even compel us to create a more salubrious environment.  (With charts and line drawings throughout.)</description>
      <author>Daniel Lieberman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2013 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780307990075.mp3" length="2543150" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196765</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780307990075.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196765">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196765</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Story of the Human Body: Evolution, Health, and Disease
Author: Daniel Lieberman
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this landmark book of popular science, Daniel E. Lieberman—chair of the department of human evolutionary biology at Harvard University and a leader in the field—gives us a lucid and engaging account of how the human body evolved over millions of years, even as it shows how the increasing disparity between the jumble of adaptations in our Stone Age bodies and advancements in the modern world is occasioning this paradox: greater longevity but increased chronic disease.    The Story of the Human Body brilliantly illuminates as never before the major transformations that contributed key adaptations to the body: the rise of bipedalism; the shift to a non-fruit-based diet; the advent of hunting and gathering, leading to our superlative endurance athleticism; the development of a very large brain; and the incipience of cultural proficiencies. Lieberman also elucidates how cultural evolution differs from biological evolution, and how our bodies were further transformed during the Agricultural and Industrial Revolutions.    While these ongoing changes have brought about many benefits, they have also created conditions to which our bodies are not entirely adapted, Lieberman argues, resulting in the growing incidence of obesity and new but avoidable diseases, such as type 2 diabetes. Lieberman proposes that many of these chronic illnesses persist and in some cases are intensifying because of “dysevolution,” a pernicious dynamic whereby only the symptoms rather than the causes of these maladies are treated. And finally—provocatively—he advocates the use of evolutionary information to help nudge, push, and sometimes even compel us to create a more salubrious environment.  (With charts and line drawings throughout.)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196765">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196765</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Story of the Human Body: Evolution, Health, and Disease
Author: Daniel Lieberman
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this landmark book of popular science, Daniel E. Lieberman—chair of the department of human evolutionary biology at Harvard University and a leader in the field—gives us a lucid and engaging account of how the human body evolved over millions of years, even as it shows how the increasing disparity between the jumble of adaptations in our Stone Age bodies and advancements in the modern world is occasioning this paradox: greater longevity but increased chronic disease.    The Story of the Human Body brilliantly illuminates as never before the major transformations that contributed key adaptations to the body: the rise of bipedalism; the shift to a non-fruit-based diet; the advent of hunting and gathering, leading to our superlative endurance athleticism; the development of a very large brain; and the incipience of cultural proficiencies. Lieberman also elucidates how cultural evolution differs from biological evolution, and how our bodies were further transformed during the Agricultural and Industrial Revolutions.    While these ongoing changes have brought about many benefits, they have also created conditions to which our bodies are not entirely adapted, Lieberman argues, resulting in the growing incidence of obesity and new but avoidable diseases, such as type 2 diabetes. Lieberman proposes that many of these chronic illnesses persist and in some cases are intensifying because of “dysevolution,” a pernicious dynamic whereby only the symptoms rather than the causes of these maladies are treated. And finally—provocatively—he advocates the use of evolutionary information to help nudge, push, and sometimes even compel us to create a more salubrious environment.  (With charts and line drawings throughout.)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hallucinations by Oliver Sacks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196737</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196737">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196737</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hallucinations
Author: Oliver Sacks
Narrator: Oliver Sacks, Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: November  6, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.91 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Hallucinations don’t belong wholly to the insane. Much more commonly, they are linked to sensory deprivation, intoxication, illness, or injury. Here Dr. Sacks weaves together stories of his patients and of his own mind-altering experiences to illuminate what hallucinations tell us about the organization and structure of our brains, how they have influenced every culture’s folklore and art, and why the potential for hallucination is present in us all.  Grateful acknowledgment is made to the following for permission to reprint previously published material:  American  Academy of Neurology: Excerpt from “Anton’s Syndrome  Accompanying  Withdrawal Hallucinosis in a Blind Alcoholic” by Barbara  E. Swartz and  John C. M. Brust from Neurology 34 (1984). Reprinted by permission of the American Academy of Neurology as administered by Wolters Kluwer Health Medical Research.  American  Psychiatric Publishing: Excerpt from “Weir Mitchell’s  Visual  Hallucinations as a Grief Reaction” by Jerome S. Schneck, M.D.,  from American Journal of Psychiatry (1989). © 1989 by American Journal of Psychiatry. Reprinted by permission of American Psychiatric Publishing a division of American Psychiatric Association.  BMJ  Publishing Group Ltd.: Excerpt from “Heautoscopy, Epilepsy and  Suicide”  by P. Brugger, R. Agosti, M. Regard, H. G. Wieser and T.  Landis from Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, July 1, 1994. Reprinted by permission of BMJ Publishing Group Ltd. as administered by the Copyright Clearance Center.  Cambridge University Press: Excerpts from Disturbances of the Mind by Douwe Draaisma, translated by Barbara Fasting. © 2006 by   Douwe Draaisma. Reprinted by permission of Cambridge University Press.  Canadian  Psychological Association: Excerpt from “Effects of Decreased  Variation  of the Sensory Environment” by W. H. Bexton, W. Heron and T.  H. Scott  from Canadian Psychology (1954). © 1954 by  Canadian  Psychological Association. Excerpt from “Perceptual Changes  after  Prolonged Sensory Isolation (Darkness and Silence)” by John P.  Zubek,  Dolores Pushkar, Wilma Sansom and J. Gowing from Canadian Psychology (1961). © 1961 by Canadian Psychological Association. Reprinted by permission of Canadian Psychological Association. Elsevier Limited: Excerpt from “Migraine: From Cappadocia to Queen Square” in Background to Migraine, edited by Robert Smith (London: William Heinemann, 1967). Reprinted by permission of Elsevier Limited. The New York Times: Excerpts from “Lifting, Lights, and Little People” by Siri Hustvedt from The New York Times Blog, February 17, 2008. Reprinted by permission of The New York Times as administered by PARS International Corp. Oxford University Press: Excerpt from “Dostoiewski’s Epilepsy” by T. Alajouanine from Brain, June 1, 1963. Reprinted by permission of Oxford University Press as administered by Copyright Clearance Center. Royal  College of Psychiatrists: Excerpt from “Sudden Religious  Conversion in  Temporal Lobe Epilepsy” by Kenneth Dewhurst and A. W.  Beard from British Journal of Psychiatry 117 (1970). Reprinted by permission of the Royal College of Psychiatrists. Scientific American: Excerpt from “Abducted!” by Michael  Shermer from Scientifi c American  292 (2005). © 2005 by  Scientifi c American, Inc. All rights  reserved. Reprinted by permission  of Scientific American. Vintage Books: Excerpts from Speak, Memory by Vladimir Nabokov, © 1947, 1948, 1949, 1950, 1951, 1967,  copyright renewed 1994  by the Estate of Vladimir Nabokov. Used by  permission of Vintage  Books, a division of Random House, Inc.</description>
      <author>Oliver Sacks</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Nov 2012 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780307967336.mp3" length="2814860" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196737</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780307967336.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196737">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196737</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hallucinations
Author: Oliver Sacks
Narrator: Oliver Sacks, Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: November  6, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.91 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Hallucinations don’t belong wholly to the insane. Much more commonly, they are linked to sensory deprivation, intoxication, illness, or injury. Here Dr. Sacks weaves together stories of his patients and of his own mind-altering experiences to illuminate what hallucinations tell us about the organization and structure of our brains, how they have influenced every culture’s folklore and art, and why the potential for hallucination is present in us all.  Grateful acknowledgment is made to the following for permission to reprint previously published material:  American  Academy of Neurology: Excerpt from “Anton’s Syndrome  Accompanying  Withdrawal Hallucinosis in a Blind Alcoholic” by Barbara  E. Swartz and  John C. M. Brust from Neurology 34 (1984). Reprinted by permission of the American Academy of Neurology as administered by Wolters Kluwer Health Medical Research.  American  Psychiatric Publishing: Excerpt from “Weir Mitchell’s  Visual  Hallucinations as a Grief Reaction” by Jerome S. Schneck, M.D.,  from American Journal of Psychiatry (1989). © 1989 by American Journal of Psychiatry. Reprinted by permission of American Psychiatric Publishing a division of American Psychiatric Association.  BMJ  Publishing Group Ltd.: Excerpt from “Heautoscopy, Epilepsy and  Suicide”  by P. Brugger, R. Agosti, M. Regard, H. G. Wieser and T.  Landis from Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, July 1, 1994. Reprinted by permission of BMJ Publishing Group Ltd. as administered by the Copyright Clearance Center.  Cambridge University Press: Excerpts from Disturbances of the Mind by Douwe Draaisma, translated by Barbara Fasting. © 2006 by   Douwe Draaisma. Reprinted by permission of Cambridge University Press.  Canadian  Psychological Association: Excerpt from “Effects of Decreased  Variation  of the Sensory Environment” by W. H. Bexton, W. Heron and T.  H. Scott  from Canadian Psychology (1954). © 1954 by  Canadian  Psychological Association. Excerpt from “Perceptual Changes  after  Prolonged Sensory Isolation (Darkness and Silence)” by John P.  Zubek,  Dolores Pushkar, Wilma Sansom and J. Gowing from Canadian Psychology (1961). © 1961 by Canadian Psychological Association. Reprinted by permission of Canadian Psychological Association. Elsevier Limited: Excerpt from “Migraine: From Cappadocia to Queen Square” in Background to Migraine, edited by Robert Smith (London: William Heinemann, 1967). Reprinted by permission of Elsevier Limited. The New York Times: Excerpts from “Lifting, Lights, and Little People” by Siri Hustvedt from The New York Times Blog, February 17, 2008. Reprinted by permission of The New York Times as administered by PARS International Corp. Oxford University Press: Excerpt from “Dostoiewski’s Epilepsy” by T. Alajouanine from Brain, June 1, 1963. Reprinted by permission of Oxford University Press as administered by Copyright Clearance Center. Royal  College of Psychiatrists: Excerpt from “Sudden Religious  Conversion in  Temporal Lobe Epilepsy” by Kenneth Dewhurst and A. W.  Beard from British Journal of Psychiatry 117 (1970). Reprinted by permission of the Royal College of Psychiatrists. Scientific American: Excerpt from “Abducted!” by Michael  Shermer from Scientifi c American  292 (2005). © 2005 by  Scientifi c American, Inc. All rights  reserved. Reprinted by permission  of Scientific American. Vintage Books: Excerpts from Speak, Memory by Vladimir Nabokov, © 1947, 1948, 1949, 1950, 1951, 1967,  copyright renewed 1994  by the Estate of Vladimir Nabokov. Used by  permission of Vintage  Books, a division of Random House, Inc.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196737">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196737</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hallucinations
Author: Oliver Sacks
Narrator: Oliver Sacks, Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: November  6, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.91 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Hallucinations don’t belong wholly to the insane. Much more commonly, they are linked to sensory deprivation, intoxication, illness, or injury. Here Dr. Sacks weaves together stories of his patients and of his own mind-altering experiences to illuminate what hallucinations tell us about the organization and structure of our brains, how they have influenced every culture’s folklore and art, and why the potential for hallucination is present in us all.  Grateful acknowledgment is made to the following for permission to reprint previously published material:  American  Academy of Neurology: Excerpt from “Anton’s Syndrome  Accompanying  Withdrawal Hallucinosis in a Blind Alcoholic” by Barbara  E. Swartz and  John C. M. Brust from Neurology 34 (1984). Reprinted by permission of the American Academy of Neurology as administered by Wolters Kluwer Health Medical Research.  American  Psychiatric Publishing: Excerpt from “Weir Mitchell’s  Visual  Hallucinations as a Grief Reaction” by Jerome S. Schneck, M.D.,  from American Journal of Psychiatry (1989). © 1989 by American Journal of Psychiatry. Reprinted by permission of American Psychiatric Publishing a division of American Psychiatric Association.  BMJ  Publishing Group Ltd.: Excerpt from “Heautoscopy, Epilepsy and  Suicide”  by P. Brugger, R. Agosti, M. Regard, H. G. Wieser and T.  Landis from Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, July 1, 1994. Reprinted by permission of BMJ Publishing Group Ltd. as administered by the Copyright Clearance Center.  Cambridge University Press: Excerpts from Disturbances of the Mind by Douwe Draaisma, translated by Barbara Fasting. © 2006 by   Douwe Draaisma. Reprinted by permission of Cambridge University Press.  Canadian  Psychological Association: Excerpt from “Effects of Decreased  Variation  of the Sensory Environment” by W. H. Bexton, W. Heron and T.  H. Scott  from Canadian Psychology (1954). © 1954 by  Canadian  Psychological Association. Excerpt from “Perceptual Changes  after  Prolonged Sensory Isolation (Darkness and Silence)” by John P.  Zubek,  Dolores Pushkar, Wilma Sansom and J. Gowing from Canadian Psychology (1961). © 1961 by Canadian Psychological Association. Reprinted by permission of Canadian Psychological Association. Elsevier Limited: Excerpt from “Migraine: From Cappadocia to Queen Square” in Background to Migraine, edited by Robert Smith (London: William Heinemann, 1967). Reprinted by permission of Elsevier Limited. The New York Times: Excerpts from “Lifting, Lights, and Little People” by Siri Hustvedt from The New York Times Blog, February 17, 2008. Reprinted by permission of The New York Times as administered by PARS International Corp. Oxford University Press: Excerpt from “Dostoiewski’s Epilepsy” by T. Alajouanine from Brain, June 1, 1963. Reprinted by permission of Oxford University Press as administered by Copyright Clearance Center. Royal  College of Psychiatrists: Excerpt from “Sudden Religious  Conversion in  Temporal Lobe Epilepsy” by Kenneth Dewhurst and A. W.  Beard from British Journal of Psychiatry 117 (1970). Reprinted by permission of the Royal College of Psychiatrists. Scientific American: Excerpt from “Abducted!” by Michael  Shermer from Scientifi c American  292 (2005). © 2005 by  Scientifi c American, Inc. All rights  reserved. Reprinted by permission  of Scientific American. Vintage Books: Excerpts from Speak, Memory by Vladimir Nabokov, © 1947, 1948, 1949, 1950, 1951, 1967,  copyright renewed 1994  by the Estate of Vladimir Nabokov. Used by  permission of Vintage  Books, a division of Random House, Inc.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Moonwalking with Einstein: The Art and Science of Remembering Everything by Joshua Foer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196589</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Moonwalking with Einstein: The Art and Science of Remembering Everything
Author: Joshua Foer
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 42 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.61 of Total 18
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The blockbuster phenomenon that charts an amazing journey of the mind while revolutionizing our concept of memory “Highly entertaining.” —Adam Gopnik, The New Yorker “Funny, curious, erudite, and full of useful details about ancient techniques of training memory.” —The Boston Globe An instant bestseller that has now become a classic, Moonwalking with Einstein recounts Joshua Foer&amp;#039;s yearlong quest to improve his memory under the tutelage of top &amp;#039;mental athletes.&amp;#039; He draws on cutting-edge research, a surprising cultural history of remembering, and venerable tricks of the mentalist&amp;#039;s trade to transform our understanding of human memory. From the United States Memory Championship to deep within the author&amp;#039;s own mind, this is an electrifying work of journalism that reminds us that, in every way that matters, we are the sum of our memories.</description>
      <author>Joshua Foer</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Mar 2011 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781101432464.mp3" length="1360257" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196589</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781101432464.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Moonwalking with Einstein: The Art and Science of Remembering Everything
Author: Joshua Foer
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 42 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.61 of Total 18
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The blockbuster phenomenon that charts an amazing journey of the mind while revolutionizing our concept of memory “Highly entertaining.” —Adam Gopnik, The New Yorker “Funny, curious, erudite, and full of useful details about ancient techniques of training memory.” —The Boston Globe An instant bestseller that has now become a classic, Moonwalking with Einstein recounts Joshua Foer&amp;#039;s yearlong quest to improve his memory under the tutelage of top &amp;#039;mental athletes.&amp;#039; He draws on cutting-edge research, a surprising cultural history of remembering, and venerable tricks of the mentalist&amp;#039;s trade to transform our understanding of human memory. From the United States Memory Championship to deep within the author&amp;#039;s own mind, this is an electrifying work of journalism that reminds us that, in every way that matters, we are the sum of our memories.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Moonwalking with Einstein: The Art and Science of Remembering Everything
Author: Joshua Foer
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 42 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.61 of Total 18
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The blockbuster phenomenon that charts an amazing journey of the mind while revolutionizing our concept of memory “Highly entertaining.” —Adam Gopnik, The New Yorker “Funny, curious, erudite, and full of useful details about ancient techniques of training memory.” —The Boston Globe An instant bestseller that has now become a classic, Moonwalking with Einstein recounts Joshua Foer&amp;#039;s yearlong quest to improve his memory under the tutelage of top &amp;#039;mental athletes.&amp;#039; He draws on cutting-edge research, a surprising cultural history of remembering, and venerable tricks of the mentalist&amp;#039;s trade to transform our understanding of human memory. From the United States Memory Championship to deep within the author&amp;#039;s own mind, this is an electrifying work of journalism that reminds us that, in every way that matters, we are the sum of our memories.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Cancer Chronicles: Unlocking Medicine&amp;#039;s Deepest Mystery by George Johnson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196539</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196539">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196539</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cancer Chronicles: Unlocking Medicine&amp;#039;s Deepest Mystery
Author: George Johnson
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
When the woman he loved was diagnosed with a metastatic cancer, science writer George Johnson embarked on a journey to learn everything he could about the disease and the people who dedicate their lives to understanding and combating it. What he discovered is a revolution under way—an explosion of new ideas about what cancer really is and where it comes from. In a provocative and intellectually vibrant exploration, he takes us on an adventure through the history and recent advances of cancer research that will challenge everything you thought you knew about the disease.  Deftly excavating and illuminating decades of investigation and analysis, he reveals what we know and don’t know about cancer, showing why a cure remains such a slippery concept. We follow him as he combs through the realms of epidemiology, clinical trials, laboratory experiments, and scientific hypotheses—rooted in every discipline from evolutionary biology to game theory and physics. Cogently extracting fact from a towering canon of myth and hype, he describes tumors that evolve like alien creatures inside the body, paleo-oncologists who uncover petrified tumors clinging to the skeletons of dinosaurs and ancient human ancestors, and the surprising reversals in science’s comprehension of the causes of cancer, with the foods we eat and environmental toxins playing a lesser role. Perhaps most fascinating of all is how cancer borrows natural processes involved in the healing of a wound or the unfolding of a human embryo and turns them, jujitsu-like, against the body.   Throughout his pursuit, Johnson clarifies the human experience of cancer with elegiac grace, bearing witness to the punishing gauntlet of consultations, surgeries, targeted therapies, and other treatments. He finds compassion, solace, and community among a vast network of patients and professionals committed to the fight and wrestles to comprehend the cruel randomness cancer metes out in his own family. For anyone whose life has been affected by cancer and has found themselves asking why?, this book provides a new understanding. In good company with the works of Atul Gawande, Siddhartha Mukherjee, and Abraham Verghese, The Cancer Chronicles is endlessly surprising and as radiant in its prose as it is authoritative in its eye-opening science.</description>
      <author>George Johnson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2013 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780804148528.mp3" length="2660666" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196539</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780804148528.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196539">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196539</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cancer Chronicles: Unlocking Medicine&amp;#039;s Deepest Mystery
Author: George Johnson
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
When the woman he loved was diagnosed with a metastatic cancer, science writer George Johnson embarked on a journey to learn everything he could about the disease and the people who dedicate their lives to understanding and combating it. What he discovered is a revolution under way—an explosion of new ideas about what cancer really is and where it comes from. In a provocative and intellectually vibrant exploration, he takes us on an adventure through the history and recent advances of cancer research that will challenge everything you thought you knew about the disease.  Deftly excavating and illuminating decades of investigation and analysis, he reveals what we know and don’t know about cancer, showing why a cure remains such a slippery concept. We follow him as he combs through the realms of epidemiology, clinical trials, laboratory experiments, and scientific hypotheses—rooted in every discipline from evolutionary biology to game theory and physics. Cogently extracting fact from a towering canon of myth and hype, he describes tumors that evolve like alien creatures inside the body, paleo-oncologists who uncover petrified tumors clinging to the skeletons of dinosaurs and ancient human ancestors, and the surprising reversals in science’s comprehension of the causes of cancer, with the foods we eat and environmental toxins playing a lesser role. Perhaps most fascinating of all is how cancer borrows natural processes involved in the healing of a wound or the unfolding of a human embryo and turns them, jujitsu-like, against the body.   Throughout his pursuit, Johnson clarifies the human experience of cancer with elegiac grace, bearing witness to the punishing gauntlet of consultations, surgeries, targeted therapies, and other treatments. He finds compassion, solace, and community among a vast network of patients and professionals committed to the fight and wrestles to comprehend the cruel randomness cancer metes out in his own family. For anyone whose life has been affected by cancer and has found themselves asking why?, this book provides a new understanding. In good company with the works of Atul Gawande, Siddhartha Mukherjee, and Abraham Verghese, The Cancer Chronicles is endlessly surprising and as radiant in its prose as it is authoritative in its eye-opening science.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196539">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196539</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cancer Chronicles: Unlocking Medicine&amp;#039;s Deepest Mystery
Author: George Johnson
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
When the woman he loved was diagnosed with a metastatic cancer, science writer George Johnson embarked on a journey to learn everything he could about the disease and the people who dedicate their lives to understanding and combating it. What he discovered is a revolution under way—an explosion of new ideas about what cancer really is and where it comes from. In a provocative and intellectually vibrant exploration, he takes us on an adventure through the history and recent advances of cancer research that will challenge everything you thought you knew about the disease.  Deftly excavating and illuminating decades of investigation and analysis, he reveals what we know and don’t know about cancer, showing why a cure remains such a slippery concept. We follow him as he combs through the realms of epidemiology, clinical trials, laboratory experiments, and scientific hypotheses—rooted in every discipline from evolutionary biology to game theory and physics. Cogently extracting fact from a towering canon of myth and hype, he describes tumors that evolve like alien creatures inside the body, paleo-oncologists who uncover petrified tumors clinging to the skeletons of dinosaurs and ancient human ancestors, and the surprising reversals in science’s comprehension of the causes of cancer, with the foods we eat and environmental toxins playing a lesser role. Perhaps most fascinating of all is how cancer borrows natural processes involved in the healing of a wound or the unfolding of a human embryo and turns them, jujitsu-like, against the body.   Throughout his pursuit, Johnson clarifies the human experience of cancer with elegiac grace, bearing witness to the punishing gauntlet of consultations, surgeries, targeted therapies, and other treatments. He finds compassion, solace, and community among a vast network of patients and professionals committed to the fight and wrestles to comprehend the cruel randomness cancer metes out in his own family. For anyone whose life has been affected by cancer and has found themselves asking why?, this book provides a new understanding. In good company with the works of Atul Gawande, Siddhartha Mukherjee, and Abraham Verghese, The Cancer Chronicles is endlessly surprising and as radiant in its prose as it is authoritative in its eye-opening science.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brainstorm: Using Science to Spark Maximum Creativity by Mariette Dichristina</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191386</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191386">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191386</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brainstorm: Using Science to Spark Maximum Creativity
Author: Mariette Dichristina
Narrator: Helen Litchfield, William Dufris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: July 22, 2008
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Creativity is often considered an innate gift, not something that can be learned or optimized. In fact, there is an entire branch of science devoted to dissecting, understanding, and stimulating creativity. Scientific American, the oldest continuously published magazine in the U.S., has been bringing its readers unique insights about developments in science and technology for more than 150 years. BRAINSTORM brings together material previously published in Scientific American Mind: Fostering Group Creativity, Unleashing Creativity, Principled Problem Solving, and The Eureka Moment. It provides a fascinating, informative, and clearly explained exploration of the science of creativity, breaking down right versus left-brained thinking, the relationship between intelligence and creativity, and why sometimes it&amp;#039;s important to think inside the box. Learn how to ignite your creative spark through restructuring problems, keeping a curious and open mind, and knowing when to rest and let your unconscious mind do some of the work. The audiobook also features a roundtable discussion on creativity with several leading scientists and Scientific American editor Mariette DiChristina.</description>
      <author>Mariette Dichristina</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jul 2008 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781427204424.mp3" length="1506494" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191386</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781427204424.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191386">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191386</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brainstorm: Using Science to Spark Maximum Creativity
Author: Mariette Dichristina
Narrator: Helen Litchfield, William Dufris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: July 22, 2008
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Creativity is often considered an innate gift, not something that can be learned or optimized. In fact, there is an entire branch of science devoted to dissecting, understanding, and stimulating creativity. Scientific American, the oldest continuously published magazine in the U.S., has been bringing its readers unique insights about developments in science and technology for more than 150 years. BRAINSTORM brings together material previously published in Scientific American Mind: Fostering Group Creativity, Unleashing Creativity, Principled Problem Solving, and The Eureka Moment. It provides a fascinating, informative, and clearly explained exploration of the science of creativity, breaking down right versus left-brained thinking, the relationship between intelligence and creativity, and why sometimes it&amp;#039;s important to think inside the box. Learn how to ignite your creative spark through restructuring problems, keeping a curious and open mind, and knowing when to rest and let your unconscious mind do some of the work. The audiobook also features a roundtable discussion on creativity with several leading scientists and Scientific American editor Mariette DiChristina.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191386">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191386</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brainstorm: Using Science to Spark Maximum Creativity
Author: Mariette Dichristina
Narrator: Helen Litchfield, William Dufris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: July 22, 2008
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Creativity is often considered an innate gift, not something that can be learned or optimized. In fact, there is an entire branch of science devoted to dissecting, understanding, and stimulating creativity. Scientific American, the oldest continuously published magazine in the U.S., has been bringing its readers unique insights about developments in science and technology for more than 150 years. BRAINSTORM brings together material previously published in Scientific American Mind: Fostering Group Creativity, Unleashing Creativity, Principled Problem Solving, and The Eureka Moment. It provides a fascinating, informative, and clearly explained exploration of the science of creativity, breaking down right versus left-brained thinking, the relationship between intelligence and creativity, and why sometimes it&amp;#039;s important to think inside the box. Learn how to ignite your creative spark through restructuring problems, keeping a curious and open mind, and knowing when to rest and let your unconscious mind do some of the work. The audiobook also features a roundtable discussion on creativity with several leading scientists and Scientific American editor Mariette DiChristina.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creation: How Science is Reinventing Life Itself by Adam Rutherford</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180100</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180100">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180100</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Creation: How Science is Reinventing Life Itself
Author: Adam Rutherford
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
What is life?   Humans have been asking this question for thousands of years. But as technology has advanced and our understanding of biology has deepened, the answer has evolved. For decades, scientists have been exploring the limits of nature by modifying and manipulating DNA, cells and whole organisms to create new ones that could never have existed on their own.   In Creation, science writer Adam Rutherford explains how we are now radically exceeding the boundaries of evolution and engineering entirely novel creatures—from goats that produce spider silk in their milk to bacteria that excrete diesel to genetic circuits that identify and destroy cancer cells. As strange as some of these creations may sound, this new, synthetic biology is helping scientists develop radical solutions to some of the world’s most pressing crises—from food shortages to pandemic disease to climate change—and is paving the way for inventions once relegated to science fiction.   Meanwhile, these advances are shedding new light on the biggest mystery of all—how did life begin? We know that every creature on Earth came from a single cell, sparked into existence four billion years ago. And as we come closer and closer to understanding the ancient root that connects all living things, we may finally be able to achieve a second genesis—the creation of new life where none existed before.   Creation takes us on a journey four billion years in the making—from the very first cell to the ground-breaking biological inventions that will shape the future of our planet.</description>
      <author>Adam Rutherford</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Jun 2013 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469055770.mp3" length="893440" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180100</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469055770.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180100">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180100</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Creation: How Science is Reinventing Life Itself
Author: Adam Rutherford
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
What is life?   Humans have been asking this question for thousands of years. But as technology has advanced and our understanding of biology has deepened, the answer has evolved. For decades, scientists have been exploring the limits of nature by modifying and manipulating DNA, cells and whole organisms to create new ones that could never have existed on their own.   In Creation, science writer Adam Rutherford explains how we are now radically exceeding the boundaries of evolution and engineering entirely novel creatures—from goats that produce spider silk in their milk to bacteria that excrete diesel to genetic circuits that identify and destroy cancer cells. As strange as some of these creations may sound, this new, synthetic biology is helping scientists develop radical solutions to some of the world’s most pressing crises—from food shortages to pandemic disease to climate change—and is paving the way for inventions once relegated to science fiction.   Meanwhile, these advances are shedding new light on the biggest mystery of all—how did life begin? We know that every creature on Earth came from a single cell, sparked into existence four billion years ago. And as we come closer and closer to understanding the ancient root that connects all living things, we may finally be able to achieve a second genesis—the creation of new life where none existed before.   Creation takes us on a journey four billion years in the making—from the very first cell to the ground-breaking biological inventions that will shape the future of our planet.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180100">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180100</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Creation: How Science is Reinventing Life Itself
Author: Adam Rutherford
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
What is life?   Humans have been asking this question for thousands of years. But as technology has advanced and our understanding of biology has deepened, the answer has evolved. For decades, scientists have been exploring the limits of nature by modifying and manipulating DNA, cells and whole organisms to create new ones that could never have existed on their own.   In Creation, science writer Adam Rutherford explains how we are now radically exceeding the boundaries of evolution and engineering entirely novel creatures—from goats that produce spider silk in their milk to bacteria that excrete diesel to genetic circuits that identify and destroy cancer cells. As strange as some of these creations may sound, this new, synthetic biology is helping scientists develop radical solutions to some of the world’s most pressing crises—from food shortages to pandemic disease to climate change—and is paving the way for inventions once relegated to science fiction.   Meanwhile, these advances are shedding new light on the biggest mystery of all—how did life begin? We know that every creature on Earth came from a single cell, sparked into existence four billion years ago. And as we come closer and closer to understanding the ancient root that connects all living things, we may finally be able to achieve a second genesis—the creation of new life where none existed before.   Creation takes us on a journey four billion years in the making—from the very first cell to the ground-breaking biological inventions that will shape the future of our planet.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ungifted: Intelligence Redefined by Scott Kaufman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/179945</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/179945">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/179945</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ungifted: Intelligence Redefined
Author: Scott Kaufman
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 37 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Child prodigies. Gifted and Talented Programs. Perfect 2400s on the SAT. Sometimes it feels like the world is conspiring to make the rest of us feel inadequate. Those children tapped as possessing special abilities will go on to achieve great things, while the rest of us have little chance of realizing our dreams. Right? In Ungifted, cognitive psychologist Scott Barry Kaufman—who was relegated to special education as a child—sets out to show that the way we interpret traditional metrics of intelligence is misguided. Kaufman explores the latest research in genetics and neuroscience, as well as evolutionary, developmental, social, positive, and cognitive psychology, to challenge the conventional wisdom about the childhood predictors of adult success. He reveals that there are many paths to greatness, and argues for a more holistic approach to achievement that takes into account each young person’s personal goals, individual psychology, and developmental trajectory. In so doing, he increases our appreciation for the intelligence and diverse strengths of prodigies, savants, and late bloomers, as well as those with dyslexia, autism, schizophrenia, and ADHD. Combining original research, anecdotes, and a singular compassion, Ungifted proves that anyone—even those without readily observable gifts at any single moment in time—can become great.</description>
      <author>Scott Kaufman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2013 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469055756.mp3" length="869613" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/179945</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469055756.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/179945">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/179945</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ungifted: Intelligence Redefined
Author: Scott Kaufman
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 37 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Child prodigies. Gifted and Talented Programs. Perfect 2400s on the SAT. Sometimes it feels like the world is conspiring to make the rest of us feel inadequate. Those children tapped as possessing special abilities will go on to achieve great things, while the rest of us have little chance of realizing our dreams. Right? In Ungifted, cognitive psychologist Scott Barry Kaufman—who was relegated to special education as a child—sets out to show that the way we interpret traditional metrics of intelligence is misguided. Kaufman explores the latest research in genetics and neuroscience, as well as evolutionary, developmental, social, positive, and cognitive psychology, to challenge the conventional wisdom about the childhood predictors of adult success. He reveals that there are many paths to greatness, and argues for a more holistic approach to achievement that takes into account each young person’s personal goals, individual psychology, and developmental trajectory. In so doing, he increases our appreciation for the intelligence and diverse strengths of prodigies, savants, and late bloomers, as well as those with dyslexia, autism, schizophrenia, and ADHD. Combining original research, anecdotes, and a singular compassion, Ungifted proves that anyone—even those without readily observable gifts at any single moment in time—can become great.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/179945">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/179945</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ungifted: Intelligence Redefined
Author: Scott Kaufman
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 37 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Child prodigies. Gifted and Talented Programs. Perfect 2400s on the SAT. Sometimes it feels like the world is conspiring to make the rest of us feel inadequate. Those children tapped as possessing special abilities will go on to achieve great things, while the rest of us have little chance of realizing our dreams. Right? In Ungifted, cognitive psychologist Scott Barry Kaufman—who was relegated to special education as a child—sets out to show that the way we interpret traditional metrics of intelligence is misguided. Kaufman explores the latest research in genetics and neuroscience, as well as evolutionary, developmental, social, positive, and cognitive psychology, to challenge the conventional wisdom about the childhood predictors of adult success. He reveals that there are many paths to greatness, and argues for a more holistic approach to achievement that takes into account each young person’s personal goals, individual psychology, and developmental trajectory. In so doing, he increases our appreciation for the intelligence and diverse strengths of prodigies, savants, and late bloomers, as well as those with dyslexia, autism, schizophrenia, and ADHD. Combining original research, anecdotes, and a singular compassion, Ungifted proves that anyone—even those without readily observable gifts at any single moment in time—can become great.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Denial: Self-Deception, False Beliefs, and the Origins of the Human Mind by Ajit Varki, Danny Brower</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177834</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177834">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177834</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Denial: Self-Deception, False Beliefs, and the Origins of the Human Mind
Author: Ajit Varki, Danny Brower
Narrator: Bob Walter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2013
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The history of science abounds with momentous theories that disrupted conventional wisdom and yet were eventually proven true. Ajit Varki and Danny Brower&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Mind over Reality&amp;#039; theory is poised to be one such idea-a concept that runs counter to commonly-held notions about human evolution but that may hold the key to understanding why humans evolved as we did, leaving all other related species far behind. At a chance meeting in 2005, Brower, a geneticist, posed an unusual idea to Varki that he believed could explain the origins of human uniqueness among the world&amp;#039;s species: Why is there no humanlike elephant or humanlike dolphin, despite millions of years of evolutionary opportunity? Why is it that humans alone can understand the minds of others? Haunted by their encounter, Varki tried years later to contact Brower only to discover that he had died unexpectedly. Inspired by an incomplete manuscript Brower left behind, Denial presents a radical new theory on the origins of our species. It was not, the authors argue, a biological leap that set humanity apart from other species, but a psychological one: namely, the uniquely human ability to deny reality in the face of inarguable evidence-including the willful ignorance of our own inevitable deaths. The awareness of our own mortality could have caused anxieties that resulted in our avoiding the risks of competing to procreate-an evolutionary dead-end. Humans therefore needed to evolve a mechanism for overcoming this hurdle: the denial of reality. As a consequence of this evolutionary quirk we now deny any aspects of reality that are not to our liking-we smoke cigarettes, eat unhealthy foods, and avoid exercise, knowing these habits are a prescription for an early death. And so what has worked to establish our species could be our undoing if we continue to deny the consequences of unrealistic approaches to everything from personal health to financial risk-taking to climate change. On the other hand reality-denial affords us many valuable attributes, such as optimism, confidence, and courage in the face of long odds. Presented in homage to Brower&amp;#039;s original thinking, Denial offers a powerful warning about the dangers inherent in our remarkable ability to ignore reality-a gift that will either lead to our downfall, or continue to be our greatest asset.</description>
      <author>Ajit Varki, Danny Brower</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2013 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781611137606.mp3" length="918716" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177834</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781611137606.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177834">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177834</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Denial: Self-Deception, False Beliefs, and the Origins of the Human Mind
Author: Ajit Varki, Danny Brower
Narrator: Bob Walter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2013
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The history of science abounds with momentous theories that disrupted conventional wisdom and yet were eventually proven true. Ajit Varki and Danny Brower&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Mind over Reality&amp;#039; theory is poised to be one such idea-a concept that runs counter to commonly-held notions about human evolution but that may hold the key to understanding why humans evolved as we did, leaving all other related species far behind. At a chance meeting in 2005, Brower, a geneticist, posed an unusual idea to Varki that he believed could explain the origins of human uniqueness among the world&amp;#039;s species: Why is there no humanlike elephant or humanlike dolphin, despite millions of years of evolutionary opportunity? Why is it that humans alone can understand the minds of others? Haunted by their encounter, Varki tried years later to contact Brower only to discover that he had died unexpectedly. Inspired by an incomplete manuscript Brower left behind, Denial presents a radical new theory on the origins of our species. It was not, the authors argue, a biological leap that set humanity apart from other species, but a psychological one: namely, the uniquely human ability to deny reality in the face of inarguable evidence-including the willful ignorance of our own inevitable deaths. The awareness of our own mortality could have caused anxieties that resulted in our avoiding the risks of competing to procreate-an evolutionary dead-end. Humans therefore needed to evolve a mechanism for overcoming this hurdle: the denial of reality. As a consequence of this evolutionary quirk we now deny any aspects of reality that are not to our liking-we smoke cigarettes, eat unhealthy foods, and avoid exercise, knowing these habits are a prescription for an early death. And so what has worked to establish our species could be our undoing if we continue to deny the consequences of unrealistic approaches to everything from personal health to financial risk-taking to climate change. On the other hand reality-denial affords us many valuable attributes, such as optimism, confidence, and courage in the face of long odds. Presented in homage to Brower&amp;#039;s original thinking, Denial offers a powerful warning about the dangers inherent in our remarkable ability to ignore reality-a gift that will either lead to our downfall, or continue to be our greatest asset.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177834">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177834</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Denial: Self-Deception, False Beliefs, and the Origins of the Human Mind
Author: Ajit Varki, Danny Brower
Narrator: Bob Walter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2013
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The history of science abounds with momentous theories that disrupted conventional wisdom and yet were eventually proven true. Ajit Varki and Danny Brower&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Mind over Reality&amp;#039; theory is poised to be one such idea-a concept that runs counter to commonly-held notions about human evolution but that may hold the key to understanding why humans evolved as we did, leaving all other related species far behind. At a chance meeting in 2005, Brower, a geneticist, posed an unusual idea to Varki that he believed could explain the origins of human uniqueness among the world&amp;#039;s species: Why is there no humanlike elephant or humanlike dolphin, despite millions of years of evolutionary opportunity? Why is it that humans alone can understand the minds of others? Haunted by their encounter, Varki tried years later to contact Brower only to discover that he had died unexpectedly. Inspired by an incomplete manuscript Brower left behind, Denial presents a radical new theory on the origins of our species. It was not, the authors argue, a biological leap that set humanity apart from other species, but a psychological one: namely, the uniquely human ability to deny reality in the face of inarguable evidence-including the willful ignorance of our own inevitable deaths. The awareness of our own mortality could have caused anxieties that resulted in our avoiding the risks of competing to procreate-an evolutionary dead-end. Humans therefore needed to evolve a mechanism for overcoming this hurdle: the denial of reality. As a consequence of this evolutionary quirk we now deny any aspects of reality that are not to our liking-we smoke cigarettes, eat unhealthy foods, and avoid exercise, knowing these habits are a prescription for an early death. And so what has worked to establish our species could be our undoing if we continue to deny the consequences of unrealistic approaches to everything from personal health to financial risk-taking to climate change. On the other hand reality-denial affords us many valuable attributes, such as optimism, confidence, and courage in the face of long odds. Presented in homage to Brower&amp;#039;s original thinking, Denial offers a powerful warning about the dangers inherent in our remarkable ability to ignore reality-a gift that will either lead to our downfall, or continue to be our greatest asset.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Scatter, Adapt, and Remember: How Humans Will Survive a Mass Extinction by Annalee Newitz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177386</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177386">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177386</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Scatter, Adapt, and Remember: How Humans Will Survive a Mass Extinction
Author: Annalee Newitz
Narrator: Kimberly Farr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In its 4.5 billion–year history, life on Earth has been almost erased  at least half a dozen times: shattered by asteroid impacts, entombed in  ice, smothered by methane, and torn apart by unfathomably powerful  megavolcanoes. And we know that another global disaster is eventually  headed our way. Can we survive it? How? As a species, Homo sapiens is at a crossroads. Study of our planet’s turbulent past suggests that  we are overdue for a catastrophic disaster, whether caused by nature or  by human interference. It’s a frightening prospect, as each of the  Earth’s past major disasters—from meteor strikes to bombardment by  cosmic radiation—resulted in a mass extinction, where more than 75  percent of the planet’s species died out. But in Scatter, Adapt, and Remember,  Annalee Newitz, science journalist and editor of the science Web site  io9.com explains that although global disaster is all but inevitable,  our chances of long-term species survival are better than ever. Life on  Earth has come close to annihilation—humans have, more than once,  narrowly avoided extinction just  during the last million years—but every single time a few creatures survived, evolving to adapt to the harshest of conditions.        This brilliantly speculative work of popular science focuses on  humanity’s long history of dodging the bullet, as well as on new threats  that we may face in years to come. Most important, it explores how  scientific breakthroughs today will help us avoid disasters tomorrow.  From simulating tsunamis to studying central Turkey’s ancient  underground cities; from cultivating cyanobacteria for “living cities”  to designing space elevators to make space colonies cost-effective; from  using math to stop pandemics to studying the remarkable survival  strategies of gray whales, scientists and researchers the world over are  discovering the keys to long-term resilience and learning how humans  can choose life over death.      Newitz’s remarkable and fascinating  journey through the science of mass extinctions is a powerful argument  about human ingenuity and our ability to change. In a world populated by  doomsday preppers and media commentators obsessively forecasting our  demise, Scatter, Adapt, and Remember is a compelling voice of  hope. It leads us away from apocalyptic thinking into a future where we  live to build a better world—on this planet and perhaps on others.  Readers of this book will be equipped scientifically, intellectually,  and emotionally to face whatever the future holds.</description>
      <author>Annalee Newitz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2013 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780804127295.mp3" length="2789959" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177386</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780804127295.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177386">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177386</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Scatter, Adapt, and Remember: How Humans Will Survive a Mass Extinction
Author: Annalee Newitz
Narrator: Kimberly Farr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In its 4.5 billion–year history, life on Earth has been almost erased  at least half a dozen times: shattered by asteroid impacts, entombed in  ice, smothered by methane, and torn apart by unfathomably powerful  megavolcanoes. And we know that another global disaster is eventually  headed our way. Can we survive it? How? As a species, Homo sapiens is at a crossroads. Study of our planet’s turbulent past suggests that  we are overdue for a catastrophic disaster, whether caused by nature or  by human interference. It’s a frightening prospect, as each of the  Earth’s past major disasters—from meteor strikes to bombardment by  cosmic radiation—resulted in a mass extinction, where more than 75  percent of the planet’s species died out. But in Scatter, Adapt, and Remember,  Annalee Newitz, science journalist and editor of the science Web site  io9.com explains that although global disaster is all but inevitable,  our chances of long-term species survival are better than ever. Life on  Earth has come close to annihilation—humans have, more than once,  narrowly avoided extinction just  during the last million years—but every single time a few creatures survived, evolving to adapt to the harshest of conditions.        This brilliantly speculative work of popular science focuses on  humanity’s long history of dodging the bullet, as well as on new threats  that we may face in years to come. Most important, it explores how  scientific breakthroughs today will help us avoid disasters tomorrow.  From simulating tsunamis to studying central Turkey’s ancient  underground cities; from cultivating cyanobacteria for “living cities”  to designing space elevators to make space colonies cost-effective; from  using math to stop pandemics to studying the remarkable survival  strategies of gray whales, scientists and researchers the world over are  discovering the keys to long-term resilience and learning how humans  can choose life over death.      Newitz’s remarkable and fascinating  journey through the science of mass extinctions is a powerful argument  about human ingenuity and our ability to change. In a world populated by  doomsday preppers and media commentators obsessively forecasting our  demise, Scatter, Adapt, and Remember is a compelling voice of  hope. It leads us away from apocalyptic thinking into a future where we  live to build a better world—on this planet and perhaps on others.  Readers of this book will be equipped scientifically, intellectually,  and emotionally to face whatever the future holds.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177386">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177386</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Scatter, Adapt, and Remember: How Humans Will Survive a Mass Extinction
Author: Annalee Newitz
Narrator: Kimberly Farr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In its 4.5 billion–year history, life on Earth has been almost erased  at least half a dozen times: shattered by asteroid impacts, entombed in  ice, smothered by methane, and torn apart by unfathomably powerful  megavolcanoes. And we know that another global disaster is eventually  headed our way. Can we survive it? How? As a species, Homo sapiens is at a crossroads. Study of our planet’s turbulent past suggests that  we are overdue for a catastrophic disaster, whether caused by nature or  by human interference. It’s a frightening prospect, as each of the  Earth’s past major disasters—from meteor strikes to bombardment by  cosmic radiation—resulted in a mass extinction, where more than 75  percent of the planet’s species died out. But in Scatter, Adapt, and Remember,  Annalee Newitz, science journalist and editor of the science Web site  io9.com explains that although global disaster is all but inevitable,  our chances of long-term species survival are better than ever. Life on  Earth has come close to annihilation—humans have, more than once,  narrowly avoided extinction just  during the last million years—but every single time a few creatures survived, evolving to adapt to the harshest of conditions.        This brilliantly speculative work of popular science focuses on  humanity’s long history of dodging the bullet, as well as on new threats  that we may face in years to come. Most important, it explores how  scientific breakthroughs today will help us avoid disasters tomorrow.  From simulating tsunamis to studying central Turkey’s ancient  underground cities; from cultivating cyanobacteria for “living cities”  to designing space elevators to make space colonies cost-effective; from  using math to stop pandemics to studying the remarkable survival  strategies of gray whales, scientists and researchers the world over are  discovering the keys to long-term resilience and learning how humans  can choose life over death.      Newitz’s remarkable and fascinating  journey through the science of mass extinctions is a powerful argument  about human ingenuity and our ability to change. In a world populated by  doomsday preppers and media commentators obsessively forecasting our  demise, Scatter, Adapt, and Remember is a compelling voice of  hope. It leads us away from apocalyptic thinking into a future where we  live to build a better world—on this planet and perhaps on others.  Readers of this book will be equipped scientifically, intellectually,  and emotionally to face whatever the future holds.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Anatomy of Violence: The Biological Roots of Crime by Adrian Raine</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177030</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177030">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177030</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Anatomy of Violence: The Biological Roots of Crime
Author: Adrian Raine
Narrator: Jonathan Cowley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 24 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
With a 4-page full-color insert, and black-and-white illustrations throughout Why do some innocent kids grow up to become cold-blooded serial killers? Is bad biology partly to blame? For more than three decades Adrian Raine has been researching the biological roots of violence and establishing neurocriminology, a new field that applies neuroscience techniques to investigate the causes and cures of crime. In The Anatomy of Violence, Raine dissects the criminal mind with a fascinating, readable, and far-reaching scientific journey into the body of evidence that reveals the brain to be a key culprit in crime causation.    Raine documents from genetic research that the seeds of sin are sown early in life, giving rise to abnormal physiological functioning that cultivates crime. Drawing on classical case studies of well-known killers in history—including Richard Speck, Ted Kaczynski, and Henry Lee Lucas—Raine illustrates how impairments to brain areas controlling our ability to experience fear, make good decisions, and feel guilt predispose us to violence. He contends that killers can actually be coldhearted: something as simple as a low resting heart rate can give rise to violence. But arguing that biology is not destiny, he also sketches out provocative new biosocial treatment approaches that can change the brain and prevent violence.    Finally, Raine tackles the thorny legal and ethical dilemmas posed by his research, visualizing a futuristic brave new world where our increasing ability to identify violent offenders early in life might shape crime-prevention policies, for good and bad. Will we sacrifice our notions of privacy and civil rights to identify children as potential killers in the hopes of helping both offenders and victims? How should we punish individuals with little to no control over their violent behavior? And should parenting require a license? The Anatomy of Violence offers a revolutionary appraisal of our understanding of criminal offending, while also raising provocative questions that challenge our core human values of free will, responsibility, and punishment.</description>
      <author>Adrian Raine</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2013 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780385366311.mp3" length="2804592" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177030</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780385366311.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177030">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177030</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Anatomy of Violence: The Biological Roots of Crime
Author: Adrian Raine
Narrator: Jonathan Cowley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 24 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
With a 4-page full-color insert, and black-and-white illustrations throughout Why do some innocent kids grow up to become cold-blooded serial killers? Is bad biology partly to blame? For more than three decades Adrian Raine has been researching the biological roots of violence and establishing neurocriminology, a new field that applies neuroscience techniques to investigate the causes and cures of crime. In The Anatomy of Violence, Raine dissects the criminal mind with a fascinating, readable, and far-reaching scientific journey into the body of evidence that reveals the brain to be a key culprit in crime causation.    Raine documents from genetic research that the seeds of sin are sown early in life, giving rise to abnormal physiological functioning that cultivates crime. Drawing on classical case studies of well-known killers in history—including Richard Speck, Ted Kaczynski, and Henry Lee Lucas—Raine illustrates how impairments to brain areas controlling our ability to experience fear, make good decisions, and feel guilt predispose us to violence. He contends that killers can actually be coldhearted: something as simple as a low resting heart rate can give rise to violence. But arguing that biology is not destiny, he also sketches out provocative new biosocial treatment approaches that can change the brain and prevent violence.    Finally, Raine tackles the thorny legal and ethical dilemmas posed by his research, visualizing a futuristic brave new world where our increasing ability to identify violent offenders early in life might shape crime-prevention policies, for good and bad. Will we sacrifice our notions of privacy and civil rights to identify children as potential killers in the hopes of helping both offenders and victims? How should we punish individuals with little to no control over their violent behavior? And should parenting require a license? The Anatomy of Violence offers a revolutionary appraisal of our understanding of criminal offending, while also raising provocative questions that challenge our core human values of free will, responsibility, and punishment.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177030">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177030</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Anatomy of Violence: The Biological Roots of Crime
Author: Adrian Raine
Narrator: Jonathan Cowley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 24 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
With a 4-page full-color insert, and black-and-white illustrations throughout Why do some innocent kids grow up to become cold-blooded serial killers? Is bad biology partly to blame? For more than three decades Adrian Raine has been researching the biological roots of violence and establishing neurocriminology, a new field that applies neuroscience techniques to investigate the causes and cures of crime. In The Anatomy of Violence, Raine dissects the criminal mind with a fascinating, readable, and far-reaching scientific journey into the body of evidence that reveals the brain to be a key culprit in crime causation.    Raine documents from genetic research that the seeds of sin are sown early in life, giving rise to abnormal physiological functioning that cultivates crime. Drawing on classical case studies of well-known killers in history—including Richard Speck, Ted Kaczynski, and Henry Lee Lucas—Raine illustrates how impairments to brain areas controlling our ability to experience fear, make good decisions, and feel guilt predispose us to violence. He contends that killers can actually be coldhearted: something as simple as a low resting heart rate can give rise to violence. But arguing that biology is not destiny, he also sketches out provocative new biosocial treatment approaches that can change the brain and prevent violence.    Finally, Raine tackles the thorny legal and ethical dilemmas posed by his research, visualizing a futuristic brave new world where our increasing ability to identify violent offenders early in life might shape crime-prevention policies, for good and bad. Will we sacrifice our notions of privacy and civil rights to identify children as potential killers in the hopes of helping both offenders and victims? How should we punish individuals with little to no control over their violent behavior? And should parenting require a license? The Anatomy of Violence offers a revolutionary appraisal of our understanding of criminal offending, while also raising provocative questions that challenge our core human values of free will, responsibility, and punishment.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Erasing Death: The Science That Is Rewriting the Boundaries Between Life and Death by Sam Parnia, Josh Young</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172947</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172947">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172947</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Erasing Death: The Science That Is Rewriting the Boundaries Between Life and Death
Author: Sam Parnia, Josh Young
Narrator: James Patrick Cronin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 22 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Contrary to popular belief, death is not a moment in time, such as when the heart stops beating, respiration ceases, or the brain stops functioning. Death, rather, is a process—a process that can be interrupted well after it has begun. Innovative techniques, such as drastically reducing the patient&amp;#039;s body temperature, have proven to be effective in revitalizing both the body and mind, but studies show they are only employed in approximately half of the hospitals throughout the United States and Europe. In Erasing Death, Dr. Sam Parnia presents cutting-edge research from the front line of critical care and resuscitation medicine that has enabled modern doctors to routinely reverse death, while also shedding light on the ultimate mystery: what happens to human consciousness during and after death. Parnia reveals how medical discoveries focused on saving lives have also inadvertently raised the possibility that some form of &amp;quot;afterlife&amp;quot; may be uniquely ours, as evidenced by the continuation of the human mind and psyche in the first few hours after death. Questions about the &amp;quot;self&amp;quot; and the &amp;quot;soul&amp;quot; that were once relegated to theology, philosophy, or even science fiction are now being examined afresh according to rigorous scientific research. With physicians such as Parnia at the forefront, we are on the verge of discovering a new universal science of consciousness that reveals the nature of the mind and a future where death is not the final defeat, but is in fact reversible.</description>
      <author>Sam Parnia, Josh Young</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Apr 2013 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062291837.mp3" length="887455" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172947</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062291837.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172947">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172947</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Erasing Death: The Science That Is Rewriting the Boundaries Between Life and Death
Author: Sam Parnia, Josh Young
Narrator: James Patrick Cronin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 22 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Contrary to popular belief, death is not a moment in time, such as when the heart stops beating, respiration ceases, or the brain stops functioning. Death, rather, is a process—a process that can be interrupted well after it has begun. Innovative techniques, such as drastically reducing the patient&amp;#039;s body temperature, have proven to be effective in revitalizing both the body and mind, but studies show they are only employed in approximately half of the hospitals throughout the United States and Europe. In Erasing Death, Dr. Sam Parnia presents cutting-edge research from the front line of critical care and resuscitation medicine that has enabled modern doctors to routinely reverse death, while also shedding light on the ultimate mystery: what happens to human consciousness during and after death. Parnia reveals how medical discoveries focused on saving lives have also inadvertently raised the possibility that some form of &amp;quot;afterlife&amp;quot; may be uniquely ours, as evidenced by the continuation of the human mind and psyche in the first few hours after death. Questions about the &amp;quot;self&amp;quot; and the &amp;quot;soul&amp;quot; that were once relegated to theology, philosophy, or even science fiction are now being examined afresh according to rigorous scientific research. With physicians such as Parnia at the forefront, we are on the verge of discovering a new universal science of consciousness that reveals the nature of the mind and a future where death is not the final defeat, but is in fact reversible.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172947">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/172947</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Erasing Death: The Science That Is Rewriting the Boundaries Between Life and Death
Author: Sam Parnia, Josh Young
Narrator: James Patrick Cronin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 22 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Contrary to popular belief, death is not a moment in time, such as when the heart stops beating, respiration ceases, or the brain stops functioning. Death, rather, is a process—a process that can be interrupted well after it has begun. Innovative techniques, such as drastically reducing the patient&amp;#039;s body temperature, have proven to be effective in revitalizing both the body and mind, but studies show they are only employed in approximately half of the hospitals throughout the United States and Europe. In Erasing Death, Dr. Sam Parnia presents cutting-edge research from the front line of critical care and resuscitation medicine that has enabled modern doctors to routinely reverse death, while also shedding light on the ultimate mystery: what happens to human consciousness during and after death. Parnia reveals how medical discoveries focused on saving lives have also inadvertently raised the possibility that some form of &amp;quot;afterlife&amp;quot; may be uniquely ours, as evidenced by the continuation of the human mind and psyche in the first few hours after death. Questions about the &amp;quot;self&amp;quot; and the &amp;quot;soul&amp;quot; that were once relegated to theology, philosophy, or even science fiction are now being examined afresh according to rigorous scientific research. With physicians such as Parnia at the forefront, we are on the verge of discovering a new universal science of consciousness that reveals the nature of the mind and a future where death is not the final defeat, but is in fact reversible.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Between Man and Beast: An Unlikely Explorer, the Evolution Debates, and the African Adventure that Took the Victorian World By Storm by Monte Reel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166661</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166661">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166661</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Man and Beast: An Unlikely Explorer, the Evolution Debates, and the African Adventure that Took the Victorian World By Storm
Author: Monte Reel
Narrator: Bob Walter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The unbelievably riveting adventure of an unlikely young explorer who  emerged from the jungles of Africa with evidence of a mysterious, still  mythical beast—the gorilla—only to stumble straight into the center of  the biggest debate of the day: Darwin&amp;#039;s theory of evolution    In 1856 Paul Du Chaillu marched into the equatorial wilderness of West  Africa determined to bag an animal that, according to legend, was  nothing short of a monster. When he emerged three years later, the  summation of his efforts only hinted at what he&amp;#039;d experienced in one of  the most dangerous regions on earth. Armed with an astonishing  collection of zoological specimens, Du Chaillu leapt from the physical  challenges of the jungle straight into the center of the biggest issues  of the time—the evolution debate, racial discourse, the growth of  Christian fundamentalism—and helped push each to unprecedented  intensities. He experienced instant celebrity, but with that fame came  whispers—about his past, his credibility, and his very identity—which  would haunt the young man. Grand in scope, immediate in detail, and  propulsively readable, Between Man and Beast brilliantly combines Du Chaillu&amp;#039;s personal journey with the epic tale of a world hovering on the sharp edge of transformation.</description>
      <author>Monte Reel</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2013 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780385362627.mp3" length="2242190" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166661</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780385362627.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166661">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166661</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Man and Beast: An Unlikely Explorer, the Evolution Debates, and the African Adventure that Took the Victorian World By Storm
Author: Monte Reel
Narrator: Bob Walter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The unbelievably riveting adventure of an unlikely young explorer who  emerged from the jungles of Africa with evidence of a mysterious, still  mythical beast—the gorilla—only to stumble straight into the center of  the biggest debate of the day: Darwin&amp;#039;s theory of evolution    In 1856 Paul Du Chaillu marched into the equatorial wilderness of West  Africa determined to bag an animal that, according to legend, was  nothing short of a monster. When he emerged three years later, the  summation of his efforts only hinted at what he&amp;#039;d experienced in one of  the most dangerous regions on earth. Armed with an astonishing  collection of zoological specimens, Du Chaillu leapt from the physical  challenges of the jungle straight into the center of the biggest issues  of the time—the evolution debate, racial discourse, the growth of  Christian fundamentalism—and helped push each to unprecedented  intensities. He experienced instant celebrity, but with that fame came  whispers—about his past, his credibility, and his very identity—which  would haunt the young man. Grand in scope, immediate in detail, and  propulsively readable, Between Man and Beast brilliantly combines Du Chaillu&amp;#039;s personal journey with the epic tale of a world hovering on the sharp edge of transformation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166661">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166661</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Man and Beast: An Unlikely Explorer, the Evolution Debates, and the African Adventure that Took the Victorian World By Storm
Author: Monte Reel
Narrator: Bob Walter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The unbelievably riveting adventure of an unlikely young explorer who  emerged from the jungles of Africa with evidence of a mysterious, still  mythical beast—the gorilla—only to stumble straight into the center of  the biggest debate of the day: Darwin&amp;#039;s theory of evolution    In 1856 Paul Du Chaillu marched into the equatorial wilderness of West  Africa determined to bag an animal that, according to legend, was  nothing short of a monster. When he emerged three years later, the  summation of his efforts only hinted at what he&amp;#039;d experienced in one of  the most dangerous regions on earth. Armed with an astonishing  collection of zoological specimens, Du Chaillu leapt from the physical  challenges of the jungle straight into the center of the biggest issues  of the time—the evolution debate, racial discourse, the growth of  Christian fundamentalism—and helped push each to unprecedented  intensities. He experienced instant celebrity, but with that fame came  whispers—about his past, his credibility, and his very identity—which  would haunt the young man. Grand in scope, immediate in detail, and  propulsively readable, Between Man and Beast brilliantly combines Du Chaillu&amp;#039;s personal journey with the epic tale of a world hovering on the sharp edge of transformation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Animal Wise: The Thoughts and Emotions of Our Fellow Creatures by Virginia Morell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164191</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164191">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164191</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Animal Wise: The Thoughts and Emotions of Our Fellow Creatures
Author: Virginia Morell
Narrator: Kirsten Potter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February 26, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Noted science writer Virginia Morell explores the frontiers of research on animal cognition and emotion, offering a surprising and moving exploration into the hearts and minds of wild and domesticated animals.      Have you ever wondered what it is like to be a fish? Or a parrot, dolphin, or elephant?  Do they experience thoughts that are similar to ours, or have feelings of grief and love? These are tough questions, but scientists are answering them. They know that ants teach, earthworms make decisions, and that rats love to be tickled. They’ve discovered that dogs have thousand-word vocabularies, that parrots and dolphins have names, and that birds practice their songs in their sleep. But how do scientists know these things?    Animal Wise takes us on a dazzling odyssey into the inner world of animals from ants to wolves, and among the pioneering researchers who are leading the way into once-forbidden territory: the animal mind. With thirty years of experience covering the sciences, Morell uses her formidable gifts as a story-teller to transport us to field sites and laboratories around the world, introducing us to animal-cognition scientists and their surprisingly intelligent and sensitive subjects.  She explores how this rapidly evolving, controversial field has only recently overturned old notions about why animals behave as they do.  She probes the moral and ethical dilemmas  of recognizing that even “lesser animals”  have cognitive abilities such as  memory, feelings, personality, and self-awareness–traits that many in the twentieth century felt were unique  to human beings.    By standing behaviorism on its head, Morell brings the world of nature brilliantly alive in a nuanced, deeply felt appreciation of the human-animal bond, and she shares her admiration for the men and women who have simultaneously chipped away at what we think makes us distinctive while offering a glimpse of where our own abilities come from.</description>
      <author>Virginia Morell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Feb 2013 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780307970749.mp3" length="2912367" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164191</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780307970749.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164191">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164191</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Animal Wise: The Thoughts and Emotions of Our Fellow Creatures
Author: Virginia Morell
Narrator: Kirsten Potter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February 26, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Noted science writer Virginia Morell explores the frontiers of research on animal cognition and emotion, offering a surprising and moving exploration into the hearts and minds of wild and domesticated animals.      Have you ever wondered what it is like to be a fish? Or a parrot, dolphin, or elephant?  Do they experience thoughts that are similar to ours, or have feelings of grief and love? These are tough questions, but scientists are answering them. They know that ants teach, earthworms make decisions, and that rats love to be tickled. They’ve discovered that dogs have thousand-word vocabularies, that parrots and dolphins have names, and that birds practice their songs in their sleep. But how do scientists know these things?    Animal Wise takes us on a dazzling odyssey into the inner world of animals from ants to wolves, and among the pioneering researchers who are leading the way into once-forbidden territory: the animal mind. With thirty years of experience covering the sciences, Morell uses her formidable gifts as a story-teller to transport us to field sites and laboratories around the world, introducing us to animal-cognition scientists and their surprisingly intelligent and sensitive subjects.  She explores how this rapidly evolving, controversial field has only recently overturned old notions about why animals behave as they do.  She probes the moral and ethical dilemmas  of recognizing that even “lesser animals”  have cognitive abilities such as  memory, feelings, personality, and self-awareness–traits that many in the twentieth century felt were unique  to human beings.    By standing behaviorism on its head, Morell brings the world of nature brilliantly alive in a nuanced, deeply felt appreciation of the human-animal bond, and she shares her admiration for the men and women who have simultaneously chipped away at what we think makes us distinctive while offering a glimpse of where our own abilities come from.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164191">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164191</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Animal Wise: The Thoughts and Emotions of Our Fellow Creatures
Author: Virginia Morell
Narrator: Kirsten Potter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February 26, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Noted science writer Virginia Morell explores the frontiers of research on animal cognition and emotion, offering a surprising and moving exploration into the hearts and minds of wild and domesticated animals.      Have you ever wondered what it is like to be a fish? Or a parrot, dolphin, or elephant?  Do they experience thoughts that are similar to ours, or have feelings of grief and love? These are tough questions, but scientists are answering them. They know that ants teach, earthworms make decisions, and that rats love to be tickled. They’ve discovered that dogs have thousand-word vocabularies, that parrots and dolphins have names, and that birds practice their songs in their sleep. But how do scientists know these things?    Animal Wise takes us on a dazzling odyssey into the inner world of animals from ants to wolves, and among the pioneering researchers who are leading the way into once-forbidden territory: the animal mind. With thirty years of experience covering the sciences, Morell uses her formidable gifts as a story-teller to transport us to field sites and laboratories around the world, introducing us to animal-cognition scientists and their surprisingly intelligent and sensitive subjects.  She explores how this rapidly evolving, controversial field has only recently overturned old notions about why animals behave as they do.  She probes the moral and ethical dilemmas  of recognizing that even “lesser animals”  have cognitive abilities such as  memory, feelings, personality, and self-awareness–traits that many in the twentieth century felt were unique  to human beings.    By standing behaviorism on its head, Morell brings the world of nature brilliantly alive in a nuanced, deeply felt appreciation of the human-animal bond, and she shares her admiration for the men and women who have simultaneously chipped away at what we think makes us distinctive while offering a glimpse of where our own abilities come from.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Brain Advantage: Become a More Effective Business Leader Using the Latest Brain Research by Ken A. Paller, Brad Kolar, Lisa P. Callahan, Madeleine L. Van Hecke</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162825</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162825">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162825</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Brain Advantage: Become a More Effective Business Leader Using the Latest Brain Research
Author: Ken A. Paller, Brad Kolar, Lisa P. Callahan, Madeleine L. Van Hecke
Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 29 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Business leaders are in charge. They are in charge of people, of budgets, of production lines. Most leaders also believe that they are in charge of their greatest resource--their own brain.  But how true is that? The more we understand about how the brain works, the clearer it becomes that often our brain kicks in before we do. For example: 1. The more expert we become, the less we &amp;#039;think.&amp;#039;  2. Our brain can con us into being sure that we&amp;#039;re right--even when we&amp;#039;re wrong. 3. Without consulting us, our brain decides who to trust. The good news is that leaders can use what researchers have learned about the brain to manage their own brains more effectively. That&amp;#039;s the first Brain Advantage. Just as important, leaders can use that knowledge to manage other people more effectively. That&amp;#039;s the second Brain Advantage.  The Brain Advantage does for business leaders what few have time to do for themselves. It combines the latest brain research with insights from psychological studies of how people think. It uses powerful stories to convey that information.</description>
      <author>Ken A. Paller, Brad Kolar, Lisa P. Callahan, Madeleine L. Van Hecke</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Jan 2013 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469086255.mp3" length="892781" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162825</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469086255.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162825">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162825</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Brain Advantage: Become a More Effective Business Leader Using the Latest Brain Research
Author: Ken A. Paller, Brad Kolar, Lisa P. Callahan, Madeleine L. Van Hecke
Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 29 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Business leaders are in charge. They are in charge of people, of budgets, of production lines. Most leaders also believe that they are in charge of their greatest resource--their own brain.  But how true is that? The more we understand about how the brain works, the clearer it becomes that often our brain kicks in before we do. For example: 1. The more expert we become, the less we &amp;#039;think.&amp;#039;  2. Our brain can con us into being sure that we&amp;#039;re right--even when we&amp;#039;re wrong. 3. Without consulting us, our brain decides who to trust. The good news is that leaders can use what researchers have learned about the brain to manage their own brains more effectively. That&amp;#039;s the first Brain Advantage. Just as important, leaders can use that knowledge to manage other people more effectively. That&amp;#039;s the second Brain Advantage.  The Brain Advantage does for business leaders what few have time to do for themselves. It combines the latest brain research with insights from psychological studies of how people think. It uses powerful stories to convey that information.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162825">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162825</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Brain Advantage: Become a More Effective Business Leader Using the Latest Brain Research
Author: Ken A. Paller, Brad Kolar, Lisa P. Callahan, Madeleine L. Van Hecke
Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 29 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Business leaders are in charge. They are in charge of people, of budgets, of production lines. Most leaders also believe that they are in charge of their greatest resource--their own brain.  But how true is that? The more we understand about how the brain works, the clearer it becomes that often our brain kicks in before we do. For example: 1. The more expert we become, the less we &amp;#039;think.&amp;#039;  2. Our brain can con us into being sure that we&amp;#039;re right--even when we&amp;#039;re wrong. 3. Without consulting us, our brain decides who to trust. The good news is that leaders can use what researchers have learned about the brain to manage their own brains more effectively. That&amp;#039;s the first Brain Advantage. Just as important, leaders can use that knowledge to manage other people more effectively. That&amp;#039;s the second Brain Advantage.  The Brain Advantage does for business leaders what few have time to do for themselves. It combines the latest brain research with insights from psychological studies of how people think. It uses powerful stories to convey that information.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Physics in Mind: A Quantum View of the Brain by Werner R. Loewenstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162821</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162821">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162821</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Physics in Mind: A Quantum View of the Brain
Author: Werner R. Loewenstein
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 48 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
No one can escape a sense of awe when reflecting on the workings of the mind: we see, we hear, we feel, we are aware of the world around us. But what is the mind? What do we mean when we say we are “aware” of something? What is this peculiar state in our heads, at once utterly familiar and bewilderingly mysterious, that we call awareness or consciousness? In Physics in Mind, eminent biophysicist Werner R. Loewenstein argues that to answer these questions, we must first understand the physical mechanisms that underlie the workings of the mind. And so begins an exhilarating journey along the sensory data stream of the brain, which shows how our most complex organ processes the vast amounts of information coming in through our senses to create a coherent, meaningful picture of the world. Bringing information theory to bear on recent advances in the neurosciences, Loewenstein reveals a web of immense computational power inside the brain. He introduces the revolutionary idea that quantum mechanics could be fundamental to how our minds almost instantaneously deal with staggering amounts of information, as in the case of the information streaming through our eyes. Combining cutting-edge research in neuroscience and physics, Loewenstein presents an ambitious hypothesis about the parallel processing of sensory information that is the heart, hub, and pivot of the cognitive brain. Wide-ranging and brimming with insight, Physics in Mind breaks new ground in our understanding of how the mind works.</description>
      <author>Werner R. Loewenstein</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Jan 2013 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469086224.mp3" length="885867" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162821</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469086224.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162821">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162821</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Physics in Mind: A Quantum View of the Brain
Author: Werner R. Loewenstein
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 48 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
No one can escape a sense of awe when reflecting on the workings of the mind: we see, we hear, we feel, we are aware of the world around us. But what is the mind? What do we mean when we say we are “aware” of something? What is this peculiar state in our heads, at once utterly familiar and bewilderingly mysterious, that we call awareness or consciousness? In Physics in Mind, eminent biophysicist Werner R. Loewenstein argues that to answer these questions, we must first understand the physical mechanisms that underlie the workings of the mind. And so begins an exhilarating journey along the sensory data stream of the brain, which shows how our most complex organ processes the vast amounts of information coming in through our senses to create a coherent, meaningful picture of the world. Bringing information theory to bear on recent advances in the neurosciences, Loewenstein reveals a web of immense computational power inside the brain. He introduces the revolutionary idea that quantum mechanics could be fundamental to how our minds almost instantaneously deal with staggering amounts of information, as in the case of the information streaming through our eyes. Combining cutting-edge research in neuroscience and physics, Loewenstein presents an ambitious hypothesis about the parallel processing of sensory information that is the heart, hub, and pivot of the cognitive brain. Wide-ranging and brimming with insight, Physics in Mind breaks new ground in our understanding of how the mind works.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162821">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162821</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Physics in Mind: A Quantum View of the Brain
Author: Werner R. Loewenstein
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 48 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
No one can escape a sense of awe when reflecting on the workings of the mind: we see, we hear, we feel, we are aware of the world around us. But what is the mind? What do we mean when we say we are “aware” of something? What is this peculiar state in our heads, at once utterly familiar and bewilderingly mysterious, that we call awareness or consciousness? In Physics in Mind, eminent biophysicist Werner R. Loewenstein argues that to answer these questions, we must first understand the physical mechanisms that underlie the workings of the mind. And so begins an exhilarating journey along the sensory data stream of the brain, which shows how our most complex organ processes the vast amounts of information coming in through our senses to create a coherent, meaningful picture of the world. Bringing information theory to bear on recent advances in the neurosciences, Loewenstein reveals a web of immense computational power inside the brain. He introduces the revolutionary idea that quantum mechanics could be fundamental to how our minds almost instantaneously deal with staggering amounts of information, as in the case of the information streaming through our eyes. Combining cutting-edge research in neuroscience and physics, Loewenstein presents an ambitious hypothesis about the parallel processing of sensory information that is the heart, hub, and pivot of the cognitive brain. Wide-ranging and brimming with insight, Physics in Mind breaks new ground in our understanding of how the mind works.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mean Genes by Jay Phelan, Terry Burnham</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160864</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160864">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160864</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mean Genes
Author: Jay Phelan, Terry Burnham
Narrator: Pat Woodruff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2000
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;The Mean Genes message is optimistic . . . a self-help book for the merely average human being.&amp;quot; (The Washington Post Book World) &amp;quot;An unusual cross between a social Darwinist monograph and a self-help manual.&amp;quot; (The New Yorker) Why do we want-and do-so many things that are bad for us? In Mean Genes Terry Burnham and Jay Phelan argue that we need to stop looking to Sigmund Freud for answers and start looking to Charles Darwin. Mean Genes reveals that our struggles for self-improvement are, in fact, battles against our own genes-genes that helped our distant ancestors flourish, but are selfish and out of place in the modern world. Using this evolutionary lens, Mean Genes brilliantly examines the issues that most affect our lives-body image, money, addiction, violence, and relationships, friendship, love, and fidelity-and offers steps to help us lead more satisfying lives.</description>
      <author>Jay Phelan, Terry Burnham</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2000 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780375417696.mp3" length="2927084" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160864</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780375417696.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160864">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160864</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mean Genes
Author: Jay Phelan, Terry Burnham
Narrator: Pat Woodruff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2000
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;The Mean Genes message is optimistic . . . a self-help book for the merely average human being.&amp;quot; (The Washington Post Book World) &amp;quot;An unusual cross between a social Darwinist monograph and a self-help manual.&amp;quot; (The New Yorker) Why do we want-and do-so many things that are bad for us? In Mean Genes Terry Burnham and Jay Phelan argue that we need to stop looking to Sigmund Freud for answers and start looking to Charles Darwin. Mean Genes reveals that our struggles for self-improvement are, in fact, battles against our own genes-genes that helped our distant ancestors flourish, but are selfish and out of place in the modern world. Using this evolutionary lens, Mean Genes brilliantly examines the issues that most affect our lives-body image, money, addiction, violence, and relationships, friendship, love, and fidelity-and offers steps to help us lead more satisfying lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160864">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160864</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mean Genes
Author: Jay Phelan, Terry Burnham
Narrator: Pat Woodruff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2000
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;The Mean Genes message is optimistic . . . a self-help book for the merely average human being.&amp;quot; (The Washington Post Book World) &amp;quot;An unusual cross between a social Darwinist monograph and a self-help manual.&amp;quot; (The New Yorker) Why do we want-and do-so many things that are bad for us? In Mean Genes Terry Burnham and Jay Phelan argue that we need to stop looking to Sigmund Freud for answers and start looking to Charles Darwin. Mean Genes reveals that our struggles for self-improvement are, in fact, battles against our own genes-genes that helped our distant ancestors flourish, but are selfish and out of place in the modern world. Using this evolutionary lens, Mean Genes brilliantly examines the issues that most affect our lives-body image, money, addiction, violence, and relationships, friendship, love, and fidelity-and offers steps to help us lead more satisfying lives.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Genius Factory: The Curious History of the Nobel Prize Sperm Bank by David Plotz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346790</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Genius Factory: The Curious History of the Nobel Prize Sperm Bank
Author: David Plotz
Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 4 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2005
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the former editor of Slate and CEO of Atlas Obscura comes the unbelievable story of “the Nobel Prize sperm bank” and the children it produced—“a superb book about the quest for genius and, ultimately, family” (Malcolm Gladwell, author of The Tipping Point and Talking to Strangers).   NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY ROCKY MOUNTAIN NEWS   It was the most radical human-breeding experiment in American history. The Repository for Germinal Choice—nicknamed “the Nobel Prize sperm bank”—opened to notorious fanfare in 1980, and for two decades women flocked to it from all over the country to choose a sperm donor from its roster of Nobel-laureate scientists, mathematical prodigies, successful businessmen, and star athletes. But the bank quietly closed its doors in 1999—its founder dead, its confidential records sealed, and the fate of its children and donors unknown. Crisscrossing the country and tracking down previously unknown family members, award-winning Slate columnist David Plotz unfolds the full and astonishing story of the Nobel Prize sperm bank and its founder’s radical scheme to change our world. Praise for The Genius Factory “[David] Plotz’s wonderful history of the Nobel sperm bank is filled with wit, pathos and insight. . . . [He acts] as narrator, ethnographer, historian, social critic and even go-between, brokering reunions between children and their genitors.”—Chicago Tribune   “Perfectly pitched—blithe, smart, skeptical, yet entranced by its subject.”—The New York Times   “By turns personal, confounding, creepy, defiant of expectations and touching . . .The Genius Factory isn’t merely curious, it’s useful.”—San Francisco Chronicle   “Tense, hilarious, and touching . . . wonderfully readable and eye-opening.”—The Wall Street Journal   “Terrific . . . [a] lively account.”—The Washington Post Book World</description>
      <author>David Plotz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2005 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781415926383.mp3" length="2836022" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346790</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781415926383.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Genius Factory: The Curious History of the Nobel Prize Sperm Bank
Author: David Plotz
Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 4 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2005
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the former editor of Slate and CEO of Atlas Obscura comes the unbelievable story of “the Nobel Prize sperm bank” and the children it produced—“a superb book about the quest for genius and, ultimately, family” (Malcolm Gladwell, author of The Tipping Point and Talking to Strangers).   NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY ROCKY MOUNTAIN NEWS   It was the most radical human-breeding experiment in American history. The Repository for Germinal Choice—nicknamed “the Nobel Prize sperm bank”—opened to notorious fanfare in 1980, and for two decades women flocked to it from all over the country to choose a sperm donor from its roster of Nobel-laureate scientists, mathematical prodigies, successful businessmen, and star athletes. But the bank quietly closed its doors in 1999—its founder dead, its confidential records sealed, and the fate of its children and donors unknown. Crisscrossing the country and tracking down previously unknown family members, award-winning Slate columnist David Plotz unfolds the full and astonishing story of the Nobel Prize sperm bank and its founder’s radical scheme to change our world. Praise for The Genius Factory “[David] Plotz’s wonderful history of the Nobel sperm bank is filled with wit, pathos and insight. . . . [He acts] as narrator, ethnographer, historian, social critic and even go-between, brokering reunions between children and their genitors.”—Chicago Tribune   “Perfectly pitched—blithe, smart, skeptical, yet entranced by its subject.”—The New York Times   “By turns personal, confounding, creepy, defiant of expectations and touching . . .The Genius Factory isn’t merely curious, it’s useful.”—San Francisco Chronicle   “Tense, hilarious, and touching . . . wonderfully readable and eye-opening.”—The Wall Street Journal   “Terrific . . . [a] lively account.”—The Washington Post Book World</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Genius Factory: The Curious History of the Nobel Prize Sperm Bank
Author: David Plotz
Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 4 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2005
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the former editor of Slate and CEO of Atlas Obscura comes the unbelievable story of “the Nobel Prize sperm bank” and the children it produced—“a superb book about the quest for genius and, ultimately, family” (Malcolm Gladwell, author of The Tipping Point and Talking to Strangers).   NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY ROCKY MOUNTAIN NEWS   It was the most radical human-breeding experiment in American history. The Repository for Germinal Choice—nicknamed “the Nobel Prize sperm bank”—opened to notorious fanfare in 1980, and for two decades women flocked to it from all over the country to choose a sperm donor from its roster of Nobel-laureate scientists, mathematical prodigies, successful businessmen, and star athletes. But the bank quietly closed its doors in 1999—its founder dead, its confidential records sealed, and the fate of its children and donors unknown. Crisscrossing the country and tracking down previously unknown family members, award-winning Slate columnist David Plotz unfolds the full and astonishing story of the Nobel Prize sperm bank and its founder’s radical scheme to change our world. Praise for The Genius Factory “[David] Plotz’s wonderful history of the Nobel sperm bank is filled with wit, pathos and insight. . . . [He acts] as narrator, ethnographer, historian, social critic and even go-between, brokering reunions between children and their genitors.”—Chicago Tribune   “Perfectly pitched—blithe, smart, skeptical, yet entranced by its subject.”—The New York Times   “By turns personal, confounding, creepy, defiant of expectations and touching . . .The Genius Factory isn’t merely curious, it’s useful.”—San Francisco Chronicle   “Tense, hilarious, and touching . . . wonderfully readable and eye-opening.”—The Wall Street Journal   “Terrific . . . [a] lively account.”—The Washington Post Book World</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Universe Within: Discovering the Common History of Rocks, Planets, and People by Neil Shubin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155480</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155480">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155480</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Universe Within: Discovering the Common History of Rocks, Planets, and People
Author: Neil Shubin
Narrator: Marc Cashman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
**Kirkus Best Books of the Year (2013)** From one of our finest and most popular science writers, and the best-selling author of Your Inner Fish, comes the answer to a scientific mystery as big as the world itself: How are the events that formed our solar system billions of years ago embedded inside each of us?   In Your Inner Fish, Neil Shubin delved into the amazing connections between human bodies—our hands, heads, and jaws—and the structures in fish and worms that lived hundreds of millions of years ago. In The Universe Within, with his trademark clarity and exuberance, Shubin takes an even more expansive approach to the question of why we look the way we do. Starting once again with fossils, he turns his gaze skyward, showing us how the entirety of the universe’s fourteen-billion-year history can be seen in our bodies. As he moves from our very molecular composition (a result of stellar events at the origin of our solar system) through the workings of our eyes, Shubin makes clear how the evolution of the cosmos has profoundly marked our own bodies. WITH BLACK-AND-WHITE LINE DRAWINGS THROUGHOUT</description>
      <author>Neil Shubin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jan 2013 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780449012932.mp3" length="2653206" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155480</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780449012932.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155480">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155480</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Universe Within: Discovering the Common History of Rocks, Planets, and People
Author: Neil Shubin
Narrator: Marc Cashman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
**Kirkus Best Books of the Year (2013)** From one of our finest and most popular science writers, and the best-selling author of Your Inner Fish, comes the answer to a scientific mystery as big as the world itself: How are the events that formed our solar system billions of years ago embedded inside each of us?   In Your Inner Fish, Neil Shubin delved into the amazing connections between human bodies—our hands, heads, and jaws—and the structures in fish and worms that lived hundreds of millions of years ago. In The Universe Within, with his trademark clarity and exuberance, Shubin takes an even more expansive approach to the question of why we look the way we do. Starting once again with fossils, he turns his gaze skyward, showing us how the entirety of the universe’s fourteen-billion-year history can be seen in our bodies. As he moves from our very molecular composition (a result of stellar events at the origin of our solar system) through the workings of our eyes, Shubin makes clear how the evolution of the cosmos has profoundly marked our own bodies. WITH BLACK-AND-WHITE LINE DRAWINGS THROUGHOUT</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155480">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155480</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Universe Within: Discovering the Common History of Rocks, Planets, and People
Author: Neil Shubin
Narrator: Marc Cashman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
**Kirkus Best Books of the Year (2013)** From one of our finest and most popular science writers, and the best-selling author of Your Inner Fish, comes the answer to a scientific mystery as big as the world itself: How are the events that formed our solar system billions of years ago embedded inside each of us?   In Your Inner Fish, Neil Shubin delved into the amazing connections between human bodies—our hands, heads, and jaws—and the structures in fish and worms that lived hundreds of millions of years ago. In The Universe Within, with his trademark clarity and exuberance, Shubin takes an even more expansive approach to the question of why we look the way we do. Starting once again with fossils, he turns his gaze skyward, showing us how the entirety of the universe’s fourteen-billion-year history can be seen in our bodies. As he moves from our very molecular composition (a result of stellar events at the origin of our solar system) through the workings of our eyes, Shubin makes clear how the evolution of the cosmos has profoundly marked our own bodies. WITH BLACK-AND-WHITE LINE DRAWINGS THROUGHOUT</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tales of a Shaman&amp;#039;s Apprentice by Mark J. Plotkin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/149620</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/149620">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/149620</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tales of a Shaman&amp;#039;s Apprentice
Author: Mark J. Plotkin
Narrator: Mark J. Plotkin
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Tales of a Shaman&amp;#039;s Apprentice has been called one of the greatest adventure stories ever told.As then-chief ethnobotanist for Conservation International, Mark Plotkin spent almost 15 years tracking the shamans of the northeast Amazon. Their knowledge of healing plants may hold the cure to some of today&amp;#039;s most devastating diseases. This audiobook is the thrilling account of his apprenticeship to these powerful wise men, a gripping journey into a wild and wonderful world seldom glimpsed by outsiders.</description>
      <author>Mark J. Plotkin</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Sep 2008 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781423358657.mp3" length="949908" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/149620</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781423358657.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/149620">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/149620</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tales of a Shaman&amp;#039;s Apprentice
Author: Mark J. Plotkin
Narrator: Mark J. Plotkin
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Tales of a Shaman&amp;#039;s Apprentice has been called one of the greatest adventure stories ever told.As then-chief ethnobotanist for Conservation International, Mark Plotkin spent almost 15 years tracking the shamans of the northeast Amazon. Their knowledge of healing plants may hold the cure to some of today&amp;#039;s most devastating diseases. This audiobook is the thrilling account of his apprenticeship to these powerful wise men, a gripping journey into a wild and wonderful world seldom glimpsed by outsiders.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/149620">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/149620</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tales of a Shaman&amp;#039;s Apprentice
Author: Mark J. Plotkin
Narrator: Mark J. Plotkin
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Tales of a Shaman&amp;#039;s Apprentice has been called one of the greatest adventure stories ever told.As then-chief ethnobotanist for Conservation International, Mark Plotkin spent almost 15 years tracking the shamans of the northeast Amazon. Their knowledge of healing plants may hold the cure to some of today&amp;#039;s most devastating diseases. This audiobook is the thrilling account of his apprenticeship to these powerful wise men, a gripping journey into a wild and wonderful world seldom glimpsed by outsiders.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>50 Popular Beliefs That People Think Are True by Guy P. Harrison</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148005</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148005">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148005</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 50 Popular Beliefs That People Think Are True
Author: Guy P. Harrison
Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September 25, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 73 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.13 of Total 8
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Maybe you know someone who swears by the reliability of psychics or who is in regular contact with angels. Or perhaps you&amp;#039;re trying to find a nice way of dissuading someone from wasting money on a homeopathy cure. Or you met someone at a party who insisted the Holocaust never happened or that no one ever walked on the moon. How do you find a gently persuasive way of steering people away from unfounded beliefs, bogus cures, conspiracy theories, and the like? Longtime skeptic Guy P. Harrison shows you how in this down-to-earth, entertaining exploration of commonly held extraordinary claims. A veteran journalist, Harrison has not only surveyed a vast body of literature, but has also interviewed leading scientists, explored &amp;quot;the most haunted house in America,&amp;quot; frolicked in the inviting waters of the Bermuda Triangle, and even talked to a &amp;quot;contrite Roswell alien.&amp;quot; Harrison is not out simply to debunk unfounded beliefs. Wherever possible, he presents alternative scientific explanations, which in most cases are even more fascinating than the wildest speculation. For example, stories about UFOs and alien abductions lack good evidence, but science gives us plenty of reasons to keep exploring outer space for evidence that life exists elsewhere in the vast universe. The proof for Bigfoot or the Loch Ness Monster may be nonexistent, but scientists are regularly discovering new species, some of which are truly stranger than fiction. Stressing the excitement of scientific discovery and the legitimate mysteries and wonder inherent in reality, Harrison invites readers to share the joys of rational thinking and the skeptical approach to evaluating our extraordinary world.</description>
      <author>Guy P. Harrison</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Sep 2012 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469085531.mp3" length="886264" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148005</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469085531.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148005">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148005</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 50 Popular Beliefs That People Think Are True
Author: Guy P. Harrison
Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September 25, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 73 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.13 of Total 8
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Maybe you know someone who swears by the reliability of psychics or who is in regular contact with angels. Or perhaps you&amp;#039;re trying to find a nice way of dissuading someone from wasting money on a homeopathy cure. Or you met someone at a party who insisted the Holocaust never happened or that no one ever walked on the moon. How do you find a gently persuasive way of steering people away from unfounded beliefs, bogus cures, conspiracy theories, and the like? Longtime skeptic Guy P. Harrison shows you how in this down-to-earth, entertaining exploration of commonly held extraordinary claims. A veteran journalist, Harrison has not only surveyed a vast body of literature, but has also interviewed leading scientists, explored &amp;quot;the most haunted house in America,&amp;quot; frolicked in the inviting waters of the Bermuda Triangle, and even talked to a &amp;quot;contrite Roswell alien.&amp;quot; Harrison is not out simply to debunk unfounded beliefs. Wherever possible, he presents alternative scientific explanations, which in most cases are even more fascinating than the wildest speculation. For example, stories about UFOs and alien abductions lack good evidence, but science gives us plenty of reasons to keep exploring outer space for evidence that life exists elsewhere in the vast universe. The proof for Bigfoot or the Loch Ness Monster may be nonexistent, but scientists are regularly discovering new species, some of which are truly stranger than fiction. Stressing the excitement of scientific discovery and the legitimate mysteries and wonder inherent in reality, Harrison invites readers to share the joys of rational thinking and the skeptical approach to evaluating our extraordinary world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148005">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148005</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 50 Popular Beliefs That People Think Are True
Author: Guy P. Harrison
Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September 25, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 73 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.13 of Total 8
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Maybe you know someone who swears by the reliability of psychics or who is in regular contact with angels. Or perhaps you&amp;#039;re trying to find a nice way of dissuading someone from wasting money on a homeopathy cure. Or you met someone at a party who insisted the Holocaust never happened or that no one ever walked on the moon. How do you find a gently persuasive way of steering people away from unfounded beliefs, bogus cures, conspiracy theories, and the like? Longtime skeptic Guy P. Harrison shows you how in this down-to-earth, entertaining exploration of commonly held extraordinary claims. A veteran journalist, Harrison has not only surveyed a vast body of literature, but has also interviewed leading scientists, explored &amp;quot;the most haunted house in America,&amp;quot; frolicked in the inviting waters of the Bermuda Triangle, and even talked to a &amp;quot;contrite Roswell alien.&amp;quot; Harrison is not out simply to debunk unfounded beliefs. Wherever possible, he presents alternative scientific explanations, which in most cases are even more fascinating than the wildest speculation. For example, stories about UFOs and alien abductions lack good evidence, but science gives us plenty of reasons to keep exploring outer space for evidence that life exists elsewhere in the vast universe. The proof for Bigfoot or the Loch Ness Monster may be nonexistent, but scientists are regularly discovering new species, some of which are truly stranger than fiction. Stressing the excitement of scientific discovery and the legitimate mysteries and wonder inherent in reality, Harrison invites readers to share the joys of rational thinking and the skeptical approach to evaluating our extraordinary world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How the Mind Works by Steven Pinker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147273</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How the Mind Works
Author: Steven Pinker
Narrator: Mel Foster
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 26 hours 10 minutes
Release date: November  8, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 43 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this delightful, acclaimed bestseller, one of the world’s leading cognitive scientists tackles the workings of the human mind. What makes us rational—and why are we so often irrational? How do we see in three dimensions? What makes us happy, afraid, angry, disgusted, or sexually aroused? Why do we fall in love? And how do we grapple with the imponderables of morality, religion, and consciousness? How the Mind Works synthesizes the most satisfying explanations of our mental life from cognitive science, evolutionary biology, and other fields to explain what the mind is, how it evolved, and how it allows us to see, think, feel, laugh, interact, enjoy the arts, and contemplate the mysteries of life. This new edition of Pinker’s bold and buoyant classic is updated with a new foreword by the author.“Undeniably brilliant.” —Newsday“Big, brash, and a lot of fun.” —Time“Hugely entertaining…always sparkling and provoking.” —Wall Street Journal“Witty popular science that you enjoy reading for the writing as well as for the science.” —New York Times Book Review</description>
      <author>Steven Pinker</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Nov 2011 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781455839674.mp3" length="915614" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147273</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781455839674.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>26:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How the Mind Works
Author: Steven Pinker
Narrator: Mel Foster
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 26 hours 10 minutes
Release date: November  8, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 43 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this delightful, acclaimed bestseller, one of the world’s leading cognitive scientists tackles the workings of the human mind. What makes us rational—and why are we so often irrational? How do we see in three dimensions? What makes us happy, afraid, angry, disgusted, or sexually aroused? Why do we fall in love? And how do we grapple with the imponderables of morality, religion, and consciousness? How the Mind Works synthesizes the most satisfying explanations of our mental life from cognitive science, evolutionary biology, and other fields to explain what the mind is, how it evolved, and how it allows us to see, think, feel, laugh, interact, enjoy the arts, and contemplate the mysteries of life. This new edition of Pinker’s bold and buoyant classic is updated with a new foreword by the author.“Undeniably brilliant.” —Newsday“Big, brash, and a lot of fun.” —Time“Hugely entertaining…always sparkling and provoking.” —Wall Street Journal“Witty popular science that you enjoy reading for the writing as well as for the science.” —New York Times Book Review</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How the Mind Works
Author: Steven Pinker
Narrator: Mel Foster
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 26 hours 10 minutes
Release date: November  8, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 43 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this delightful, acclaimed bestseller, one of the world’s leading cognitive scientists tackles the workings of the human mind. What makes us rational—and why are we so often irrational? How do we see in three dimensions? What makes us happy, afraid, angry, disgusted, or sexually aroused? Why do we fall in love? And how do we grapple with the imponderables of morality, religion, and consciousness? How the Mind Works synthesizes the most satisfying explanations of our mental life from cognitive science, evolutionary biology, and other fields to explain what the mind is, how it evolved, and how it allows us to see, think, feel, laugh, interact, enjoy the arts, and contemplate the mysteries of life. This new edition of Pinker’s bold and buoyant classic is updated with a new foreword by the author.“Undeniably brilliant.” —Newsday“Big, brash, and a lot of fun.” —Time“Hugely entertaining…always sparkling and provoking.” —Wall Street Journal“Witty popular science that you enjoy reading for the writing as well as for the science.” —New York Times Book Review</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Super Brain: Unleashing the Explosive Power of Your Mind to Maximize Health, Happiness, and Spiritual Well-Being by Rudolph E. Tanzi, Deepak Chopra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146221</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146221">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146221</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Super Brain: Unleashing the Explosive Power of Your Mind to Maximize Health, Happiness, and Spiritual Well-Being
Author: Rudolph E. Tanzi, Deepak Chopra
Narrator: Shishir Kurup
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 36 minutes
Release date: November  6, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 30 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 8
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A manual for relating to the brain in a revolutionary new way, Super Brain shows you how to use your brain as a gateway for achieving health, happiness, and spiritual growth.  Two pioneers, bestselling author and physician Deepak Chopra and Harvard Medical School professor Rudolph E. Tanzi, one of the world&amp;#039;s foremost experts on the causes of Alzheimer’s, have merged their wisdom and expertise for a bold new understanding of the “three-pound universe” and its untapped potential.  In contrast to the “baseline brain” that fulfills the tasks of everyday life, Chopra and Tanzi propose that, through a person’s increased self-awareness and conscious intention, the brain can be taught to reach far beyond its present limitations. “We are living in a golden age for brain research, but is this a golden age for your brain?” they ask.   Super Brain explains how it can be, by combining cutting-edge research and spiritual insights, demolishing the five most widespread myths about the brain that limit your potential, and then showing you methods to: -Use your brain instead of letting it use you -Create the ideal lifestyle for a healthy brain -Reduce the risks of aging -Promote happiness and well-being through the mind-body connection -Access the enlightened brain, the gateway to freedom and bliss -Overcome the most common challenges, such as memory loss, depression, anxiety, and obesity   Your brain is capable of incredible healing and constant reshaping. Through a new relationship with your brain you can transform your life. In Super Brain, Chopra and Tanzi guide you on a fascinating journey that envisions a leap in human evolution. The brain is not just the greatest gift that Nature has given us. It’s the gateway to an unlimited future that you can begin to live today. Includes a bonus PDF of brain anatomy graphics &amp;amp; explanations</description>
      <author>Rudolph E. Tanzi, Deepak Chopra</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Nov 2012 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780449015551.mp3" length="2704409" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146221</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780449015551.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146221">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146221</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Super Brain: Unleashing the Explosive Power of Your Mind to Maximize Health, Happiness, and Spiritual Well-Being
Author: Rudolph E. Tanzi, Deepak Chopra
Narrator: Shishir Kurup
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 36 minutes
Release date: November  6, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 30 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 8
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A manual for relating to the brain in a revolutionary new way, Super Brain shows you how to use your brain as a gateway for achieving health, happiness, and spiritual growth.  Two pioneers, bestselling author and physician Deepak Chopra and Harvard Medical School professor Rudolph E. Tanzi, one of the world&amp;#039;s foremost experts on the causes of Alzheimer’s, have merged their wisdom and expertise for a bold new understanding of the “three-pound universe” and its untapped potential.  In contrast to the “baseline brain” that fulfills the tasks of everyday life, Chopra and Tanzi propose that, through a person’s increased self-awareness and conscious intention, the brain can be taught to reach far beyond its present limitations. “We are living in a golden age for brain research, but is this a golden age for your brain?” they ask.   Super Brain explains how it can be, by combining cutting-edge research and spiritual insights, demolishing the five most widespread myths about the brain that limit your potential, and then showing you methods to: -Use your brain instead of letting it use you -Create the ideal lifestyle for a healthy brain -Reduce the risks of aging -Promote happiness and well-being through the mind-body connection -Access the enlightened brain, the gateway to freedom and bliss -Overcome the most common challenges, such as memory loss, depression, anxiety, and obesity   Your brain is capable of incredible healing and constant reshaping. Through a new relationship with your brain you can transform your life. In Super Brain, Chopra and Tanzi guide you on a fascinating journey that envisions a leap in human evolution. The brain is not just the greatest gift that Nature has given us. It’s the gateway to an unlimited future that you can begin to live today. Includes a bonus PDF of brain anatomy graphics &amp;amp; explanations</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146221">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146221</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Super Brain: Unleashing the Explosive Power of Your Mind to Maximize Health, Happiness, and Spiritual Well-Being
Author: Rudolph E. Tanzi, Deepak Chopra
Narrator: Shishir Kurup
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 36 minutes
Release date: November  6, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 30 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 8
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A manual for relating to the brain in a revolutionary new way, Super Brain shows you how to use your brain as a gateway for achieving health, happiness, and spiritual growth.  Two pioneers, bestselling author and physician Deepak Chopra and Harvard Medical School professor Rudolph E. Tanzi, one of the world&amp;#039;s foremost experts on the causes of Alzheimer’s, have merged their wisdom and expertise for a bold new understanding of the “three-pound universe” and its untapped potential.  In contrast to the “baseline brain” that fulfills the tasks of everyday life, Chopra and Tanzi propose that, through a person’s increased self-awareness and conscious intention, the brain can be taught to reach far beyond its present limitations. “We are living in a golden age for brain research, but is this a golden age for your brain?” they ask.   Super Brain explains how it can be, by combining cutting-edge research and spiritual insights, demolishing the five most widespread myths about the brain that limit your potential, and then showing you methods to: -Use your brain instead of letting it use you -Create the ideal lifestyle for a healthy brain -Reduce the risks of aging -Promote happiness and well-being through the mind-body connection -Access the enlightened brain, the gateway to freedom and bliss -Overcome the most common challenges, such as memory loss, depression, anxiety, and obesity   Your brain is capable of incredible healing and constant reshaping. Through a new relationship with your brain you can transform your life. In Super Brain, Chopra and Tanzi guide you on a fascinating journey that envisions a leap in human evolution. The brain is not just the greatest gift that Nature has given us. It’s the gateway to an unlimited future that you can begin to live today. Includes a bonus PDF of brain anatomy graphics &amp;amp; explanations</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Politically Incorrect Guide to Darwinism and Intelligent Design by Jonathan Wells</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138444</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138444">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138444</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Darwinism and Intelligent Design
Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides
Author: Jonathan Wells
Narrator: Tom Weiner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 13 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2007
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Why Darwinism—like Marxism and Freudianism before it—is headed for extinction In the 1925 Scopes trial, the American Civil Liberties Union sued to allow the teaching of Darwin&amp;#039;s theory of evolution in public schools. Seventy-five years later, in Kitzmiller v. Dover, the ACLU sued to prevent the teaching of an alternative to Darwin&amp;#039;s theory known as &amp;#039;Intelligent Design&amp;#039;—and won. Why did the ACLU turn from defending the free-speech rights of Darwinists to silencing their opponents? Jonathan Wells reveals that, for today&amp;#039;s Darwinists, there may be no other choice. Unable to fend off growing challenges from scientists, or to compete with rival theories better adapted to the latest evidence, Darwinism—like Marxism and Freudianism before it—is simply unfit to survive. Wells begins by explaining the basic tenets of Darwinism, and the evidence both for and against it. He reveals, for instance, that the fossil record, which according to Darwin should be teeming with &amp;#039;transitional&amp;#039; fossils showing the development of one species to the next, so far hasn&amp;#039;t produced a single incontestable example. On the other hand, certain well-documented aspects of the fossil record—such as the Cambrian explosion, in which innumerable new species suddenly appeared fully formed—directly contradict Darwin&amp;#039;s theory. Wells also shows how most of the other &amp;#039;evidence&amp;#039; for evolution— including textbook icons such as peppered moths, Darwin&amp;#039;s finches, Haeckel&amp;#039;s embryos, and the Tree of Life—has been exaggerated, distorted, and even faked. Wells then turns to the theory of intelligent design (ID), the idea that some features of the natural world, such as the internal machinery of cells, are too irreducibly complex to have resulted from unguided natural processes alone. In clear-cut layman&amp;#039;s language, he reveals the growing evidence for ID coming out of scientific specialties from microbiology to astrophysics. As Wells explains, religion does play a role in the debate over Darwin—though not in the way evolutionists claim. Wells shows how Darwin reasoned that evolution is true because divine creation must be false—a theological assumption oddly out of place in a scientific debate. In other words, Darwinists&amp;#039; materialistic, atheistic assumptions rule out any theories but their own and account for their willingness to explain away the evidence—or lack thereof. Darwin is an emperor who has no clothes— but it takes a brave man to say so. Jonathan Wells, a microbiologist with two doctorates, is that brave man. Most textbooks on evolution are written by Darwinists with an ideological ax to grind. Brave dissidents—qualified scientists—who try to teach or write about intelligent design are silenced and sent to the academic gulag. But fear not: Jonathan Wells is a liberator. He unmasks the truth about Darwinism—why it is wrong and what the real evidence is. He also supplies a revealing list of &amp;#039;Books You&amp;#039;re Not Supposed to Read&amp;#039; (as far as the Darwinists are concerned) and puts at your fingertips all the evidence you need to challenge the most closed-minded Darwinist.</description>
      <author>Jonathan Wells</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Dec 2007 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481550314.mp3" length="867909" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138444</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481550314.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138444">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138444</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Darwinism and Intelligent Design
Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides
Author: Jonathan Wells
Narrator: Tom Weiner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 13 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2007
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Why Darwinism—like Marxism and Freudianism before it—is headed for extinction In the 1925 Scopes trial, the American Civil Liberties Union sued to allow the teaching of Darwin&amp;#039;s theory of evolution in public schools. Seventy-five years later, in Kitzmiller v. Dover, the ACLU sued to prevent the teaching of an alternative to Darwin&amp;#039;s theory known as &amp;#039;Intelligent Design&amp;#039;—and won. Why did the ACLU turn from defending the free-speech rights of Darwinists to silencing their opponents? Jonathan Wells reveals that, for today&amp;#039;s Darwinists, there may be no other choice. Unable to fend off growing challenges from scientists, or to compete with rival theories better adapted to the latest evidence, Darwinism—like Marxism and Freudianism before it—is simply unfit to survive. Wells begins by explaining the basic tenets of Darwinism, and the evidence both for and against it. He reveals, for instance, that the fossil record, which according to Darwin should be teeming with &amp;#039;transitional&amp;#039; fossils showing the development of one species to the next, so far hasn&amp;#039;t produced a single incontestable example. On the other hand, certain well-documented aspects of the fossil record—such as the Cambrian explosion, in which innumerable new species suddenly appeared fully formed—directly contradict Darwin&amp;#039;s theory. Wells also shows how most of the other &amp;#039;evidence&amp;#039; for evolution— including textbook icons such as peppered moths, Darwin&amp;#039;s finches, Haeckel&amp;#039;s embryos, and the Tree of Life—has been exaggerated, distorted, and even faked. Wells then turns to the theory of intelligent design (ID), the idea that some features of the natural world, such as the internal machinery of cells, are too irreducibly complex to have resulted from unguided natural processes alone. In clear-cut layman&amp;#039;s language, he reveals the growing evidence for ID coming out of scientific specialties from microbiology to astrophysics. As Wells explains, religion does play a role in the debate over Darwin—though not in the way evolutionists claim. Wells shows how Darwin reasoned that evolution is true because divine creation must be false—a theological assumption oddly out of place in a scientific debate. In other words, Darwinists&amp;#039; materialistic, atheistic assumptions rule out any theories but their own and account for their willingness to explain away the evidence—or lack thereof. Darwin is an emperor who has no clothes— but it takes a brave man to say so. Jonathan Wells, a microbiologist with two doctorates, is that brave man. Most textbooks on evolution are written by Darwinists with an ideological ax to grind. Brave dissidents—qualified scientists—who try to teach or write about intelligent design are silenced and sent to the academic gulag. But fear not: Jonathan Wells is a liberator. He unmasks the truth about Darwinism—why it is wrong and what the real evidence is. He also supplies a revealing list of &amp;#039;Books You&amp;#039;re Not Supposed to Read&amp;#039; (as far as the Darwinists are concerned) and puts at your fingertips all the evidence you need to challenge the most closed-minded Darwinist.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138444">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138444</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Darwinism and Intelligent Design
Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides
Author: Jonathan Wells
Narrator: Tom Weiner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 13 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2007
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Why Darwinism—like Marxism and Freudianism before it—is headed for extinction In the 1925 Scopes trial, the American Civil Liberties Union sued to allow the teaching of Darwin&amp;#039;s theory of evolution in public schools. Seventy-five years later, in Kitzmiller v. Dover, the ACLU sued to prevent the teaching of an alternative to Darwin&amp;#039;s theory known as &amp;#039;Intelligent Design&amp;#039;—and won. Why did the ACLU turn from defending the free-speech rights of Darwinists to silencing their opponents? Jonathan Wells reveals that, for today&amp;#039;s Darwinists, there may be no other choice. Unable to fend off growing challenges from scientists, or to compete with rival theories better adapted to the latest evidence, Darwinism—like Marxism and Freudianism before it—is simply unfit to survive. Wells begins by explaining the basic tenets of Darwinism, and the evidence both for and against it. He reveals, for instance, that the fossil record, which according to Darwin should be teeming with &amp;#039;transitional&amp;#039; fossils showing the development of one species to the next, so far hasn&amp;#039;t produced a single incontestable example. On the other hand, certain well-documented aspects of the fossil record—such as the Cambrian explosion, in which innumerable new species suddenly appeared fully formed—directly contradict Darwin&amp;#039;s theory. Wells also shows how most of the other &amp;#039;evidence&amp;#039; for evolution— including textbook icons such as peppered moths, Darwin&amp;#039;s finches, Haeckel&amp;#039;s embryos, and the Tree of Life—has been exaggerated, distorted, and even faked. Wells then turns to the theory of intelligent design (ID), the idea that some features of the natural world, such as the internal machinery of cells, are too irreducibly complex to have resulted from unguided natural processes alone. In clear-cut layman&amp;#039;s language, he reveals the growing evidence for ID coming out of scientific specialties from microbiology to astrophysics. As Wells explains, religion does play a role in the debate over Darwin—though not in the way evolutionists claim. Wells shows how Darwin reasoned that evolution is true because divine creation must be false—a theological assumption oddly out of place in a scientific debate. In other words, Darwinists&amp;#039; materialistic, atheistic assumptions rule out any theories but their own and account for their willingness to explain away the evidence—or lack thereof. Darwin is an emperor who has no clothes— but it takes a brave man to say so. Jonathan Wells, a microbiologist with two doctorates, is that brave man. Most textbooks on evolution are written by Darwinists with an ideological ax to grind. Brave dissidents—qualified scientists—who try to teach or write about intelligent design are silenced and sent to the academic gulag. But fear not: Jonathan Wells is a liberator. He unmasks the truth about Darwinism—why it is wrong and what the real evidence is. He also supplies a revealing list of &amp;#039;Books You&amp;#039;re Not Supposed to Read&amp;#039; (as far as the Darwinists are concerned) and puts at your fingertips all the evidence you need to challenge the most closed-minded Darwinist.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The History of Science by Peter Whitfield</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/134917</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/134917">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/134917</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The History of Science
Author: Peter Whitfield
Narrator: Peter Whitfield
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 9 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2010
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This is the foundation of all: that we are not to imagine or suppose, but to discover what nature does, or may be made to do.</description>
      <author>Peter Whitfield</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Apr 2010 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789629549701.mp3" length="792536" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/134917</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789629549701.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/134917">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/134917</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The History of Science
Author: Peter Whitfield
Narrator: Peter Whitfield
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 9 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2010
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This is the foundation of all: that we are not to imagine or suppose, but to discover what nature does, or may be made to do.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/134917">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/134917</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The History of Science
Author: Peter Whitfield
Narrator: Peter Whitfield
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 9 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2010
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This is the foundation of all: that we are not to imagine or suppose, but to discover what nature does, or may be made to do.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Never Cry Wolf by Farley Mowat</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/134894</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/134894">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/134894</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Never Cry Wolf
Author: Farley Mowat
Narrator: Adam Sims
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 53 minutes
Release date: July 10, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.61 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
More than half a century ago, the naturalist Farley Mowat accepted an assignment to investigate why wolves were killing Arctic caribou. Mowat&amp;#039;s account of the summer he lived in the frozen tundra alone - studying the wolf population and developing a deep affection for these wild creatures (who were no threat to caribou or man) - is today celebrated as a classic of nature writing, at once a tale of remarkable adventure and an indelible record of the myths and magic of wolves. Never Cry Wolf was made into a major motion picture by Walt Disney Productions.</description>
      <author>Farley Mowat</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 10 Jul 2011 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781843793946.mp3" length="846332" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/134894</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781843793946.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/134894">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/134894</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Never Cry Wolf
Author: Farley Mowat
Narrator: Adam Sims
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 53 minutes
Release date: July 10, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.61 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
More than half a century ago, the naturalist Farley Mowat accepted an assignment to investigate why wolves were killing Arctic caribou. Mowat&amp;#039;s account of the summer he lived in the frozen tundra alone - studying the wolf population and developing a deep affection for these wild creatures (who were no threat to caribou or man) - is today celebrated as a classic of nature writing, at once a tale of remarkable adventure and an indelible record of the myths and magic of wolves. Never Cry Wolf was made into a major motion picture by Walt Disney Productions.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/134894">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/134894</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Never Cry Wolf
Author: Farley Mowat
Narrator: Adam Sims
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 53 minutes
Release date: July 10, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.61 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
More than half a century ago, the naturalist Farley Mowat accepted an assignment to investigate why wolves were killing Arctic caribou. Mowat&amp;#039;s account of the summer he lived in the frozen tundra alone - studying the wolf population and developing a deep affection for these wild creatures (who were no threat to caribou or man) - is today celebrated as a classic of nature writing, at once a tale of remarkable adventure and an indelible record of the myths and magic of wolves. Never Cry Wolf was made into a major motion picture by Walt Disney Productions.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Violinist&amp;#039;s Thumb: And Other Lost Tales of Love, War, and Genius, as Written by Our Genetic Code by Sam Kean</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132088</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Violinist&amp;#039;s Thumb: And Other Lost Tales of Love, War, and Genius, as Written by Our Genetic Code
Author: Sam Kean
Narrator: Henry Leyva
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 17, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From New York Times bestselling author Sam Kean comes incredible stories of science, history, language, and music, as told by our own DNA.  In The Disappearing Spoon, bestselling author Sam Kean unlocked the mysteries of the periodic table. In The Violinist&amp;#039;s Thumb, he explores the wonders of the magical building block of life: DNA.   There are genes to explain crazy cat ladies, why other people have no fingerprints, and why some people survive nuclear bombs. Genes illuminate everything from JFK&amp;#039;s bronze skin (it wasn&amp;#039;t a tan) to Einstein&amp;#039;s genius. They prove that Neanderthals and humans bred thousands of years more recently than any of us would feel comfortable thinking. They can even allow some people, because of the exceptional flexibility of their thumbs and fingers, to become truly singular violinists.   Kean&amp;#039;s vibrant storytelling once again makes science entertaining, explaining human history and whimsy while showing how DNA will influence our species&amp;#039; future.</description>
      <author>Sam Kean</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jul 2012 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781611134667.mp3" length="830492" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132088</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781611134667.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Violinist&amp;#039;s Thumb: And Other Lost Tales of Love, War, and Genius, as Written by Our Genetic Code
Author: Sam Kean
Narrator: Henry Leyva
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 17, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From New York Times bestselling author Sam Kean comes incredible stories of science, history, language, and music, as told by our own DNA.  In The Disappearing Spoon, bestselling author Sam Kean unlocked the mysteries of the periodic table. In The Violinist&amp;#039;s Thumb, he explores the wonders of the magical building block of life: DNA.   There are genes to explain crazy cat ladies, why other people have no fingerprints, and why some people survive nuclear bombs. Genes illuminate everything from JFK&amp;#039;s bronze skin (it wasn&amp;#039;t a tan) to Einstein&amp;#039;s genius. They prove that Neanderthals and humans bred thousands of years more recently than any of us would feel comfortable thinking. They can even allow some people, because of the exceptional flexibility of their thumbs and fingers, to become truly singular violinists.   Kean&amp;#039;s vibrant storytelling once again makes science entertaining, explaining human history and whimsy while showing how DNA will influence our species&amp;#039; future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Violinist&amp;#039;s Thumb: And Other Lost Tales of Love, War, and Genius, as Written by Our Genetic Code
Author: Sam Kean
Narrator: Henry Leyva
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 17, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From New York Times bestselling author Sam Kean comes incredible stories of science, history, language, and music, as told by our own DNA.  In The Disappearing Spoon, bestselling author Sam Kean unlocked the mysteries of the periodic table. In The Violinist&amp;#039;s Thumb, he explores the wonders of the magical building block of life: DNA.   There are genes to explain crazy cat ladies, why other people have no fingerprints, and why some people survive nuclear bombs. Genes illuminate everything from JFK&amp;#039;s bronze skin (it wasn&amp;#039;t a tan) to Einstein&amp;#039;s genius. They prove that Neanderthals and humans bred thousands of years more recently than any of us would feel comfortable thinking. They can even allow some people, because of the exceptional flexibility of their thumbs and fingers, to become truly singular violinists.   Kean&amp;#039;s vibrant storytelling once again makes science entertaining, explaining human history and whimsy while showing how DNA will influence our species&amp;#039; future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Darwin&amp;#039;s Ghosts: The Secret History of Evolution by Rebecca Stott</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129683</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129683">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129683</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Darwin&amp;#039;s Ghosts: The Secret History of Evolution
Author: Rebecca Stott
Narrator: Jean Gilpin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 42 minutes
Release date: June 12, 2012
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK “[An] extraordinarily wide-ranging and engaging book [about] the men who shaped the work of Charles Darwin . . . a book that enriches our understanding of how the struggle to think new thoughts is shared across time and space and people.”—The Sunday Telegraph (London) Christmas, 1859. Just one month after the publication of On the Origin of Species, Charles Darwin received an unsettling letter. He had expected criticism; in fact, letters were arriving daily, most expressing outrage and accusations of heresy. But this letter was different. It accused him of failing to acknowledge his predecessors, of taking credit for a theory that had already been discovered by others. Darwin realized that he had made an error in omitting from Origin of Species any mention of his intellectual forebears. Yet when he tried to trace all of the natural philosophers who had laid the groundwork for his theory, he found that history had already forgotten many of them.     Darwin’s Ghosts tells the story of the collective discovery of evolution, from Aristotle, walking the shores of Lesbos with his pupils, to Al-Jahiz, an Arab writer in the first century, from Leonardo da Vinci, searching for fossils in the mine shafts of the Tuscan hills, to Denis Diderot in Paris, exploring the origins of species while under the surveillance of the secret police, and the brilliant naturalists of the Jardin de Plantes, finding evidence for evolutionary change in the natural history collections stolen during the Napoleonic wars. Evolution was not discovered single-handedly, Rebecca Stott argues, contrary to what has become standard lore, but is an idea that emerged over many centuries, advanced by daring individuals across the globe who had the imagination to speculate on nature’s extraordinary ways, and who had the courage to articulate such speculations at a time when to do so was often considered heresy.  With each chapter focusing on an early evolutionary thinker, Darwin’s Ghosts is a fascinating account of a diverse group of individuals who, despite the very real dangers of challenging a system in which everything was presumed to have been created perfectly by God, felt compelled to understand where we came from. Ultimately, Stott demonstrates, ideas—including evolution itself—evolve just as animals and plants do, by intermingling, toppling weaker notions, and developing over stretches of time. Darwin’s Ghosts presents a groundbreaking new theory of an idea that has changed our very understanding of who we are. Praise for Darwin’s Ghosts  “Absorbing . . . Stott captures the breathless excitement of an investigation on the cusp of the unknown. . . . A lively, original book.”—The New York Times Book Review  “Stott’s research is broad and unerring; her book is wonderful. . . . An exhilarating romp through 2,000 years of fascinating scientific history.”—Nature  “Stott brings Darwin himself to life. . . . [She] writes with a novelist’s flair. . . . Darwin and the ‘ghosts’ so richly described in Ms. Stott’s enjoyable book are the descendants of Aristotle and Bacon and the ancestors of today’s scientists.”—The Wall Street Journal  “Riveting . . . Stott has done a wonderful job in showing just how many extraordinary people had speculated on where we came from before the great theorist dispelled all doubts.”—The Guardian (U.K.)</description>
      <author>Rebecca Stott</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jun 2012 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780449010938.mp3" length="2708692" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129683</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780449010938.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129683">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129683</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Darwin&amp;#039;s Ghosts: The Secret History of Evolution
Author: Rebecca Stott
Narrator: Jean Gilpin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 42 minutes
Release date: June 12, 2012
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK “[An] extraordinarily wide-ranging and engaging book [about] the men who shaped the work of Charles Darwin . . . a book that enriches our understanding of how the struggle to think new thoughts is shared across time and space and people.”—The Sunday Telegraph (London) Christmas, 1859. Just one month after the publication of On the Origin of Species, Charles Darwin received an unsettling letter. He had expected criticism; in fact, letters were arriving daily, most expressing outrage and accusations of heresy. But this letter was different. It accused him of failing to acknowledge his predecessors, of taking credit for a theory that had already been discovered by others. Darwin realized that he had made an error in omitting from Origin of Species any mention of his intellectual forebears. Yet when he tried to trace all of the natural philosophers who had laid the groundwork for his theory, he found that history had already forgotten many of them.     Darwin’s Ghosts tells the story of the collective discovery of evolution, from Aristotle, walking the shores of Lesbos with his pupils, to Al-Jahiz, an Arab writer in the first century, from Leonardo da Vinci, searching for fossils in the mine shafts of the Tuscan hills, to Denis Diderot in Paris, exploring the origins of species while under the surveillance of the secret police, and the brilliant naturalists of the Jardin de Plantes, finding evidence for evolutionary change in the natural history collections stolen during the Napoleonic wars. Evolution was not discovered single-handedly, Rebecca Stott argues, contrary to what has become standard lore, but is an idea that emerged over many centuries, advanced by daring individuals across the globe who had the imagination to speculate on nature’s extraordinary ways, and who had the courage to articulate such speculations at a time when to do so was often considered heresy.  With each chapter focusing on an early evolutionary thinker, Darwin’s Ghosts is a fascinating account of a diverse group of individuals who, despite the very real dangers of challenging a system in which everything was presumed to have been created perfectly by God, felt compelled to understand where we came from. Ultimately, Stott demonstrates, ideas—including evolution itself—evolve just as animals and plants do, by intermingling, toppling weaker notions, and developing over stretches of time. Darwin’s Ghosts presents a groundbreaking new theory of an idea that has changed our very understanding of who we are. Praise for Darwin’s Ghosts  “Absorbing . . . Stott captures the breathless excitement of an investigation on the cusp of the unknown. . . . A lively, original book.”—The New York Times Book Review  “Stott’s research is broad and unerring; her book is wonderful. . . . An exhilarating romp through 2,000 years of fascinating scientific history.”—Nature  “Stott brings Darwin himself to life. . . . [She] writes with a novelist’s flair. . . . Darwin and the ‘ghosts’ so richly described in Ms. Stott’s enjoyable book are the descendants of Aristotle and Bacon and the ancestors of today’s scientists.”—The Wall Street Journal  “Riveting . . . Stott has done a wonderful job in showing just how many extraordinary people had speculated on where we came from before the great theorist dispelled all doubts.”—The Guardian (U.K.)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129683">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129683</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Darwin&amp;#039;s Ghosts: The Secret History of Evolution
Author: Rebecca Stott
Narrator: Jean Gilpin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 42 minutes
Release date: June 12, 2012
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK “[An] extraordinarily wide-ranging and engaging book [about] the men who shaped the work of Charles Darwin . . . a book that enriches our understanding of how the struggle to think new thoughts is shared across time and space and people.”—The Sunday Telegraph (London) Christmas, 1859. Just one month after the publication of On the Origin of Species, Charles Darwin received an unsettling letter. He had expected criticism; in fact, letters were arriving daily, most expressing outrage and accusations of heresy. But this letter was different. It accused him of failing to acknowledge his predecessors, of taking credit for a theory that had already been discovered by others. Darwin realized that he had made an error in omitting from Origin of Species any mention of his intellectual forebears. Yet when he tried to trace all of the natural philosophers who had laid the groundwork for his theory, he found that history had already forgotten many of them.     Darwin’s Ghosts tells the story of the collective discovery of evolution, from Aristotle, walking the shores of Lesbos with his pupils, to Al-Jahiz, an Arab writer in the first century, from Leonardo da Vinci, searching for fossils in the mine shafts of the Tuscan hills, to Denis Diderot in Paris, exploring the origins of species while under the surveillance of the secret police, and the brilliant naturalists of the Jardin de Plantes, finding evidence for evolutionary change in the natural history collections stolen during the Napoleonic wars. Evolution was not discovered single-handedly, Rebecca Stott argues, contrary to what has become standard lore, but is an idea that emerged over many centuries, advanced by daring individuals across the globe who had the imagination to speculate on nature’s extraordinary ways, and who had the courage to articulate such speculations at a time when to do so was often considered heresy.  With each chapter focusing on an early evolutionary thinker, Darwin’s Ghosts is a fascinating account of a diverse group of individuals who, despite the very real dangers of challenging a system in which everything was presumed to have been created perfectly by God, felt compelled to understand where we came from. Ultimately, Stott demonstrates, ideas—including evolution itself—evolve just as animals and plants do, by intermingling, toppling weaker notions, and developing over stretches of time. Darwin’s Ghosts presents a groundbreaking new theory of an idea that has changed our very understanding of who we are. Praise for Darwin’s Ghosts  “Absorbing . . . Stott captures the breathless excitement of an investigation on the cusp of the unknown. . . . A lively, original book.”—The New York Times Book Review  “Stott’s research is broad and unerring; her book is wonderful. . . . An exhilarating romp through 2,000 years of fascinating scientific history.”—Nature  “Stott brings Darwin himself to life. . . . [She] writes with a novelist’s flair. . . . Darwin and the ‘ghosts’ so richly described in Ms. Stott’s enjoyable book are the descendants of Aristotle and Bacon and the ancestors of today’s scientists.”—The Wall Street Journal  “Riveting . . . Stott has done a wonderful job in showing just how many extraordinary people had speculated on where we came from before the great theorist dispelled all doubts.”—The Guardian (U.K.)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cro-Magnon: How the Ice Age Gave Birth to the First Modern Humans by Brian M. Fagan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129668</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129668">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129668</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cro-Magnon: How the Ice Age Gave Birth to the First Modern Humans
Author: Brian M. Fagan
Narrator: James Langton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 54 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2010
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Bestselling author Brian Fagan brings early humans out of the deep freeze with his trademark mix of erudition, cutting-edge science, and vivid storytelling. Cro-Magnon reveals human society in its infancy, facing enormous environmental challenges—including a rival species of humans, the Neanderthals.   For ten millennia, Cro-Magnons lived side by side with Neanderthals, an encounter that Fagan fills with drama. Using their superior intellects and tools, these ingenious problem solvers survived harsh conditions that eventually extinguished their Neanderthal cousins. Cro-Magnon captures the indomitable adaptability that has made Homo sapiens an unmatched success as a species. Living on a frozen continent with only the most basic tools, Ice Age humans survived and thrived.</description>
      <author>Brian M. Fagan</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Mar 2010 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400185948.mp3" length="833427" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129668</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400185948.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129668">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129668</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cro-Magnon: How the Ice Age Gave Birth to the First Modern Humans
Author: Brian M. Fagan
Narrator: James Langton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 54 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2010
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Bestselling author Brian Fagan brings early humans out of the deep freeze with his trademark mix of erudition, cutting-edge science, and vivid storytelling. Cro-Magnon reveals human society in its infancy, facing enormous environmental challenges—including a rival species of humans, the Neanderthals.   For ten millennia, Cro-Magnons lived side by side with Neanderthals, an encounter that Fagan fills with drama. Using their superior intellects and tools, these ingenious problem solvers survived harsh conditions that eventually extinguished their Neanderthal cousins. Cro-Magnon captures the indomitable adaptability that has made Homo sapiens an unmatched success as a species. Living on a frozen continent with only the most basic tools, Ice Age humans survived and thrived.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129668">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129668</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cro-Magnon: How the Ice Age Gave Birth to the First Modern Humans
Author: Brian M. Fagan
Narrator: James Langton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 54 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2010
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Bestselling author Brian Fagan brings early humans out of the deep freeze with his trademark mix of erudition, cutting-edge science, and vivid storytelling. Cro-Magnon reveals human society in its infancy, facing enormous environmental challenges—including a rival species of humans, the Neanderthals.   For ten millennia, Cro-Magnons lived side by side with Neanderthals, an encounter that Fagan fills with drama. Using their superior intellects and tools, these ingenious problem solvers survived harsh conditions that eventually extinguished their Neanderthal cousins. Cro-Magnon captures the indomitable adaptability that has made Homo sapiens an unmatched success as a species. Living on a frozen continent with only the most basic tools, Ice Age humans survived and thrived.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Deadly Feasts: Tracking the Secrets of a Terrifying New Plague by Richard Rhodes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128313</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128313">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128313</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Deadly Feasts: Tracking the Secrets of a Terrifying New Plague
Author: Richard Rhodes
Narrator: Richard Rhodes
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March  1, 1997
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this brilliant and gripping medical detective story. Richard Rhodes follows virus hunters on three continents as they track the emergence of a deadly new brain disease that first kills cannibals in New Guinea, then cattle and young people in Britain and France—and that has already been traced to food animals in the United States. In a new afterword for the paperback, Rhodes reports the latest US and worldwide developments of a burgeoning global threat.</description>
      <author>Richard Rhodes</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Mar 1997 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780743546089.mp3" length="799146" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128313</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780743546089.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128313">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128313</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Deadly Feasts: Tracking the Secrets of a Terrifying New Plague
Author: Richard Rhodes
Narrator: Richard Rhodes
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March  1, 1997
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this brilliant and gripping medical detective story. Richard Rhodes follows virus hunters on three continents as they track the emergence of a deadly new brain disease that first kills cannibals in New Guinea, then cattle and young people in Britain and France—and that has already been traced to food animals in the United States. In a new afterword for the paperback, Rhodes reports the latest US and worldwide developments of a burgeoning global threat.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128313">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128313</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Deadly Feasts: Tracking the Secrets of a Terrifying New Plague
Author: Richard Rhodes
Narrator: Richard Rhodes
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March  1, 1997
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this brilliant and gripping medical detective story. Richard Rhodes follows virus hunters on three continents as they track the emergence of a deadly new brain disease that first kills cannibals in New Guinea, then cattle and young people in Britain and France—and that has already been traced to food animals in the United States. In a new afterword for the paperback, Rhodes reports the latest US and worldwide developments of a burgeoning global threat.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hot Zone by Richard Preston</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150771</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150771">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150771</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hot Zone
Author: Richard Preston
Narrator: Richard M. Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March  8, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.49 of Total 51 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 15
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A highly infectious, deadly virus from the central African rain forest suddenly appears in the suburbs of Washington, D.C. There is no cure. In a few days 90 percent of its victims are dead. A secret military SWAT team of soldiers and scientists is mobilized to stop the outbreak of this exotic &amp;#039;hot&amp;#039; virus. The Hot Zone tells this dramatic story, giving a hair-raising account of the appearance of rare and lethal viruses and their &amp;#039;crashes&amp;#039; into the human race. Shocking, frightening, and impossible to ignore, The Hot Zone proves that truth really is scarier than fiction.</description>
      <author>Richard Preston</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Mar 2011 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781442343313.mp3" length="878197" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150771</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781442343313.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150771">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150771</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hot Zone
Author: Richard Preston
Narrator: Richard M. Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March  8, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.49 of Total 51 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 15
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A highly infectious, deadly virus from the central African rain forest suddenly appears in the suburbs of Washington, D.C. There is no cure. In a few days 90 percent of its victims are dead. A secret military SWAT team of soldiers and scientists is mobilized to stop the outbreak of this exotic &amp;#039;hot&amp;#039; virus. The Hot Zone tells this dramatic story, giving a hair-raising account of the appearance of rare and lethal viruses and their &amp;#039;crashes&amp;#039; into the human race. Shocking, frightening, and impossible to ignore, The Hot Zone proves that truth really is scarier than fiction.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150771">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150771</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hot Zone
Author: Richard Preston
Narrator: Richard M. Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March  8, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.49 of Total 51 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 15
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A highly infectious, deadly virus from the central African rain forest suddenly appears in the suburbs of Washington, D.C. There is no cure. In a few days 90 percent of its victims are dead. A secret military SWAT team of soldiers and scientists is mobilized to stop the outbreak of this exotic &amp;#039;hot&amp;#039; virus. The Hot Zone tells this dramatic story, giving a hair-raising account of the appearance of rare and lethal viruses and their &amp;#039;crashes&amp;#039; into the human race. Shocking, frightening, and impossible to ignore, The Hot Zone proves that truth really is scarier than fiction.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Training the Brain: Cultivating Emotional Skills by Richard M. Davidson, Richard Davidson, Daniel Goleman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127973</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127973">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127973</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Training the Brain: Cultivating Emotional Skills
Author: Richard M. Davidson, Richard Davidson, Daniel Goleman
Narrator: Richard M. Davidson, Daniel Goleman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 1 minute
Release date: January  1, 2007
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Understand the brain systems involved in: self-awareness, motivation, and emotional recovery The brain can be trained for a happier, less stressful life Brains are highly variable, changing systems that shift in response to our experience. Contemplative neuroscience proves that we have the power to guide our brain&amp;#039;s ongoing development - to cultivate happiness and motivation.  In this accessible dialogue, Goleman and Davidson explain the science behind our emotions, showing how we can activate our brains to recover from stress and anxiety, and conquer fear.  Goleman and Davidson offer a new vision for emotional education at any age.</description>
      <author>Richard M. Davidson, Richard Davidson, Daniel Goleman</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 2007 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781934441046.mp3" length="816358" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127973</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781934441046.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127973">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127973</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Training the Brain: Cultivating Emotional Skills
Author: Richard M. Davidson, Richard Davidson, Daniel Goleman
Narrator: Richard M. Davidson, Daniel Goleman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 1 minute
Release date: January  1, 2007
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Understand the brain systems involved in: self-awareness, motivation, and emotional recovery The brain can be trained for a happier, less stressful life Brains are highly variable, changing systems that shift in response to our experience. Contemplative neuroscience proves that we have the power to guide our brain&amp;#039;s ongoing development - to cultivate happiness and motivation.  In this accessible dialogue, Goleman and Davidson explain the science behind our emotions, showing how we can activate our brains to recover from stress and anxiety, and conquer fear.  Goleman and Davidson offer a new vision for emotional education at any age.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127973">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127973</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Training the Brain: Cultivating Emotional Skills
Author: Richard M. Davidson, Richard Davidson, Daniel Goleman
Narrator: Richard M. Davidson, Daniel Goleman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 1 minute
Release date: January  1, 2007
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Understand the brain systems involved in: self-awareness, motivation, and emotional recovery The brain can be trained for a happier, less stressful life Brains are highly variable, changing systems that shift in response to our experience. Contemplative neuroscience proves that we have the power to guide our brain&amp;#039;s ongoing development - to cultivate happiness and motivation.  In this accessible dialogue, Goleman and Davidson explain the science behind our emotions, showing how we can activate our brains to recover from stress and anxiety, and conquer fear.  Goleman and Davidson offer a new vision for emotional education at any age.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Paradigm Shift: Consciousness, Meditation and Quantum Physics: A Conversation with Samuel Avery by Samuel Avery</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127820</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127820">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127820</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Paradigm Shift: Consciousness, Meditation and Quantum Physics: A Conversation with Samuel Avery
Author: Samuel Avery
Narrator: Samuel Avery
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 16 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this engaging conversation, Samuel Avery explores the compelling ideas in his new audiobook The Buddha and the Quantum. He takes us on a brief journey through the 100 year history of quantum physics and the 3,000 year history of Buddhist meditation to show us that the discoveries of the Buddha and physicist Max Planck were one and the same.</description>
      <author>Samuel Avery</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Jan 2011 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/SABWWM9780009.mp3" length="1343335" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127820</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/SABWWM9780009.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127820">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127820</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Paradigm Shift: Consciousness, Meditation and Quantum Physics: A Conversation with Samuel Avery
Author: Samuel Avery
Narrator: Samuel Avery
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 16 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this engaging conversation, Samuel Avery explores the compelling ideas in his new audiobook The Buddha and the Quantum. He takes us on a brief journey through the 100 year history of quantum physics and the 3,000 year history of Buddhist meditation to show us that the discoveries of the Buddha and physicist Max Planck were one and the same.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127820">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127820</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Paradigm Shift: Consciousness, Meditation and Quantum Physics: A Conversation with Samuel Avery
Author: Samuel Avery
Narrator: Samuel Avery
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 16 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this engaging conversation, Samuel Avery explores the compelling ideas in his new audiobook The Buddha and the Quantum. He takes us on a brief journey through the 100 year history of quantum physics and the 3,000 year history of Buddhist meditation to show us that the discoveries of the Buddha and physicist Max Planck were one and the same.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Third Chimpanzee: The Evolution and Future of the Human Animal by Jared Diamond</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124603</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124603">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124603</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Third Chimpanzee: The Evolution and Future of the Human Animal
Author: Jared Diamond
Narrator: Rob Shapiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 34 minutes
Release date: April  3, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The Development of an Extraordinary Species We human beings share 98 percent of our genes with chimpanzees. Yet humans are the dominant species on the planet -- having founded civilizations and religions, developed intricate and diverse forms of communication, learned science, built cities, and created breathtaking works of art -- while chimps remain animals concerned primarily with the basic necessities of survival. What is it about that two percent difference in DNA that has created such a divergence between evolutionary cousins? In this fascinating, provocative, passionate, funny, endlessly entertaining work, renowned Pulitzer Prize–winning author and scientist Jared Diamond explores how the extraordinary human animal, in a remarkably short time, developed the capacity to rule the world . . . and the means to irrevocably destroy it.</description>
      <author>Jared Diamond</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Apr 2012 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780449013496.mp3" length="2718547" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124603</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780449013496.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124603">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124603</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Third Chimpanzee: The Evolution and Future of the Human Animal
Author: Jared Diamond
Narrator: Rob Shapiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 34 minutes
Release date: April  3, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The Development of an Extraordinary Species We human beings share 98 percent of our genes with chimpanzees. Yet humans are the dominant species on the planet -- having founded civilizations and religions, developed intricate and diverse forms of communication, learned science, built cities, and created breathtaking works of art -- while chimps remain animals concerned primarily with the basic necessities of survival. What is it about that two percent difference in DNA that has created such a divergence between evolutionary cousins? In this fascinating, provocative, passionate, funny, endlessly entertaining work, renowned Pulitzer Prize–winning author and scientist Jared Diamond explores how the extraordinary human animal, in a remarkably short time, developed the capacity to rule the world . . . and the means to irrevocably destroy it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124603">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124603</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Third Chimpanzee: The Evolution and Future of the Human Animal
Author: Jared Diamond
Narrator: Rob Shapiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 34 minutes
Release date: April  3, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The Development of an Extraordinary Species We human beings share 98 percent of our genes with chimpanzees. Yet humans are the dominant species on the planet -- having founded civilizations and religions, developed intricate and diverse forms of communication, learned science, built cities, and created breathtaking works of art -- while chimps remain animals concerned primarily with the basic necessities of survival. What is it about that two percent difference in DNA that has created such a divergence between evolutionary cousins? In this fascinating, provocative, passionate, funny, endlessly entertaining work, renowned Pulitzer Prize–winning author and scientist Jared Diamond explores how the extraordinary human animal, in a remarkably short time, developed the capacity to rule the world . . . and the means to irrevocably destroy it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Demon in the Freezer: A True Story by Richard Preston</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122555</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Demon in the Freezer: A True Story
Author: Richard Preston
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May 13, 2002
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“The bard of biological weapons captures the drama of the front lines.”—Richard  Danzig, former secretary of the navy  The first major bioterror event in the United  States-the anthrax attacks in October 2001-was a clarion call for scientists who  work with “hot” agents to find ways of protecting civilian populations against biological  weapons. In The Demon in the Freezer, his first nonfiction book since The Hot Zone, a #1 New York Times bestseller, Richard Preston takes us into the heart of Usamriid,  the United States Army Medical Research Institute of Infectious Diseases at Fort  Detrick, Maryland, once the headquarters of the U.S. biological weapons program and  now the epicenter of national biodefense.  Peter Jahrling, the top scientist at Usamriid,  a wry virologist who cut his teeth on Ebola, one of the world’s most lethal emerging  viruses, has ORCON security clearance that gives him access to top secret information  on bioweapons. His most urgent priority is to develop a drug that will take on smallpox-and  win. Eradicated from the planet in 1979 in one of the great triumphs of modern science,  the smallpox virus now resides, officially, in only two high-security freezers-at  the Centers for Disease Control in Atlanta and in Siberia, at a Russian virology  institute called Vector. But the demon in the freezer has been set loose. It is almost  certain that illegal stocks are in the possession of hostile states, including Iraq  and North Korea. Jahrling is haunted by the thought that biologists in secret labs  are using genetic engineering to create a new superpox virus, a smallpox resistant  to all vaccines.  Usamriid went into a state of Delta Alert on September 11 and activated  its emergency response teams when the first anthrax letters were opened in New York  and Washington, D.C. Preston reports, in unprecedented detail, on the government’ s response to the attacks and takes us into the ongoing FBI investigation. His story  is based on interviews with top-level FBI agents and with Dr. Steven Hatfill.  Jahrling  is leading a team of scientists doing controversial experiments with live smallpox  virus at CDC. Preston takes us into the lab where Jahrling is reawakening smallpox  and explains, with cool and devastating precision, what may be at stake if his last  bold experiment fails.</description>
      <author>Richard Preston</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 May 2002 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780736697866.mp3" length="2729435" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122555</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780736697866.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Demon in the Freezer: A True Story
Author: Richard Preston
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May 13, 2002
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“The bard of biological weapons captures the drama of the front lines.”—Richard  Danzig, former secretary of the navy  The first major bioterror event in the United  States-the anthrax attacks in October 2001-was a clarion call for scientists who  work with “hot” agents to find ways of protecting civilian populations against biological  weapons. In The Demon in the Freezer, his first nonfiction book since The Hot Zone, a #1 New York Times bestseller, Richard Preston takes us into the heart of Usamriid,  the United States Army Medical Research Institute of Infectious Diseases at Fort  Detrick, Maryland, once the headquarters of the U.S. biological weapons program and  now the epicenter of national biodefense.  Peter Jahrling, the top scientist at Usamriid,  a wry virologist who cut his teeth on Ebola, one of the world’s most lethal emerging  viruses, has ORCON security clearance that gives him access to top secret information  on bioweapons. His most urgent priority is to develop a drug that will take on smallpox-and  win. Eradicated from the planet in 1979 in one of the great triumphs of modern science,  the smallpox virus now resides, officially, in only two high-security freezers-at  the Centers for Disease Control in Atlanta and in Siberia, at a Russian virology  institute called Vector. But the demon in the freezer has been set loose. It is almost  certain that illegal stocks are in the possession of hostile states, including Iraq  and North Korea. Jahrling is haunted by the thought that biologists in secret labs  are using genetic engineering to create a new superpox virus, a smallpox resistant  to all vaccines.  Usamriid went into a state of Delta Alert on September 11 and activated  its emergency response teams when the first anthrax letters were opened in New York  and Washington, D.C. Preston reports, in unprecedented detail, on the government’ s response to the attacks and takes us into the ongoing FBI investigation. His story  is based on interviews with top-level FBI agents and with Dr. Steven Hatfill.  Jahrling  is leading a team of scientists doing controversial experiments with live smallpox  virus at CDC. Preston takes us into the lab where Jahrling is reawakening smallpox  and explains, with cool and devastating precision, what may be at stake if his last  bold experiment fails.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Demon in the Freezer: A True Story
Author: Richard Preston
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May 13, 2002
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“The bard of biological weapons captures the drama of the front lines.”—Richard  Danzig, former secretary of the navy  The first major bioterror event in the United  States-the anthrax attacks in October 2001-was a clarion call for scientists who  work with “hot” agents to find ways of protecting civilian populations against biological  weapons. In The Demon in the Freezer, his first nonfiction book since The Hot Zone, a #1 New York Times bestseller, Richard Preston takes us into the heart of Usamriid,  the United States Army Medical Research Institute of Infectious Diseases at Fort  Detrick, Maryland, once the headquarters of the U.S. biological weapons program and  now the epicenter of national biodefense.  Peter Jahrling, the top scientist at Usamriid,  a wry virologist who cut his teeth on Ebola, one of the world’s most lethal emerging  viruses, has ORCON security clearance that gives him access to top secret information  on bioweapons. His most urgent priority is to develop a drug that will take on smallpox-and  win. Eradicated from the planet in 1979 in one of the great triumphs of modern science,  the smallpox virus now resides, officially, in only two high-security freezers-at  the Centers for Disease Control in Atlanta and in Siberia, at a Russian virology  institute called Vector. But the demon in the freezer has been set loose. It is almost  certain that illegal stocks are in the possession of hostile states, including Iraq  and North Korea. Jahrling is haunted by the thought that biologists in secret labs  are using genetic engineering to create a new superpox virus, a smallpox resistant  to all vaccines.  Usamriid went into a state of Delta Alert on September 11 and activated  its emergency response teams when the first anthrax letters were opened in New York  and Washington, D.C. Preston reports, in unprecedented detail, on the government’ s response to the attacks and takes us into the ongoing FBI investigation. His story  is based on interviews with top-level FBI agents and with Dr. Steven Hatfill.  Jahrling  is leading a team of scientists doing controversial experiments with live smallpox  virus at CDC. Preston takes us into the lab where Jahrling is reawakening smallpox  and explains, with cool and devastating precision, what may be at stake if his last  bold experiment fails.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Origin of Species by Charles Darwin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118027</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118027">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118027</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Origin of Species
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: David Case
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
On December 27, 1831, the young naturalist Charles Darwin left Plymouth Harbor aboard the HMS Beagle. For the next five years, he conducted research on plants and animals from around the globe, amassing a body of evidence that would culminate in one of the greatest discoveries in the history of mankind—the theory of evolution. Darwin presented his stunning insights in a landmark book that forever altered the way human beings view themselves and the world they live in. In The Origin of Species, Darwin convincingly demonstrates the fact of evolution: that existing animals and plants cannot have appeared separately but must have slowly transformed from ancestral creatures. Most important, the book fully explains the mechanism that effects such a transformation: natural selection, the idea that made evolution scientifically intelligible for the first time. One of the few revolutionary works of science that is readily accessible to the nonscientist, The Origin of Species not only launched the science of modern biology but has also influenced virtually all subsequent literary, philosophical, and religious thinking.</description>
      <author>Charles Darwin</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Aug 2008 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400178643.mp3" length="851465" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118027</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400178643.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118027">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118027</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Origin of Species
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: David Case
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
On December 27, 1831, the young naturalist Charles Darwin left Plymouth Harbor aboard the HMS Beagle. For the next five years, he conducted research on plants and animals from around the globe, amassing a body of evidence that would culminate in one of the greatest discoveries in the history of mankind—the theory of evolution. Darwin presented his stunning insights in a landmark book that forever altered the way human beings view themselves and the world they live in. In The Origin of Species, Darwin convincingly demonstrates the fact of evolution: that existing animals and plants cannot have appeared separately but must have slowly transformed from ancestral creatures. Most important, the book fully explains the mechanism that effects such a transformation: natural selection, the idea that made evolution scientifically intelligible for the first time. One of the few revolutionary works of science that is readily accessible to the nonscientist, The Origin of Species not only launched the science of modern biology but has also influenced virtually all subsequent literary, philosophical, and religious thinking.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118027">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118027</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Origin of Species
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: David Case
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
On December 27, 1831, the young naturalist Charles Darwin left Plymouth Harbor aboard the HMS Beagle. For the next five years, he conducted research on plants and animals from around the globe, amassing a body of evidence that would culminate in one of the greatest discoveries in the history of mankind—the theory of evolution. Darwin presented his stunning insights in a landmark book that forever altered the way human beings view themselves and the world they live in. In The Origin of Species, Darwin convincingly demonstrates the fact of evolution: that existing animals and plants cannot have appeared separately but must have slowly transformed from ancestral creatures. Most important, the book fully explains the mechanism that effects such a transformation: natural selection, the idea that made evolution scientifically intelligible for the first time. One of the few revolutionary works of science that is readily accessible to the nonscientist, The Origin of Species not only launched the science of modern biology but has also influenced virtually all subsequent literary, philosophical, and religious thinking.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kluge: The Haphazard Construction of the Human Mind by Gary Marcus</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117618</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117618">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117618</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kluge: The Haphazard Construction of the Human Mind
Author: Gary Marcus
Narrator: Stephen Hoye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Are we &amp;#039;noble in reason&amp;#039;? Perfect, in God&amp;#039;s image? Far from it, says New York University psychologist Gary Marcus. In this lucid and revealing book, Marcus argues that the mind is not an elegantly designed organ but a &amp;#039;kluge,&amp;#039; a clumsy, cobbled-together contraption. He unveils a fundamentally new way of looking at the human mind—think duct tape, not supercomputer—that sheds light on some of the most mysterious aspects of human nature.  Taking us on a tour of the fundamental areas of human experience—memory, belief, decision making, language, and happiness—Marcus reveals the myriad ways our minds fall short. He examines why people often vote against their own interests, why money can&amp;#039;t buy happiness, why leaders often stick to bad decisions, and why a sentence like &amp;#039;people people left left&amp;#039; ties us into knots even though it&amp;#039;s only four words long. He also offers surprisingly effective ways to outwit our inner kluge—for example, always consider alternative explanations, make contingency plans, and beware the vivid, personal anecdote. Throughout, he shows how only evolution—haphazard and undirected—could have produced the minds we humans have, while making a brilliant case for the power and usefulness of imperfection.</description>
      <author>Gary Marcus</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Jun 2008 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400177516.mp3" length="837730" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117618</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400177516.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117618">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117618</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kluge: The Haphazard Construction of the Human Mind
Author: Gary Marcus
Narrator: Stephen Hoye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Are we &amp;#039;noble in reason&amp;#039;? Perfect, in God&amp;#039;s image? Far from it, says New York University psychologist Gary Marcus. In this lucid and revealing book, Marcus argues that the mind is not an elegantly designed organ but a &amp;#039;kluge,&amp;#039; a clumsy, cobbled-together contraption. He unveils a fundamentally new way of looking at the human mind—think duct tape, not supercomputer—that sheds light on some of the most mysterious aspects of human nature.  Taking us on a tour of the fundamental areas of human experience—memory, belief, decision making, language, and happiness—Marcus reveals the myriad ways our minds fall short. He examines why people often vote against their own interests, why money can&amp;#039;t buy happiness, why leaders often stick to bad decisions, and why a sentence like &amp;#039;people people left left&amp;#039; ties us into knots even though it&amp;#039;s only four words long. He also offers surprisingly effective ways to outwit our inner kluge—for example, always consider alternative explanations, make contingency plans, and beware the vivid, personal anecdote. Throughout, he shows how only evolution—haphazard and undirected—could have produced the minds we humans have, while making a brilliant case for the power and usefulness of imperfection.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117618">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117618</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kluge: The Haphazard Construction of the Human Mind
Author: Gary Marcus
Narrator: Stephen Hoye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Are we &amp;#039;noble in reason&amp;#039;? Perfect, in God&amp;#039;s image? Far from it, says New York University psychologist Gary Marcus. In this lucid and revealing book, Marcus argues that the mind is not an elegantly designed organ but a &amp;#039;kluge,&amp;#039; a clumsy, cobbled-together contraption. He unveils a fundamentally new way of looking at the human mind—think duct tape, not supercomputer—that sheds light on some of the most mysterious aspects of human nature.  Taking us on a tour of the fundamental areas of human experience—memory, belief, decision making, language, and happiness—Marcus reveals the myriad ways our minds fall short. He examines why people often vote against their own interests, why money can&amp;#039;t buy happiness, why leaders often stick to bad decisions, and why a sentence like &amp;#039;people people left left&amp;#039; ties us into knots even though it&amp;#039;s only four words long. He also offers surprisingly effective ways to outwit our inner kluge—for example, always consider alternative explanations, make contingency plans, and beware the vivid, personal anecdote. Throughout, he shows how only evolution—haphazard and undirected—could have produced the minds we humans have, while making a brilliant case for the power and usefulness of imperfection.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Darwin&amp;#039;s Origin of Species: A Biography by Janet Browne</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116116</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116116">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116116</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Darwin&amp;#039;s Origin of Species: A Biography
Series: #3 of Books That Changed the World
Author: Janet Browne
Narrator: Josephine Bailey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2007
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A sensation on its publication in 1859, The Origin of Species profoundly shocked Victorian readers by calling into question the belief in a Creator with its description of evolution through natural selection.  And Darwin&amp;#039;s seminal work is nearly as controversial today.  In her illuminating study, award-winning biographer Janet Browne delves into the long genesis of Darwin&amp;#039;s theories, from his readings as a university student and his five-year voyage on the Beagle, to his debates with contemporaries and experiments in his garden.  She explores the shock to Darwin when he read of competing scientists&amp;#039; similar discoveries and the wide and immediate impact of Darwin&amp;#039;s theories on the world. As one of the launch titles in the Atlantic Monthly Press&amp;#039;s Books That Changed the World series, Browne&amp;#039;s history takes readers inside The Origin of Species and shows why it can fairly claim to be the greatest science book ever published.</description>
      <author>Janet Browne</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 24 Mar 2007 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400173884.mp3" length="854600" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116116</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400173884.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116116">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116116</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Darwin&amp;#039;s Origin of Species: A Biography
Series: #3 of Books That Changed the World
Author: Janet Browne
Narrator: Josephine Bailey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2007
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A sensation on its publication in 1859, The Origin of Species profoundly shocked Victorian readers by calling into question the belief in a Creator with its description of evolution through natural selection.  And Darwin&amp;#039;s seminal work is nearly as controversial today.  In her illuminating study, award-winning biographer Janet Browne delves into the long genesis of Darwin&amp;#039;s theories, from his readings as a university student and his five-year voyage on the Beagle, to his debates with contemporaries and experiments in his garden.  She explores the shock to Darwin when he read of competing scientists&amp;#039; similar discoveries and the wide and immediate impact of Darwin&amp;#039;s theories on the world. As one of the launch titles in the Atlantic Monthly Press&amp;#039;s Books That Changed the World series, Browne&amp;#039;s history takes readers inside The Origin of Species and shows why it can fairly claim to be the greatest science book ever published.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116116">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116116</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Darwin&amp;#039;s Origin of Species: A Biography
Series: #3 of Books That Changed the World
Author: Janet Browne
Narrator: Josephine Bailey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2007
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A sensation on its publication in 1859, The Origin of Species profoundly shocked Victorian readers by calling into question the belief in a Creator with its description of evolution through natural selection.  And Darwin&amp;#039;s seminal work is nearly as controversial today.  In her illuminating study, award-winning biographer Janet Browne delves into the long genesis of Darwin&amp;#039;s theories, from his readings as a university student and his five-year voyage on the Beagle, to his debates with contemporaries and experiments in his garden.  She explores the shock to Darwin when he read of competing scientists&amp;#039; similar discoveries and the wide and immediate impact of Darwin&amp;#039;s theories on the world. As one of the launch titles in the Atlantic Monthly Press&amp;#039;s Books That Changed the World series, Browne&amp;#039;s history takes readers inside The Origin of Species and shows why it can fairly claim to be the greatest science book ever published.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Mind and the Brain: Neuroplasticity and the Power of Mental Force by Sharon Begley, Jeffrey M. Schwartz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115889</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115889">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115889</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mind and the Brain: Neuroplasticity and the Power of Mental Force
Author: Sharon Begley, Jeffrey M. Schwartz
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A groundbreaking work of science that confirms, for the first time, the independent existence of the mind–and demonstrates the possibilities for human control over the workings of the brain. Conventional science has long held the position that &amp;#039;the mind&amp;#039; is merely an illusion, a side effect of electrochemical activity in the physical brain. Now in paperback, Dr Jeffrey Schwartz and Sharon Begley&amp;#039;s groundbreaking work, The Mind and the Brain, argues exactly the opposite: that the mind has a life of its own.Dr Schwartz, a leading researcher in brain dysfunctions, and Wall Street Journal science columnist Sharon Begley demonstrate that the human mind is an independent entity that can shape and control the functioning of the physical brain. Their work has its basis in our emerging understanding of adult neuroplasticity–the brain&amp;#039;s ability to be rewired not just in childhood, but throughout life, a trait only recently established by neuroscientists.  Through decades of work treating patients with obsessive–compulsive disorder (OCD), Schwartz made an extraordinary finding: while following the therapy he developed, his patients were effecting significant and lasting changes in their own neural pathways. It was a scientific first: by actively focusing their attention away from negative behaviors and toward more positive ones, Schwartz&amp;#039;s patients were using their minds to reshape their brains–and discovering a thrilling new dimension to the concept of neuroplasticity.  The Mind and the Brain follows Schwartz as he investigates this newly discovered power, which he calls self–directed neuroplasticity or, more simply, mental force. It describes his work with noted physicist Henry Stapp and connects the concept of &amp;#039;mental force&amp;#039; with the ancient practice of mindfulness in Buddhist tradition. And it points to potential new applications that could transform the treatment of almost every variety of neurological dysfunction, from dyslexia to stroke–and could lead to new strategies to help us harness our mental powers. Yet as wondrous as these implications are, perhaps even more important is the philosophical dimension of Schwartz&amp;#039;s work. For the existence of mental force offers convincing scientific evidence of human free will, and thus of man&amp;#039;s inherent capacity for moral choice.</description>
      <author>Sharon Begley, Jeffrey M. Schwartz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2011 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062133069.mp3" length="1389212" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115889</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062133069.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115889">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115889</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mind and the Brain: Neuroplasticity and the Power of Mental Force
Author: Sharon Begley, Jeffrey M. Schwartz
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A groundbreaking work of science that confirms, for the first time, the independent existence of the mind–and demonstrates the possibilities for human control over the workings of the brain. Conventional science has long held the position that &amp;#039;the mind&amp;#039; is merely an illusion, a side effect of electrochemical activity in the physical brain. Now in paperback, Dr Jeffrey Schwartz and Sharon Begley&amp;#039;s groundbreaking work, The Mind and the Brain, argues exactly the opposite: that the mind has a life of its own.Dr Schwartz, a leading researcher in brain dysfunctions, and Wall Street Journal science columnist Sharon Begley demonstrate that the human mind is an independent entity that can shape and control the functioning of the physical brain. Their work has its basis in our emerging understanding of adult neuroplasticity–the brain&amp;#039;s ability to be rewired not just in childhood, but throughout life, a trait only recently established by neuroscientists.  Through decades of work treating patients with obsessive–compulsive disorder (OCD), Schwartz made an extraordinary finding: while following the therapy he developed, his patients were effecting significant and lasting changes in their own neural pathways. It was a scientific first: by actively focusing their attention away from negative behaviors and toward more positive ones, Schwartz&amp;#039;s patients were using their minds to reshape their brains–and discovering a thrilling new dimension to the concept of neuroplasticity.  The Mind and the Brain follows Schwartz as he investigates this newly discovered power, which he calls self–directed neuroplasticity or, more simply, mental force. It describes his work with noted physicist Henry Stapp and connects the concept of &amp;#039;mental force&amp;#039; with the ancient practice of mindfulness in Buddhist tradition. And it points to potential new applications that could transform the treatment of almost every variety of neurological dysfunction, from dyslexia to stroke–and could lead to new strategies to help us harness our mental powers. Yet as wondrous as these implications are, perhaps even more important is the philosophical dimension of Schwartz&amp;#039;s work. For the existence of mental force offers convincing scientific evidence of human free will, and thus of man&amp;#039;s inherent capacity for moral choice.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115889">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115889</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mind and the Brain: Neuroplasticity and the Power of Mental Force
Author: Sharon Begley, Jeffrey M. Schwartz
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A groundbreaking work of science that confirms, for the first time, the independent existence of the mind–and demonstrates the possibilities for human control over the workings of the brain. Conventional science has long held the position that &amp;#039;the mind&amp;#039; is merely an illusion, a side effect of electrochemical activity in the physical brain. Now in paperback, Dr Jeffrey Schwartz and Sharon Begley&amp;#039;s groundbreaking work, The Mind and the Brain, argues exactly the opposite: that the mind has a life of its own.Dr Schwartz, a leading researcher in brain dysfunctions, and Wall Street Journal science columnist Sharon Begley demonstrate that the human mind is an independent entity that can shape and control the functioning of the physical brain. Their work has its basis in our emerging understanding of adult neuroplasticity–the brain&amp;#039;s ability to be rewired not just in childhood, but throughout life, a trait only recently established by neuroscientists.  Through decades of work treating patients with obsessive–compulsive disorder (OCD), Schwartz made an extraordinary finding: while following the therapy he developed, his patients were effecting significant and lasting changes in their own neural pathways. It was a scientific first: by actively focusing their attention away from negative behaviors and toward more positive ones, Schwartz&amp;#039;s patients were using their minds to reshape their brains–and discovering a thrilling new dimension to the concept of neuroplasticity.  The Mind and the Brain follows Schwartz as he investigates this newly discovered power, which he calls self–directed neuroplasticity or, more simply, mental force. It describes his work with noted physicist Henry Stapp and connects the concept of &amp;#039;mental force&amp;#039; with the ancient practice of mindfulness in Buddhist tradition. And it points to potential new applications that could transform the treatment of almost every variety of neurological dysfunction, from dyslexia to stroke–and could lead to new strategies to help us harness our mental powers. Yet as wondrous as these implications are, perhaps even more important is the philosophical dimension of Schwartz&amp;#039;s work. For the existence of mental force offers convincing scientific evidence of human free will, and thus of man&amp;#039;s inherent capacity for moral choice.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In Other Worlds: SF and the Human Imagination by Margaret Atwood</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102406</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102406">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102406</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Other Worlds: SF and the Human Imagination
Author: Margaret Atwood
Narrator: Susan Denaker, Margaret Atwood
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
At a time when speculative fiction seems less and less far-fetched, Margaret Atwood lends her distinctive voice and singular point of view to the genre in a series of essays that brilliantly illuminates the essential truths about the modern world. This is an exploration of her relationship with the literary form we have come to know as &amp;#039;science fiction,” a relationship that has been lifelong, stretching from her days as a child reader in the 1940s, through her time as a graduate student at Harvard, where she worked on the Victorian ancestor of the form, and continuing as a writer and reviewer.  This book brings together her three heretofore unpublished Ellmann Lectures from 2010: &amp;#039;Flying Rabbits,&amp;#039; which begins with Atwood&amp;#039;s early  rabbit superhero creations, and goes on to speculate about masks, capes, weakling alter egos, and Things with Wings; &amp;#039;Burning Bushes,&amp;#039; which follows her into Victorian otherlands and beyond; and &amp;#039;Dire Cartographies,&amp;#039; which investigates Utopias and Dystopias.  In Other Worlds also includes some of Atwood&amp;#039;s key reviews and thoughts about the form. Among those writers discussed are Marge Piercy, Rider Haggard, Ursula Le Guin, Ishiguro, Bryher, Huxley, and Jonathan Swift. She elucidates the differences (as she sees them) between &amp;#039;science fiction&amp;#039; proper, and &amp;#039;speculative fiction,&amp;#039; as well as between &amp;#039;sword and sorcery/fantasy&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;slipstream fiction.&amp;#039; For all readers who have loved The Handmaid&amp;#039;s Tale, Oryx and Crake, and The Year of the Flood, In Other Worlds is a must.</description>
      <author>Margaret Atwood</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Oct 2011 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780307943941.mp3" length="2851296" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102406</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780307943941.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102406">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102406</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Other Worlds: SF and the Human Imagination
Author: Margaret Atwood
Narrator: Susan Denaker, Margaret Atwood
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
At a time when speculative fiction seems less and less far-fetched, Margaret Atwood lends her distinctive voice and singular point of view to the genre in a series of essays that brilliantly illuminates the essential truths about the modern world. This is an exploration of her relationship with the literary form we have come to know as &amp;#039;science fiction,” a relationship that has been lifelong, stretching from her days as a child reader in the 1940s, through her time as a graduate student at Harvard, where she worked on the Victorian ancestor of the form, and continuing as a writer and reviewer.  This book brings together her three heretofore unpublished Ellmann Lectures from 2010: &amp;#039;Flying Rabbits,&amp;#039; which begins with Atwood&amp;#039;s early  rabbit superhero creations, and goes on to speculate about masks, capes, weakling alter egos, and Things with Wings; &amp;#039;Burning Bushes,&amp;#039; which follows her into Victorian otherlands and beyond; and &amp;#039;Dire Cartographies,&amp;#039; which investigates Utopias and Dystopias.  In Other Worlds also includes some of Atwood&amp;#039;s key reviews and thoughts about the form. Among those writers discussed are Marge Piercy, Rider Haggard, Ursula Le Guin, Ishiguro, Bryher, Huxley, and Jonathan Swift. She elucidates the differences (as she sees them) between &amp;#039;science fiction&amp;#039; proper, and &amp;#039;speculative fiction,&amp;#039; as well as between &amp;#039;sword and sorcery/fantasy&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;slipstream fiction.&amp;#039; For all readers who have loved The Handmaid&amp;#039;s Tale, Oryx and Crake, and The Year of the Flood, In Other Worlds is a must.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102406">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102406</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Other Worlds: SF and the Human Imagination
Author: Margaret Atwood
Narrator: Susan Denaker, Margaret Atwood
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
At a time when speculative fiction seems less and less far-fetched, Margaret Atwood lends her distinctive voice and singular point of view to the genre in a series of essays that brilliantly illuminates the essential truths about the modern world. This is an exploration of her relationship with the literary form we have come to know as &amp;#039;science fiction,” a relationship that has been lifelong, stretching from her days as a child reader in the 1940s, through her time as a graduate student at Harvard, where she worked on the Victorian ancestor of the form, and continuing as a writer and reviewer.  This book brings together her three heretofore unpublished Ellmann Lectures from 2010: &amp;#039;Flying Rabbits,&amp;#039; which begins with Atwood&amp;#039;s early  rabbit superhero creations, and goes on to speculate about masks, capes, weakling alter egos, and Things with Wings; &amp;#039;Burning Bushes,&amp;#039; which follows her into Victorian otherlands and beyond; and &amp;#039;Dire Cartographies,&amp;#039; which investigates Utopias and Dystopias.  In Other Worlds also includes some of Atwood&amp;#039;s key reviews and thoughts about the form. Among those writers discussed are Marge Piercy, Rider Haggard, Ursula Le Guin, Ishiguro, Bryher, Huxley, and Jonathan Swift. She elucidates the differences (as she sees them) between &amp;#039;science fiction&amp;#039; proper, and &amp;#039;speculative fiction,&amp;#039; as well as between &amp;#039;sword and sorcery/fantasy&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;slipstream fiction.&amp;#039; For all readers who have loved The Handmaid&amp;#039;s Tale, Oryx and Crake, and The Year of the Flood, In Other Worlds is a must.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Magic of Reality: How We Know What&amp;#039;s Really True by Richard Dawkins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102280</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Magic of Reality: How We Know What&amp;#039;s Really True
Author: Richard Dawkins
Narrator: Lalla Ward, Richard Dawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October  4, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An elegant, text-only edition of the New York Times bestseller that’s been hailed as the definitive authority on…everything. Richard Dawkins, bestselling author and the world’s most celebrated evolutionary biologist, has spent his career elucidating the many wonders of science. Here, he takes a broader approach and uses his unrivaled explanatory powers to illuminate the ways in which the world really works.   Filled with clever thought experiments and jaw-dropping facts, The Magic of Reality explains a stunningly wide range of natural phenomena: How old is the universe? Why do the continents look like disconnected pieces of a jigsaw puzzle? What causes tsunamis? Why are there so many kinds of plants and animals? Who was the first man, or woman?   Starting with the magical, mythical explanations for the wonders of nature, Dawkins reveals the exhilarating scientific truths behind these occurrences. This is a page-turning detective story that not only mines all the sciences for its clues but primes the reader to think like a scientist as well.</description>
      <author>Richard Dawkins</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Oct 2011 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781442341777.mp3" length="753971" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102280</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781442341777.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Magic of Reality: How We Know What&amp;#039;s Really True
Author: Richard Dawkins
Narrator: Lalla Ward, Richard Dawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October  4, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An elegant, text-only edition of the New York Times bestseller that’s been hailed as the definitive authority on…everything. Richard Dawkins, bestselling author and the world’s most celebrated evolutionary biologist, has spent his career elucidating the many wonders of science. Here, he takes a broader approach and uses his unrivaled explanatory powers to illuminate the ways in which the world really works.   Filled with clever thought experiments and jaw-dropping facts, The Magic of Reality explains a stunningly wide range of natural phenomena: How old is the universe? Why do the continents look like disconnected pieces of a jigsaw puzzle? What causes tsunamis? Why are there so many kinds of plants and animals? Who was the first man, or woman?   Starting with the magical, mythical explanations for the wonders of nature, Dawkins reveals the exhilarating scientific truths behind these occurrences. This is a page-turning detective story that not only mines all the sciences for its clues but primes the reader to think like a scientist as well.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Magic of Reality: How We Know What&amp;#039;s Really True
Author: Richard Dawkins
Narrator: Lalla Ward, Richard Dawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October  4, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An elegant, text-only edition of the New York Times bestseller that’s been hailed as the definitive authority on…everything. Richard Dawkins, bestselling author and the world’s most celebrated evolutionary biologist, has spent his career elucidating the many wonders of science. Here, he takes a broader approach and uses his unrivaled explanatory powers to illuminate the ways in which the world really works.   Filled with clever thought experiments and jaw-dropping facts, The Magic of Reality explains a stunningly wide range of natural phenomena: How old is the universe? Why do the continents look like disconnected pieces of a jigsaw puzzle? What causes tsunamis? Why are there so many kinds of plants and animals? Who was the first man, or woman?   Starting with the magical, mythical explanations for the wonders of nature, Dawkins reveals the exhilarating scientific truths behind these occurrences. This is a page-turning detective story that not only mines all the sciences for its clues but primes the reader to think like a scientist as well.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Beyond Boundaries: The New Neuroscience of Connecting Brains with Machines---and How It Will Change Our Lives by Miguel Nicolelis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/92269</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/92269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/92269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beyond Boundaries: The New Neuroscience of Connecting Brains with Machines---and How It Will Change Our Lives
Author: Miguel Nicolelis
Narrator: Patrick Egan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A pioneering neuroscientist shows how the long-sought merger of brains with machines is about to become a paradigm-shifting reality. Imagine living in a world where people use their computers, drive their cars, and communicate with one another simply by thinking. In this stunning and inspiring work, Duke University neuroscientist Miguel Nicolelis shares his revolutionary insights into how the brain creates thought and the human sense of self—and how this might be augmented by machines, so that the entire universe will be within our reach. Beyond Boundaries draws on Nicolelis&amp;#039;s ground-breaking research with monkeys that he taught to control the movements of a robot located halfway around the globe by using brain signals alone. Nicolelis&amp;#039;s work with primates has uncovered a new method for capturing brain function—by recording rich neuronal symphonies rather than the activity of single neurons. His lab is now paving the way for a new treatment for Parkinson&amp;#039;s, silk-thin exoskeletons to grant mobility to the paralyzed, and breathtaking leaps in space exploration, global communication, manufacturing, and more.  Beyond Boundaries promises to reshape our concept of the technological future, to a world filled with promise and hope.</description>
      <author>Miguel Nicolelis</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2011 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780307932457.mp3" length="2784187" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/92269</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780307932457.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/92269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/92269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beyond Boundaries: The New Neuroscience of Connecting Brains with Machines---and How It Will Change Our Lives
Author: Miguel Nicolelis
Narrator: Patrick Egan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A pioneering neuroscientist shows how the long-sought merger of brains with machines is about to become a paradigm-shifting reality. Imagine living in a world where people use their computers, drive their cars, and communicate with one another simply by thinking. In this stunning and inspiring work, Duke University neuroscientist Miguel Nicolelis shares his revolutionary insights into how the brain creates thought and the human sense of self—and how this might be augmented by machines, so that the entire universe will be within our reach. Beyond Boundaries draws on Nicolelis&amp;#039;s ground-breaking research with monkeys that he taught to control the movements of a robot located halfway around the globe by using brain signals alone. Nicolelis&amp;#039;s work with primates has uncovered a new method for capturing brain function—by recording rich neuronal symphonies rather than the activity of single neurons. His lab is now paving the way for a new treatment for Parkinson&amp;#039;s, silk-thin exoskeletons to grant mobility to the paralyzed, and breathtaking leaps in space exploration, global communication, manufacturing, and more.  Beyond Boundaries promises to reshape our concept of the technological future, to a world filled with promise and hope.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/92269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/92269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beyond Boundaries: The New Neuroscience of Connecting Brains with Machines---and How It Will Change Our Lives
Author: Miguel Nicolelis
Narrator: Patrick Egan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A pioneering neuroscientist shows how the long-sought merger of brains with machines is about to become a paradigm-shifting reality. Imagine living in a world where people use their computers, drive their cars, and communicate with one another simply by thinking. In this stunning and inspiring work, Duke University neuroscientist Miguel Nicolelis shares his revolutionary insights into how the brain creates thought and the human sense of self—and how this might be augmented by machines, so that the entire universe will be within our reach. Beyond Boundaries draws on Nicolelis&amp;#039;s ground-breaking research with monkeys that he taught to control the movements of a robot located halfway around the globe by using brain signals alone. Nicolelis&amp;#039;s work with primates has uncovered a new method for capturing brain function—by recording rich neuronal symphonies rather than the activity of single neurons. His lab is now paving the way for a new treatment for Parkinson&amp;#039;s, silk-thin exoskeletons to grant mobility to the paralyzed, and breathtaking leaps in space exploration, global communication, manufacturing, and more.  Beyond Boundaries promises to reshape our concept of the technological future, to a world filled with promise and hope.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Quirk: Brain Science Makes Sense of Your Peculiar Personality by Hannah Holmes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91666</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91666">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91666</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Quirk: Brain Science Makes Sense of Your Peculiar Personality
Author: Hannah Holmes
Narrator: Susan Denaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 36 minutes
Release date: February 22, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Who are you? It’s the most fundamental of human questions. Are you the type of person who tilts at windmills, or the one who prefers to view them from the comfort of an air-conditioned motorcoach? Our personalities are endlessly fascinating—not just to ourselves but also to our spouses, our parents, our children, our co-workers, our neighbors. As a highly social species, humans have to navigate among an astonishing variety of personalities. But how did all these different permutations come about? And what purpose do they serve?  With her trademark wit and sly humor, Hannah Holmes takes readers into the amazing world of personality and modern brain science. Using the Five Factor Model, which slices temperaments into the major factors (Extraversion, Neuroticism, Agreeableness, Conscientiousness, and Openness) and minor facets (such as impulsive, artistic, or cautious), Holmes demonstrates how our genes and brains dictate which factors and facets each of us displays. Are you a Nervous Nelly? Your amygdala is probably calling the shots. Hyperactive Hal? It’s all about the dopamine.  Each facet took root deep in the evolution of life on Earth, with Nature allowing enough personal variation to see a species through good times and bad. Just as there are introverted and extroverted people, there are introverted and extroverted mice, and even starfish. In fact, the personality genes we share with mice make them invaluable models for the study of disorders like depression, schizophrenia, and anxiety. Thus it is deep and ancient biases that guide your dealings with a very modern world. Your personality helps to determine the political party you support, the car you drive, the way you eat M&amp;amp;Ms, and the likelihood that you’ll cheat on your spouse.  Drawing on data from top research laboratories, the lives of her eccentric friends, the conflicts that plague her own household, and even the habits of her two pet mice, Hannah Holmes summarizes the factors that shape you. And what she proves is that it does take all kinds. Even the most irksome and trying personality you’ve ever encountered contributes to the diversity of our species. And diversity is the key to our survival.</description>
      <author>Hannah Holmes</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2011 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780307879431.mp3" length="2766302" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91666</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780307879431.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91666">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91666</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Quirk: Brain Science Makes Sense of Your Peculiar Personality
Author: Hannah Holmes
Narrator: Susan Denaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 36 minutes
Release date: February 22, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Who are you? It’s the most fundamental of human questions. Are you the type of person who tilts at windmills, or the one who prefers to view them from the comfort of an air-conditioned motorcoach? Our personalities are endlessly fascinating—not just to ourselves but also to our spouses, our parents, our children, our co-workers, our neighbors. As a highly social species, humans have to navigate among an astonishing variety of personalities. But how did all these different permutations come about? And what purpose do they serve?  With her trademark wit and sly humor, Hannah Holmes takes readers into the amazing world of personality and modern brain science. Using the Five Factor Model, which slices temperaments into the major factors (Extraversion, Neuroticism, Agreeableness, Conscientiousness, and Openness) and minor facets (such as impulsive, artistic, or cautious), Holmes demonstrates how our genes and brains dictate which factors and facets each of us displays. Are you a Nervous Nelly? Your amygdala is probably calling the shots. Hyperactive Hal? It’s all about the dopamine.  Each facet took root deep in the evolution of life on Earth, with Nature allowing enough personal variation to see a species through good times and bad. Just as there are introverted and extroverted people, there are introverted and extroverted mice, and even starfish. In fact, the personality genes we share with mice make them invaluable models for the study of disorders like depression, schizophrenia, and anxiety. Thus it is deep and ancient biases that guide your dealings with a very modern world. Your personality helps to determine the political party you support, the car you drive, the way you eat M&amp;amp;Ms, and the likelihood that you’ll cheat on your spouse.  Drawing on data from top research laboratories, the lives of her eccentric friends, the conflicts that plague her own household, and even the habits of her two pet mice, Hannah Holmes summarizes the factors that shape you. And what she proves is that it does take all kinds. Even the most irksome and trying personality you’ve ever encountered contributes to the diversity of our species. And diversity is the key to our survival.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91666">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91666</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Quirk: Brain Science Makes Sense of Your Peculiar Personality
Author: Hannah Holmes
Narrator: Susan Denaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 36 minutes
Release date: February 22, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Who are you? It’s the most fundamental of human questions. Are you the type of person who tilts at windmills, or the one who prefers to view them from the comfort of an air-conditioned motorcoach? Our personalities are endlessly fascinating—not just to ourselves but also to our spouses, our parents, our children, our co-workers, our neighbors. As a highly social species, humans have to navigate among an astonishing variety of personalities. But how did all these different permutations come about? And what purpose do they serve?  With her trademark wit and sly humor, Hannah Holmes takes readers into the amazing world of personality and modern brain science. Using the Five Factor Model, which slices temperaments into the major factors (Extraversion, Neuroticism, Agreeableness, Conscientiousness, and Openness) and minor facets (such as impulsive, artistic, or cautious), Holmes demonstrates how our genes and brains dictate which factors and facets each of us displays. Are you a Nervous Nelly? Your amygdala is probably calling the shots. Hyperactive Hal? It’s all about the dopamine.  Each facet took root deep in the evolution of life on Earth, with Nature allowing enough personal variation to see a species through good times and bad. Just as there are introverted and extroverted people, there are introverted and extroverted mice, and even starfish. In fact, the personality genes we share with mice make them invaluable models for the study of disorders like depression, schizophrenia, and anxiety. Thus it is deep and ancient biases that guide your dealings with a very modern world. Your personality helps to determine the political party you support, the car you drive, the way you eat M&amp;amp;Ms, and the likelihood that you’ll cheat on your spouse.  Drawing on data from top research laboratories, the lives of her eccentric friends, the conflicts that plague her own household, and even the habits of her two pet mice, Hannah Holmes summarizes the factors that shape you. And what she proves is that it does take all kinds. Even the most irksome and trying personality you’ve ever encountered contributes to the diversity of our species. And diversity is the key to our survival.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Red Queen: Sex and the Evolution of Human Nature by Matt Ridley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89625</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89625">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89625</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Red Queen: Sex and the Evolution of Human Nature
Author: Matt Ridley
Narrator: Simon Prebble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 52 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“A terrific book, witty and lucid, and brimming with provocative conjectures.” (Wall Street Journal) from the author of the acclaimed New York Times bestseller Genome Brilliantly written, The Red Queen compels us to rethink everything from the persistence of sexism to the endurance of romantic love. Referring to Lewis Carroll&amp;#039;s Red Queen from Through the Looking-Glass, a character who has to keep running to stay in the same place, Matt Ridley demonstrates why sex is humanity&amp;#039;s best strategy for outwitting its constantly mutating internal predators. The Red Queen answers dozens of other riddles of human nature and culture—including why men propose marriage, the method behind our maddening notions of beauty, and the disquieting fact that a woman is more likely to conceive a child by an adulterous lover than by her husband. The Red Queen offers an extraordinary new way of interpreting the human condition and how it has evolved.</description>
      <author>Matt Ridley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jan 2011 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062073075.mp3" length="1492524" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89625</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062073075.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89625">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89625</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Red Queen: Sex and the Evolution of Human Nature
Author: Matt Ridley
Narrator: Simon Prebble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 52 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“A terrific book, witty and lucid, and brimming with provocative conjectures.” (Wall Street Journal) from the author of the acclaimed New York Times bestseller Genome Brilliantly written, The Red Queen compels us to rethink everything from the persistence of sexism to the endurance of romantic love. Referring to Lewis Carroll&amp;#039;s Red Queen from Through the Looking-Glass, a character who has to keep running to stay in the same place, Matt Ridley demonstrates why sex is humanity&amp;#039;s best strategy for outwitting its constantly mutating internal predators. The Red Queen answers dozens of other riddles of human nature and culture—including why men propose marriage, the method behind our maddening notions of beauty, and the disquieting fact that a woman is more likely to conceive a child by an adulterous lover than by her husband. The Red Queen offers an extraordinary new way of interpreting the human condition and how it has evolved.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89625">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89625</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Red Queen: Sex and the Evolution of Human Nature
Author: Matt Ridley
Narrator: Simon Prebble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 52 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“A terrific book, witty and lucid, and brimming with provocative conjectures.” (Wall Street Journal) from the author of the acclaimed New York Times bestseller Genome Brilliantly written, The Red Queen compels us to rethink everything from the persistence of sexism to the endurance of romantic love. Referring to Lewis Carroll&amp;#039;s Red Queen from Through the Looking-Glass, a character who has to keep running to stay in the same place, Matt Ridley demonstrates why sex is humanity&amp;#039;s best strategy for outwitting its constantly mutating internal predators. The Red Queen answers dozens of other riddles of human nature and culture—including why men propose marriage, the method behind our maddening notions of beauty, and the disquieting fact that a woman is more likely to conceive a child by an adulterous lover than by her husband. The Red Queen offers an extraordinary new way of interpreting the human condition and how it has evolved.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Genome: The Autobiography of a Species In 23 Chapters by Matt Ridley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89620</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89620">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89620</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Genome: The Autobiography of a Species In 23 Chapters
Author: Matt Ridley
Narrator: Simon Prebble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 20 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Ridley leaps from chromosome to chromosome in a handy summation of our ever increasing understanding of the roles that genes play in disease, behavior, sexual differences, and even intelligence. . . . . He addresses not only the ethical quandaries faced by contemporary scientists but the reductionist danger in equating inheritability with inevitability.” — The New Yorker The genome&amp;#039;s been mapped. But what does it mean? Matt Ridley’s Genome is the book that explains it all: what it is, how it works, and what it portends for the future Arguably the most significant scientific discovery of the new century, the mapping of the twenty-three pairs of chromosomes that make up the human genome raises almost as many questions as it answers. Questions that will profoundly impact the way we think about disease, about longevity, and about free will. Questions that will affect the rest of your life. Genome offers extraordinary insight into the ramifications of this incredible breakthrough. By picking one newly discovered gene from each pair of chromosomes and telling its story, Matt Ridley recounts the history of our species and its ancestors from the dawn of life to the brink of future medicine. From Huntington&amp;#039;s disease to cancer, from the applications of gene therapy to the horrors of eugenics, Ridley probes the scientific, philosophical, and moral issues arising as a result of the mapping of the genome. It will help you understand what this scientific milestone means for you, for your children, and for humankind.</description>
      <author>Matt Ridley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jan 2011 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062073105.mp3" length="1512426" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89620</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062073105.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89620">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89620</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Genome: The Autobiography of a Species In 23 Chapters
Author: Matt Ridley
Narrator: Simon Prebble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 20 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Ridley leaps from chromosome to chromosome in a handy summation of our ever increasing understanding of the roles that genes play in disease, behavior, sexual differences, and even intelligence. . . . . He addresses not only the ethical quandaries faced by contemporary scientists but the reductionist danger in equating inheritability with inevitability.” — The New Yorker The genome&amp;#039;s been mapped. But what does it mean? Matt Ridley’s Genome is the book that explains it all: what it is, how it works, and what it portends for the future Arguably the most significant scientific discovery of the new century, the mapping of the twenty-three pairs of chromosomes that make up the human genome raises almost as many questions as it answers. Questions that will profoundly impact the way we think about disease, about longevity, and about free will. Questions that will affect the rest of your life. Genome offers extraordinary insight into the ramifications of this incredible breakthrough. By picking one newly discovered gene from each pair of chromosomes and telling its story, Matt Ridley recounts the history of our species and its ancestors from the dawn of life to the brink of future medicine. From Huntington&amp;#039;s disease to cancer, from the applications of gene therapy to the horrors of eugenics, Ridley probes the scientific, philosophical, and moral issues arising as a result of the mapping of the genome. It will help you understand what this scientific milestone means for you, for your children, and for humankind.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89620">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89620</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Genome: The Autobiography of a Species In 23 Chapters
Author: Matt Ridley
Narrator: Simon Prebble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 20 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Ridley leaps from chromosome to chromosome in a handy summation of our ever increasing understanding of the roles that genes play in disease, behavior, sexual differences, and even intelligence. . . . . He addresses not only the ethical quandaries faced by contemporary scientists but the reductionist danger in equating inheritability with inevitability.” — The New Yorker The genome&amp;#039;s been mapped. But what does it mean? Matt Ridley’s Genome is the book that explains it all: what it is, how it works, and what it portends for the future Arguably the most significant scientific discovery of the new century, the mapping of the twenty-three pairs of chromosomes that make up the human genome raises almost as many questions as it answers. Questions that will profoundly impact the way we think about disease, about longevity, and about free will. Questions that will affect the rest of your life. Genome offers extraordinary insight into the ramifications of this incredible breakthrough. By picking one newly discovered gene from each pair of chromosomes and telling its story, Matt Ridley recounts the history of our species and its ancestors from the dawn of life to the brink of future medicine. From Huntington&amp;#039;s disease to cancer, from the applications of gene therapy to the horrors of eugenics, Ridley probes the scientific, philosophical, and moral issues arising as a result of the mapping of the genome. It will help you understand what this scientific milestone means for you, for your children, and for humankind.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Virus Ground Zero by Ed Regis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83382</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83382">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83382</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Virus Ground Zero
Author: Ed Regis
Narrator: Rob McQuay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2010
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In a destitute hospital in the crowded African city of Kikwit, townspeople, nurses, and doctors are dying of a gruesome disease at the rate of more than a dozen a day. Zaire is on the brink of an explosive epidemic - but the outbreak is stopped when experts from the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) in Atlanta arrive in the city, reclaim the hospital, and interrupt the chain of virus transmission. With remarkable speed, the CDC&amp;#039;s virus detectives trace the outbreak back to its first human case, travel to the &amp;#039;viral ground zero&amp;#039; where the Ebola virus burst out of the jungle, and trap a vast collection of animals that potentially harbor the virus - including the rats overrunning their hotel rooms. It&amp;#039;s all in a day&amp;#039;s work for the CDC&amp;#039;s disease cowboys, who risk their lives daily at the bottom of nature to confront the world&amp;#039;s deadliest pathogens. Now acclaimed science writer Ed Regis takes us on a fascinating odyssey across the viral frontier, chronicling the CDC&amp;#039;s extraordinary fifty-year history against the backdrop of the 1995 Ebola outbreak - and exploding the media-driven myth of &amp;#039;the coming plague.&amp;#039; Starting from a small government agency founded for the purpose of eradicating malaria from the United States in the 1940s, the CDC has grown into a disease-fighting behemoth whose sphere of action is the entire planet. Virus Ground Zero shows how the CDC&amp;#039;s viral shock troops have helped remove one deadly virus from the face of the earth, are scheduled to do the same with another by the year 2000, and have similar lethal plans for a whole range of other microbes.</description>
      <author>Ed Regis</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jan 2010 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780307737663.mp3" length="2679928" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83382</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780307737663.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83382">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83382</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Virus Ground Zero
Author: Ed Regis
Narrator: Rob McQuay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2010
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In a destitute hospital in the crowded African city of Kikwit, townspeople, nurses, and doctors are dying of a gruesome disease at the rate of more than a dozen a day. Zaire is on the brink of an explosive epidemic - but the outbreak is stopped when experts from the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) in Atlanta arrive in the city, reclaim the hospital, and interrupt the chain of virus transmission. With remarkable speed, the CDC&amp;#039;s virus detectives trace the outbreak back to its first human case, travel to the &amp;#039;viral ground zero&amp;#039; where the Ebola virus burst out of the jungle, and trap a vast collection of animals that potentially harbor the virus - including the rats overrunning their hotel rooms. It&amp;#039;s all in a day&amp;#039;s work for the CDC&amp;#039;s disease cowboys, who risk their lives daily at the bottom of nature to confront the world&amp;#039;s deadliest pathogens. Now acclaimed science writer Ed Regis takes us on a fascinating odyssey across the viral frontier, chronicling the CDC&amp;#039;s extraordinary fifty-year history against the backdrop of the 1995 Ebola outbreak - and exploding the media-driven myth of &amp;#039;the coming plague.&amp;#039; Starting from a small government agency founded for the purpose of eradicating malaria from the United States in the 1940s, the CDC has grown into a disease-fighting behemoth whose sphere of action is the entire planet. Virus Ground Zero shows how the CDC&amp;#039;s viral shock troops have helped remove one deadly virus from the face of the earth, are scheduled to do the same with another by the year 2000, and have similar lethal plans for a whole range of other microbes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83382">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83382</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Virus Ground Zero
Author: Ed Regis
Narrator: Rob McQuay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2010
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In a destitute hospital in the crowded African city of Kikwit, townspeople, nurses, and doctors are dying of a gruesome disease at the rate of more than a dozen a day. Zaire is on the brink of an explosive epidemic - but the outbreak is stopped when experts from the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) in Atlanta arrive in the city, reclaim the hospital, and interrupt the chain of virus transmission. With remarkable speed, the CDC&amp;#039;s virus detectives trace the outbreak back to its first human case, travel to the &amp;#039;viral ground zero&amp;#039; where the Ebola virus burst out of the jungle, and trap a vast collection of animals that potentially harbor the virus - including the rats overrunning their hotel rooms. It&amp;#039;s all in a day&amp;#039;s work for the CDC&amp;#039;s disease cowboys, who risk their lives daily at the bottom of nature to confront the world&amp;#039;s deadliest pathogens. Now acclaimed science writer Ed Regis takes us on a fascinating odyssey across the viral frontier, chronicling the CDC&amp;#039;s extraordinary fifty-year history against the backdrop of the 1995 Ebola outbreak - and exploding the media-driven myth of &amp;#039;the coming plague.&amp;#039; Starting from a small government agency founded for the purpose of eradicating malaria from the United States in the 1940s, the CDC has grown into a disease-fighting behemoth whose sphere of action is the entire planet. Virus Ground Zero shows how the CDC&amp;#039;s viral shock troops have helped remove one deadly virus from the face of the earth, are scheduled to do the same with another by the year 2000, and have similar lethal plans for a whole range of other microbes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks by Rebecca Skloot</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83379</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83379">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83379</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks
Author: Rebecca Skloot
Narrator: Bahni Turpin, Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2010
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 532 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.72 of Total 57
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “The story of modern medicine and bioethics—and, indeed, race relations—is refracted beautifully, and movingly.”—Entertainment Weekly NOW A MAJOR MOTION PICTURE FROM HBO® STARRING OPRAH WINFREY AND ROSE BYRNE • ONE OF THE “MOST INFLUENTIAL” (CNN), “DEFINING” (LITHUB), AND “BEST” (THE PHILADELPHIA INQUIRER) BOOKS OF THE DECADE • ONE OF ESSENCE’S 50 MOST IMPACTFUL BLACK BOOKS OF THE PAST 50 YEARS • WINNER OF THE CHICAGO TRIBUNE HEARTLAND PRIZE FOR NONFICTION NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY The New York Times Book Review • Entertainment Weekly • O: The Oprah Magazine • NPR • Financial Times • New York • Independent (U.K.) • Times (U.K.) • Publishers Weekly • Library Journal • Kirkus Reviews • Booklist • Globe and Mail Her name was Henrietta Lacks, but scientists know her as HeLa. She was a poor Southern tobacco farmer who worked the same land as her slave ancestors, yet her cells—taken without her knowledge—became one of the most important tools in medicine: The first “immortal” human cells grown in culture, which are still alive today, though she has been dead for more than sixty years. HeLa cells were vital for developing the polio vaccine; uncovered secrets of cancer, viruses, and the atom bomb’s effects; helped lead to important advances like in vitro fertilization, cloning, and gene mapping; and have been bought and sold by the billions.  Yet Henrietta Lacks remains virtually unknown, buried in an unmarked grave. Henrietta’s family did not learn of her “immortality” until more than twenty years after her death, when scientists investigating HeLa began using her husband and children in research without informed consent. And though the cells had launched a multimillion-dollar industry that sells human biological materials, her family never saw any of the profits. As Rebecca Skloot so brilliantly shows, the story of the Lacks family—past and present—is inextricably connected to the dark history of experimentation on African Americans, the birth of bioethics, and the legal battles over whether we control the stuff we are made of.  Over the decade it took to uncover this story, Rebecca became enmeshed in the lives of the Lacks family—especially Henrietta’s daughter Deborah. Deborah was consumed with questions: Had scientists cloned her mother? Had they killed her to harvest her cells? And if her mother was so important to medicine, why couldn’t her children afford health insurance?  Intimate in feeling, astonishing in scope, and impossible to put down, The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks captures the beauty and drama of scientific discovery, as well as its human consequences.</description>
      <author>Rebecca Skloot</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Feb 2010 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780307712516.mp3" length="2781028" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83379</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780307712516.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83379">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83379</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks
Author: Rebecca Skloot
Narrator: Bahni Turpin, Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2010
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 532 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.72 of Total 57
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “The story of modern medicine and bioethics—and, indeed, race relations—is refracted beautifully, and movingly.”—Entertainment Weekly NOW A MAJOR MOTION PICTURE FROM HBO® STARRING OPRAH WINFREY AND ROSE BYRNE • ONE OF THE “MOST INFLUENTIAL” (CNN), “DEFINING” (LITHUB), AND “BEST” (THE PHILADELPHIA INQUIRER) BOOKS OF THE DECADE • ONE OF ESSENCE’S 50 MOST IMPACTFUL BLACK BOOKS OF THE PAST 50 YEARS • WINNER OF THE CHICAGO TRIBUNE HEARTLAND PRIZE FOR NONFICTION NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY The New York Times Book Review • Entertainment Weekly • O: The Oprah Magazine • NPR • Financial Times • New York • Independent (U.K.) • Times (U.K.) • Publishers Weekly • Library Journal • Kirkus Reviews • Booklist • Globe and Mail Her name was Henrietta Lacks, but scientists know her as HeLa. She was a poor Southern tobacco farmer who worked the same land as her slave ancestors, yet her cells—taken without her knowledge—became one of the most important tools in medicine: The first “immortal” human cells grown in culture, which are still alive today, though she has been dead for more than sixty years. HeLa cells were vital for developing the polio vaccine; uncovered secrets of cancer, viruses, and the atom bomb’s effects; helped lead to important advances like in vitro fertilization, cloning, and gene mapping; and have been bought and sold by the billions.  Yet Henrietta Lacks remains virtually unknown, buried in an unmarked grave. Henrietta’s family did not learn of her “immortality” until more than twenty years after her death, when scientists investigating HeLa began using her husband and children in research without informed consent. And though the cells had launched a multimillion-dollar industry that sells human biological materials, her family never saw any of the profits. As Rebecca Skloot so brilliantly shows, the story of the Lacks family—past and present—is inextricably connected to the dark history of experimentation on African Americans, the birth of bioethics, and the legal battles over whether we control the stuff we are made of.  Over the decade it took to uncover this story, Rebecca became enmeshed in the lives of the Lacks family—especially Henrietta’s daughter Deborah. Deborah was consumed with questions: Had scientists cloned her mother? Had they killed her to harvest her cells? And if her mother was so important to medicine, why couldn’t her children afford health insurance?  Intimate in feeling, astonishing in scope, and impossible to put down, The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks captures the beauty and drama of scientific discovery, as well as its human consequences.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83379">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83379</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks
Author: Rebecca Skloot
Narrator: Bahni Turpin, Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2010
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 532 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.72 of Total 57
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “The story of modern medicine and bioethics—and, indeed, race relations—is refracted beautifully, and movingly.”—Entertainment Weekly NOW A MAJOR MOTION PICTURE FROM HBO® STARRING OPRAH WINFREY AND ROSE BYRNE • ONE OF THE “MOST INFLUENTIAL” (CNN), “DEFINING” (LITHUB), AND “BEST” (THE PHILADELPHIA INQUIRER) BOOKS OF THE DECADE • ONE OF ESSENCE’S 50 MOST IMPACTFUL BLACK BOOKS OF THE PAST 50 YEARS • WINNER OF THE CHICAGO TRIBUNE HEARTLAND PRIZE FOR NONFICTION NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY The New York Times Book Review • Entertainment Weekly • O: The Oprah Magazine • NPR • Financial Times • New York • Independent (U.K.) • Times (U.K.) • Publishers Weekly • Library Journal • Kirkus Reviews • Booklist • Globe and Mail Her name was Henrietta Lacks, but scientists know her as HeLa. She was a poor Southern tobacco farmer who worked the same land as her slave ancestors, yet her cells—taken without her knowledge—became one of the most important tools in medicine: The first “immortal” human cells grown in culture, which are still alive today, though she has been dead for more than sixty years. HeLa cells were vital for developing the polio vaccine; uncovered secrets of cancer, viruses, and the atom bomb’s effects; helped lead to important advances like in vitro fertilization, cloning, and gene mapping; and have been bought and sold by the billions.  Yet Henrietta Lacks remains virtually unknown, buried in an unmarked grave. Henrietta’s family did not learn of her “immortality” until more than twenty years after her death, when scientists investigating HeLa began using her husband and children in research without informed consent. And though the cells had launched a multimillion-dollar industry that sells human biological materials, her family never saw any of the profits. As Rebecca Skloot so brilliantly shows, the story of the Lacks family—past and present—is inextricably connected to the dark history of experimentation on African Americans, the birth of bioethics, and the legal battles over whether we control the stuff we are made of.  Over the decade it took to uncover this story, Rebecca became enmeshed in the lives of the Lacks family—especially Henrietta’s daughter Deborah. Deborah was consumed with questions: Had scientists cloned her mother? Had they killed her to harvest her cells? And if her mother was so important to medicine, why couldn’t her children afford health insurance?  Intimate in feeling, astonishing in scope, and impossible to put down, The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks captures the beauty and drama of scientific discovery, as well as its human consequences.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Male Brain: A Breakthrough Understanding of How Men and Boys Think by Louann Brizendine</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60952</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60952">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60952</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Male Brain: A Breakthrough Understanding of How Men and Boys Think
Author: Louann Brizendine
Narrator: Kimberly Farr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2010
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of the groundbreaking New York Times bestseller The Female Brain, here is the eagerly awaited follow-up book that demystifies the puzzling male brain. Dr. Louann Brizendine, the founder of the first clinic in the country to study gender differences in brain, behavior, and hormones, turns her attention to the male brain, showing how, through every phase of life, the &amp;#039;male reality&amp;#039; is fundamentally different from the female one. Exploring the latest breakthroughs in male psychology and neurology with her trademark accessibility and candor, she reveals that the male brain: -is a lean, mean, problem-solving machine. Faced with a personal problem, a man will use his analytical brain structures, not his emotional ones, to find a solution.  -thrives under competition, instinctively plays rough and is obsessed with rank and hierarchy.  -has an area for sexual pursuit that is 2.5 times larger than the female brain, consuming him with sexual fantasies about female body parts. -experiences such a massive increase in testosterone at puberty that he perceive others&amp;#039; faces to be more aggressive. The Male Brain finally overturns the stereotypes. Impeccably researched and at the cutting edge of scientific knowledge, this is a book that every man, and especially every woman bedeviled by a man, will need to own.</description>
      <author>Louann Brizendine</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Mar 2010 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780739384022.mp3" length="2709362" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60952</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780739384022.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60952">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60952</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Male Brain: A Breakthrough Understanding of How Men and Boys Think
Author: Louann Brizendine
Narrator: Kimberly Farr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2010
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of the groundbreaking New York Times bestseller The Female Brain, here is the eagerly awaited follow-up book that demystifies the puzzling male brain. Dr. Louann Brizendine, the founder of the first clinic in the country to study gender differences in brain, behavior, and hormones, turns her attention to the male brain, showing how, through every phase of life, the &amp;#039;male reality&amp;#039; is fundamentally different from the female one. Exploring the latest breakthroughs in male psychology and neurology with her trademark accessibility and candor, she reveals that the male brain: -is a lean, mean, problem-solving machine. Faced with a personal problem, a man will use his analytical brain structures, not his emotional ones, to find a solution.  -thrives under competition, instinctively plays rough and is obsessed with rank and hierarchy.  -has an area for sexual pursuit that is 2.5 times larger than the female brain, consuming him with sexual fantasies about female body parts. -experiences such a massive increase in testosterone at puberty that he perceive others&amp;#039; faces to be more aggressive. The Male Brain finally overturns the stereotypes. Impeccably researched and at the cutting edge of scientific knowledge, this is a book that every man, and especially every woman bedeviled by a man, will need to own.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60952">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60952</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Male Brain: A Breakthrough Understanding of How Men and Boys Think
Author: Louann Brizendine
Narrator: Kimberly Farr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2010
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of the groundbreaking New York Times bestseller The Female Brain, here is the eagerly awaited follow-up book that demystifies the puzzling male brain. Dr. Louann Brizendine, the founder of the first clinic in the country to study gender differences in brain, behavior, and hormones, turns her attention to the male brain, showing how, through every phase of life, the &amp;#039;male reality&amp;#039; is fundamentally different from the female one. Exploring the latest breakthroughs in male psychology and neurology with her trademark accessibility and candor, she reveals that the male brain: -is a lean, mean, problem-solving machine. Faced with a personal problem, a man will use his analytical brain structures, not his emotional ones, to find a solution.  -thrives under competition, instinctively plays rough and is obsessed with rank and hierarchy.  -has an area for sexual pursuit that is 2.5 times larger than the female brain, consuming him with sexual fantasies about female body parts. -experiences such a massive increase in testosterone at puberty that he perceive others&amp;#039; faces to be more aggressive. The Male Brain finally overturns the stereotypes. Impeccably researched and at the cutting edge of scientific knowledge, this is a book that every man, and especially every woman bedeviled by a man, will need to own.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Greatest Show on Earth: The Evidence for Evolution by Richard Dawkins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59573</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Greatest Show on Earth: The Evidence for Evolution
Author: Richard Dawkins
Narrator: Lalla Ward, Richard Dawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 37 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2009
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 44 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Richard Dawkins transformed our view of God in his blockbuster, The God Delusion, which sold millions of copies in English alone. He revolutionized the way we see natural selection in the seminal bestseller The Selfish Gene. Now, he launches a fierce counterattack against proponents of &amp;#039;Intelligent Design&amp;#039; in his New York Times bestseller, The Greatest Show on Earth. &amp;#039;Intelligent Design&amp;#039; is being taught in our schools; educators are being asked to &amp;#039;teach the controversy&amp;#039; behind evolutionary theory. There is no controversy. Dawkins sifts through rich layers of scientific evidence—from living examples of natural selection to clues in the fossil record; from natural clocks that mark the vast epochs wherein evolution ran its course to the intricacies of developing embryos; from plate tectonics to molecular genetics—to make the airtight case that &amp;#039;we find ourselves perched on one tiny twig in the midst of a blossoming and flourishing tree of life and it is no accident, but the direct consequence of evolution by non-random selection.&amp;#039; His unjaded passion for the natural world turns what might have been a negative argument, exposing the absurdities of the creationist position, into a positive offering to the reader: nothing less than a master’s vision of life, in all its splendor.</description>
      <author>Richard Dawkins</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2009 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780743579285.mp3" length="778976" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59573</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780743579285.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Greatest Show on Earth: The Evidence for Evolution
Author: Richard Dawkins
Narrator: Lalla Ward, Richard Dawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 37 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2009
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 44 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Richard Dawkins transformed our view of God in his blockbuster, The God Delusion, which sold millions of copies in English alone. He revolutionized the way we see natural selection in the seminal bestseller The Selfish Gene. Now, he launches a fierce counterattack against proponents of &amp;#039;Intelligent Design&amp;#039; in his New York Times bestseller, The Greatest Show on Earth. &amp;#039;Intelligent Design&amp;#039; is being taught in our schools; educators are being asked to &amp;#039;teach the controversy&amp;#039; behind evolutionary theory. There is no controversy. Dawkins sifts through rich layers of scientific evidence—from living examples of natural selection to clues in the fossil record; from natural clocks that mark the vast epochs wherein evolution ran its course to the intricacies of developing embryos; from plate tectonics to molecular genetics—to make the airtight case that &amp;#039;we find ourselves perched on one tiny twig in the midst of a blossoming and flourishing tree of life and it is no accident, but the direct consequence of evolution by non-random selection.&amp;#039; His unjaded passion for the natural world turns what might have been a negative argument, exposing the absurdities of the creationist position, into a positive offering to the reader: nothing less than a master’s vision of life, in all its splendor.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Greatest Show on Earth: The Evidence for Evolution
Author: Richard Dawkins
Narrator: Lalla Ward, Richard Dawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 37 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2009
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 44 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Richard Dawkins transformed our view of God in his blockbuster, The God Delusion, which sold millions of copies in English alone. He revolutionized the way we see natural selection in the seminal bestseller The Selfish Gene. Now, he launches a fierce counterattack against proponents of &amp;#039;Intelligent Design&amp;#039; in his New York Times bestseller, The Greatest Show on Earth. &amp;#039;Intelligent Design&amp;#039; is being taught in our schools; educators are being asked to &amp;#039;teach the controversy&amp;#039; behind evolutionary theory. There is no controversy. Dawkins sifts through rich layers of scientific evidence—from living examples of natural selection to clues in the fossil record; from natural clocks that mark the vast epochs wherein evolution ran its course to the intricacies of developing embryos; from plate tectonics to molecular genetics—to make the airtight case that &amp;#039;we find ourselves perched on one tiny twig in the midst of a blossoming and flourishing tree of life and it is no accident, but the direct consequence of evolution by non-random selection.&amp;#039; His unjaded passion for the natural world turns what might have been a negative argument, exposing the absurdities of the creationist position, into a positive offering to the reader: nothing less than a master’s vision of life, in all its splendor.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Biology, Second Edition by Eli C. Minkoff</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58532</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58532">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58532</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Biology, Second Edition
Series: Part of The Barron’s EZ-101 Study Keys Series
Author: Eli C. Minkoff
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2009
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 5
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Designed to be compatible with virtually every standard textbook in their subject field, Barron&amp;#039;s EZ-101 Study Keys give you a valuable overview of your college-level course. Classroom-style notes emphasize important facts, remind you what you need to remember for term papers and exams, and help guide you through the complexities of lectures and textbooks. Biology covers key topics, including the chemical basis of life, cells and tissues, bioenergetics, genetics, structure and function of body systems, ecology, evolution, and organic diversity. Outline Notes: –Themes, keys, formulas, and glossary of biology terms for your introductory college course –Cells, genetics, body systems, ecology, evolution, organic diversity, and much more –Study Keys will help guide you through classroom lectures, your textbook, papers, and tests in your college biology course</description>
      <author>Eli C. Minkoff</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2009 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481568159.mp3" length="817673" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58532</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481568159.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58532">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58532</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Biology, Second Edition
Series: Part of The Barron’s EZ-101 Study Keys Series
Author: Eli C. Minkoff
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2009
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 5
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Designed to be compatible with virtually every standard textbook in their subject field, Barron&amp;#039;s EZ-101 Study Keys give you a valuable overview of your college-level course. Classroom-style notes emphasize important facts, remind you what you need to remember for term papers and exams, and help guide you through the complexities of lectures and textbooks. Biology covers key topics, including the chemical basis of life, cells and tissues, bioenergetics, genetics, structure and function of body systems, ecology, evolution, and organic diversity. Outline Notes: –Themes, keys, formulas, and glossary of biology terms for your introductory college course –Cells, genetics, body systems, ecology, evolution, organic diversity, and much more –Study Keys will help guide you through classroom lectures, your textbook, papers, and tests in your college biology course</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58532">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58532</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Biology, Second Edition
Series: Part of The Barron’s EZ-101 Study Keys Series
Author: Eli C. Minkoff
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2009
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 5
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Designed to be compatible with virtually every standard textbook in their subject field, Barron&amp;#039;s EZ-101 Study Keys give you a valuable overview of your college-level course. Classroom-style notes emphasize important facts, remind you what you need to remember for term papers and exams, and help guide you through the complexities of lectures and textbooks. Biology covers key topics, including the chemical basis of life, cells and tissues, bioenergetics, genetics, structure and function of body systems, ecology, evolution, and organic diversity. Outline Notes: –Themes, keys, formulas, and glossary of biology terms for your introductory college course –Cells, genetics, body systems, ecology, evolution, organic diversity, and much more –Study Keys will help guide you through classroom lectures, your textbook, papers, and tests in your college biology course</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What&amp;#039;s Next: Dispatches on the Future of Science by Max Brockman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58269</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What&amp;#039;s Next: Dispatches on the Future of Science
Author: Max Brockman
Narrator: Kirsten Potter, Erik Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 16 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2009
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Will climate change force a massive human migration to the Northern Rim?  How does our sense of morality arise from the structure of the brain?  What does the latest research in language acquisition tells us about the role of culture in the way we think?  What does current neurological research tell us about the nature of time? This wide-ranging collection of never-before-published essays offers the very latest insights into the daunting scientific questions of our time. Its contributors—some of the most brilliant young scientists working today—provide not only an introduction to their cutting-edge research, but discuss the social, ethical, and philosophical ramifications of their work. With essays covering fields as diverse as astrophysics, paleoanthropology, climatology, and neuroscience, What&amp;#039;s Next? is a lucid and informed guide to the new frontiers of science.</description>
      <author>Max Brockman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2009 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780307577450.mp3" length="2837821" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58269</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780307577450.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What&amp;#039;s Next: Dispatches on the Future of Science
Author: Max Brockman
Narrator: Kirsten Potter, Erik Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 16 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2009
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Will climate change force a massive human migration to the Northern Rim?  How does our sense of morality arise from the structure of the brain?  What does the latest research in language acquisition tells us about the role of culture in the way we think?  What does current neurological research tell us about the nature of time? This wide-ranging collection of never-before-published essays offers the very latest insights into the daunting scientific questions of our time. Its contributors—some of the most brilliant young scientists working today—provide not only an introduction to their cutting-edge research, but discuss the social, ethical, and philosophical ramifications of their work. With essays covering fields as diverse as astrophysics, paleoanthropology, climatology, and neuroscience, What&amp;#039;s Next? is a lucid and informed guide to the new frontiers of science.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What&amp;#039;s Next: Dispatches on the Future of Science
Author: Max Brockman
Narrator: Kirsten Potter, Erik Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 16 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2009
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Will climate change force a massive human migration to the Northern Rim?  How does our sense of morality arise from the structure of the brain?  What does the latest research in language acquisition tells us about the role of culture in the way we think?  What does current neurological research tell us about the nature of time? This wide-ranging collection of never-before-published essays offers the very latest insights into the daunting scientific questions of our time. Its contributors—some of the most brilliant young scientists working today—provide not only an introduction to their cutting-edge research, but discuss the social, ethical, and philosophical ramifications of their work. With essays covering fields as diverse as astrophysics, paleoanthropology, climatology, and neuroscience, What&amp;#039;s Next? is a lucid and informed guide to the new frontiers of science.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Sex Works by Sharon Moalem</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55132</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55132">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55132</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Sex Works
Author: Sharon Moalem
Narrator: Oliver Wyman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 11 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2009
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Read this book and discover sex again, but from a scientific perspective, and see why it evolved. It’s almost as much fun, and needs less energy.”  — Peter Macinnis, author of 100 Discoveries: The Greatest Breakthroughs in History  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;How Sex Works manages to inject science writing with the prurient thrill of a gossip rag.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  —O magazine  Medical maverick and New York Times bestselling author of Survival of the Sickest Dr. Sharon Moalem presents an insightful and engaging voyage through the surprising history and evolution of sexual reproduction. Fans of Freakonomics, Blink, You: The Owner’s Manual, and Why Do Men Have Nipples will find many engaging insights in How Sex Works.</description>
      <author>Sharon Moalem</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2009 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780061768705.mp3" length="1486677" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55132</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780061768705.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55132">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55132</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Sex Works
Author: Sharon Moalem
Narrator: Oliver Wyman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 11 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2009
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Read this book and discover sex again, but from a scientific perspective, and see why it evolved. It’s almost as much fun, and needs less energy.”  — Peter Macinnis, author of 100 Discoveries: The Greatest Breakthroughs in History  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;How Sex Works manages to inject science writing with the prurient thrill of a gossip rag.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  —O magazine  Medical maverick and New York Times bestselling author of Survival of the Sickest Dr. Sharon Moalem presents an insightful and engaging voyage through the surprising history and evolution of sexual reproduction. Fans of Freakonomics, Blink, You: The Owner’s Manual, and Why Do Men Have Nipples will find many engaging insights in How Sex Works.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55132">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55132</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Sex Works
Author: Sharon Moalem
Narrator: Oliver Wyman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 11 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2009
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Read this book and discover sex again, but from a scientific perspective, and see why it evolved. It’s almost as much fun, and needs less energy.”  — Peter Macinnis, author of 100 Discoveries: The Greatest Breakthroughs in History  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;How Sex Works manages to inject science writing with the prurient thrill of a gossip rag.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  —O magazine  Medical maverick and New York Times bestselling author of Survival of the Sickest Dr. Sharon Moalem presents an insightful and engaging voyage through the surprising history and evolution of sexual reproduction. Fans of Freakonomics, Blink, You: The Owner’s Manual, and Why Do Men Have Nipples will find many engaging insights in How Sex Works.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why We Make Mistakes: How We Look Without Seeing, Forget Things in Seconds, and Are All Pretty Sure We Are Way Above Average by Joseph T. Hallinan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54653</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54653">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54653</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why We Make Mistakes: How We Look Without Seeing, Forget Things in Seconds, and Are All Pretty Sure We Are Way Above Average
Author: Joseph T. Hallinan
Narrator: Marc Cashman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 1 minute
Release date: February 17, 2009
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
We forget our passwords. We pay too much to go to the gym. We think we’d be happier if we lived in California (we wouldn’t), and we think we should stick with our first answer on tests (we shouldn’t). Why do we make mistakes? And could we do a little better? We human beings have design flaws. Our eyes play tricks on us, our stories change in the retelling, and most of us are fairly sure we’re way above average. In Why We Make Mistakes, journalist Joseph T. Hallinan sets out to explore the captivating science of human error—how we think, see, remember, and forget, and how this sets us up for wholly irresistible mistakes. In his quest to understand our imperfections, Hallinan delves into psychology, neuroscience, and economics, with forays into aviation, consumer behavior, geography, football, stock picking, and more. He discovers that some of the same qualities that make us efficient also make us error prone. We learn to move rapidly through the world, quickly recognizing patterns—but overlooking details. Which is why thirteen-year-old boys discover errors that NASA scientists miss—and why you can’t find the beer in your refrigerator.  Why We Make Mistakes is enlivened by real-life stories—of weathermen whose predictions are uncannily accurate and a witness who sent an innocent man to jail—and offers valuable advice, such as how to remember where you’ve hidden something important. You’ll learn why multitasking is a bad idea, why men make errors women don’t, and why most people think San Diego is west of Reno (it’s not). Why We Make Mistakes will open your eyes to the reasons behind your mistakes—and have you vowing to do better the next time.</description>
      <author>Joseph T. Hallinan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2009 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780739370599.mp3" length="2734187" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54653</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780739370599.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54653">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54653</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why We Make Mistakes: How We Look Without Seeing, Forget Things in Seconds, and Are All Pretty Sure We Are Way Above Average
Author: Joseph T. Hallinan
Narrator: Marc Cashman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 1 minute
Release date: February 17, 2009
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
We forget our passwords. We pay too much to go to the gym. We think we’d be happier if we lived in California (we wouldn’t), and we think we should stick with our first answer on tests (we shouldn’t). Why do we make mistakes? And could we do a little better? We human beings have design flaws. Our eyes play tricks on us, our stories change in the retelling, and most of us are fairly sure we’re way above average. In Why We Make Mistakes, journalist Joseph T. Hallinan sets out to explore the captivating science of human error—how we think, see, remember, and forget, and how this sets us up for wholly irresistible mistakes. In his quest to understand our imperfections, Hallinan delves into psychology, neuroscience, and economics, with forays into aviation, consumer behavior, geography, football, stock picking, and more. He discovers that some of the same qualities that make us efficient also make us error prone. We learn to move rapidly through the world, quickly recognizing patterns—but overlooking details. Which is why thirteen-year-old boys discover errors that NASA scientists miss—and why you can’t find the beer in your refrigerator.  Why We Make Mistakes is enlivened by real-life stories—of weathermen whose predictions are uncannily accurate and a witness who sent an innocent man to jail—and offers valuable advice, such as how to remember where you’ve hidden something important. You’ll learn why multitasking is a bad idea, why men make errors women don’t, and why most people think San Diego is west of Reno (it’s not). Why We Make Mistakes will open your eyes to the reasons behind your mistakes—and have you vowing to do better the next time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54653">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54653</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why We Make Mistakes: How We Look Without Seeing, Forget Things in Seconds, and Are All Pretty Sure We Are Way Above Average
Author: Joseph T. Hallinan
Narrator: Marc Cashman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 1 minute
Release date: February 17, 2009
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
We forget our passwords. We pay too much to go to the gym. We think we’d be happier if we lived in California (we wouldn’t), and we think we should stick with our first answer on tests (we shouldn’t). Why do we make mistakes? And could we do a little better? We human beings have design flaws. Our eyes play tricks on us, our stories change in the retelling, and most of us are fairly sure we’re way above average. In Why We Make Mistakes, journalist Joseph T. Hallinan sets out to explore the captivating science of human error—how we think, see, remember, and forget, and how this sets us up for wholly irresistible mistakes. In his quest to understand our imperfections, Hallinan delves into psychology, neuroscience, and economics, with forays into aviation, consumer behavior, geography, football, stock picking, and more. He discovers that some of the same qualities that make us efficient also make us error prone. We learn to move rapidly through the world, quickly recognizing patterns—but overlooking details. Which is why thirteen-year-old boys discover errors that NASA scientists miss—and why you can’t find the beer in your refrigerator.  Why We Make Mistakes is enlivened by real-life stories—of weathermen whose predictions are uncannily accurate and a witness who sent an innocent man to jail—and offers valuable advice, such as how to remember where you’ve hidden something important. You’ll learn why multitasking is a bad idea, why men make errors women don’t, and why most people think San Diego is west of Reno (it’s not). Why We Make Mistakes will open your eyes to the reasons behind your mistakes—and have you vowing to do better the next time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Embracing the Wide Sky: A Tour Across the Horizons of the Mind by Daniel Tammet</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54606</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54606">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54606</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Embracing the Wide Sky: A Tour Across the Horizons of the Mind
Author: Daniel Tammet
Narrator: Daniel Gerroll
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2009
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author of Born on a Blue Day...      Owner of &amp;#039;the most remarkable mind on the planet&amp;#039; (Entertainment Weekly), Daniel Tammet captivated audiences and won worldwide critical acclaim with his 2007 memoir Born on a Blue Day and its vivid depiction of a life with autistic savant syndrome. In his fascinating new work, he writes with characteristic clarity and personal awareness as he sheds light on the mysteries of savants&amp;#039; incredible mental abilities -- and our own.     Daniel Tammet explains that the differences between savant and nonsavant minds have been exaggerated; his astonishing capacities in memory, math and language are due to neither a cerebral supercomputer nor any genetic quirk, but are rather the results of a highly rich and complex associative form of thinking and imagination. Autistic thought, he argues, is an extreme variation of a kind that we all do, from daydreaming to the use of puns and metaphors.     Embracing the Wide Sky combines meticulous scientific research with Tammet&amp;#039;s detailed descriptions of how his mind works to demonstrate the immense potential within us all. It is a unique and brilliantly imaginative portrait of how we think, learn, remember, and create, brimming with personal insights and anecdotes and with explanations of the most up-to-date, mind-bending discoveries from fields ranging from neuroscience to psychology and linguistics. This is a profound and provocative work that will transform our understanding and respect for every kind of mind.</description>
      <author>Daniel Tammet</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jan 2009 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780743572453.mp3" length="864193" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54606</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780743572453.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54606">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54606</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Embracing the Wide Sky: A Tour Across the Horizons of the Mind
Author: Daniel Tammet
Narrator: Daniel Gerroll
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2009
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author of Born on a Blue Day...      Owner of &amp;#039;the most remarkable mind on the planet&amp;#039; (Entertainment Weekly), Daniel Tammet captivated audiences and won worldwide critical acclaim with his 2007 memoir Born on a Blue Day and its vivid depiction of a life with autistic savant syndrome. In his fascinating new work, he writes with characteristic clarity and personal awareness as he sheds light on the mysteries of savants&amp;#039; incredible mental abilities -- and our own.     Daniel Tammet explains that the differences between savant and nonsavant minds have been exaggerated; his astonishing capacities in memory, math and language are due to neither a cerebral supercomputer nor any genetic quirk, but are rather the results of a highly rich and complex associative form of thinking and imagination. Autistic thought, he argues, is an extreme variation of a kind that we all do, from daydreaming to the use of puns and metaphors.     Embracing the Wide Sky combines meticulous scientific research with Tammet&amp;#039;s detailed descriptions of how his mind works to demonstrate the immense potential within us all. It is a unique and brilliantly imaginative portrait of how we think, learn, remember, and create, brimming with personal insights and anecdotes and with explanations of the most up-to-date, mind-bending discoveries from fields ranging from neuroscience to psychology and linguistics. This is a profound and provocative work that will transform our understanding and respect for every kind of mind.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54606">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54606</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Embracing the Wide Sky: A Tour Across the Horizons of the Mind
Author: Daniel Tammet
Narrator: Daniel Gerroll
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2009
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author of Born on a Blue Day...      Owner of &amp;#039;the most remarkable mind on the planet&amp;#039; (Entertainment Weekly), Daniel Tammet captivated audiences and won worldwide critical acclaim with his 2007 memoir Born on a Blue Day and its vivid depiction of a life with autistic savant syndrome. In his fascinating new work, he writes with characteristic clarity and personal awareness as he sheds light on the mysteries of savants&amp;#039; incredible mental abilities -- and our own.     Daniel Tammet explains that the differences between savant and nonsavant minds have been exaggerated; his astonishing capacities in memory, math and language are due to neither a cerebral supercomputer nor any genetic quirk, but are rather the results of a highly rich and complex associative form of thinking and imagination. Autistic thought, he argues, is an extreme variation of a kind that we all do, from daydreaming to the use of puns and metaphors.     Embracing the Wide Sky combines meticulous scientific research with Tammet&amp;#039;s detailed descriptions of how his mind works to demonstrate the immense potential within us all. It is a unique and brilliantly imaginative portrait of how we think, learn, remember, and create, brimming with personal insights and anecdotes and with explanations of the most up-to-date, mind-bending discoveries from fields ranging from neuroscience to psychology and linguistics. This is a profound and provocative work that will transform our understanding and respect for every kind of mind.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Panic in Level 4: Cannibals, Killer Viruses, and Other Journeys to the Edge of Science by Richard Preston</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52608</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52608">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52608</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Panic in Level 4: Cannibals, Killer Viruses, and Other Journeys to the Edge of Science
Author: Richard Preston
Narrator: James Lurie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 27, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Bizarre illnesses and plagues that kill people in the most unspeakable ways. Obsessive  and inspired efforts by scientists to solve mysteries and save lives. From The Hot  Zone to The Demon in the Freezer and beyond, Richard Preston’s bestselling works  have mesmerized readers everywhere by showing them strange worlds of nature they  never dreamed of.  Panic in Level 4 is a grand tour through the eerie and unforgettable  universe of Richard Preston, filled with incredible characters and mysteries that  refuse to leave one’s mind. Here are dramatic true stories from this acclaimed and  award-winning author, including:  • The phenomenon of “self-cannibals,” who suffer  from a rare genetic condition caused by one wrong letter in their DNA that forces  them to compulsively chew their own flesh–and why everyone may have a touch of this  disease.  • The search for the unknown host of Ebola virus, an organism hidden somewhere  in African rain forests, where the disease finds its way into the human species,  causing outbreaks of unparalleled horror.  • The brilliant Russian brothers–“one mathematician  divided between two bodies”–who built a supercomputer in their apartment from mail-order  parts in an attempt to find hidden order in the number pi (π).  In fascinating, intimate,  and exhilarating detail, Richard Preston portrays the frightening forces and constructive  discoveries that are currently roiling and reordering our world, once again proving  himself a master of the nonfiction narrative and, as noted in The Washington Post,  “a science writer with an uncommon gift for turning complex biology into riveting  page-turners.”</description>
      <author>Richard Preston</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 May 2008 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780739328903.mp3" length="2992949" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52608</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780739328903.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52608">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52608</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Panic in Level 4: Cannibals, Killer Viruses, and Other Journeys to the Edge of Science
Author: Richard Preston
Narrator: James Lurie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 27, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Bizarre illnesses and plagues that kill people in the most unspeakable ways. Obsessive  and inspired efforts by scientists to solve mysteries and save lives. From The Hot  Zone to The Demon in the Freezer and beyond, Richard Preston’s bestselling works  have mesmerized readers everywhere by showing them strange worlds of nature they  never dreamed of.  Panic in Level 4 is a grand tour through the eerie and unforgettable  universe of Richard Preston, filled with incredible characters and mysteries that  refuse to leave one’s mind. Here are dramatic true stories from this acclaimed and  award-winning author, including:  • The phenomenon of “self-cannibals,” who suffer  from a rare genetic condition caused by one wrong letter in their DNA that forces  them to compulsively chew their own flesh–and why everyone may have a touch of this  disease.  • The search for the unknown host of Ebola virus, an organism hidden somewhere  in African rain forests, where the disease finds its way into the human species,  causing outbreaks of unparalleled horror.  • The brilliant Russian brothers–“one mathematician  divided between two bodies”–who built a supercomputer in their apartment from mail-order  parts in an attempt to find hidden order in the number pi (π).  In fascinating, intimate,  and exhilarating detail, Richard Preston portrays the frightening forces and constructive  discoveries that are currently roiling and reordering our world, once again proving  himself a master of the nonfiction narrative and, as noted in The Washington Post,  “a science writer with an uncommon gift for turning complex biology into riveting  page-turners.”</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52608">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52608</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Panic in Level 4: Cannibals, Killer Viruses, and Other Journeys to the Edge of Science
Author: Richard Preston
Narrator: James Lurie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 27, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Bizarre illnesses and plagues that kill people in the most unspeakable ways. Obsessive  and inspired efforts by scientists to solve mysteries and save lives. From The Hot  Zone to The Demon in the Freezer and beyond, Richard Preston’s bestselling works  have mesmerized readers everywhere by showing them strange worlds of nature they  never dreamed of.  Panic in Level 4 is a grand tour through the eerie and unforgettable  universe of Richard Preston, filled with incredible characters and mysteries that  refuse to leave one’s mind. Here are dramatic true stories from this acclaimed and  award-winning author, including:  • The phenomenon of “self-cannibals,” who suffer  from a rare genetic condition caused by one wrong letter in their DNA that forces  them to compulsively chew their own flesh–and why everyone may have a touch of this  disease.  • The search for the unknown host of Ebola virus, an organism hidden somewhere  in African rain forests, where the disease finds its way into the human species,  causing outbreaks of unparalleled horror.  • The brilliant Russian brothers–“one mathematician  divided between two bodies”–who built a supercomputer in their apartment from mail-order  parts in an attempt to find hidden order in the number pi (π).  In fascinating, intimate,  and exhilarating detail, Richard Preston portrays the frightening forces and constructive  discoveries that are currently roiling and reordering our world, once again proving  himself a master of the nonfiction narrative and, as noted in The Washington Post,  “a science writer with an uncommon gift for turning complex biology into riveting  page-turners.”</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Your Inner Fish: A Journey into the 3.5-Billion-Year History of the Human Body by Neil Shubin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52384</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52384">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52384</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Inner Fish: A Journey into the 3.5-Billion-Year History of the Human Body
Author: Neil Shubin
Narrator: Marc Cashman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 59 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.69 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.14 of Total 7
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Why do we look the way we do? What does the human hand have in common with the wing of a fly? Are breasts, sweat glands, and scales connected in some way? To better understand the inner workings of our bodies and to trace the origins of many of today’s most common diseases, we have to turn to unexpected sources: worms, flies, and even fish. Neil Shubin, a leading paleontologist and professor of anatomy who discovered Tiktaalik–the “missing link” that made headlines around the world in April 2006–tells the story of evolution by tracing the organs of the human body back millions of years, long before the first creatures walked the earth. By examining fossils and DNA, Shubin shows us that our hands actually resemble fish fins, our head is organized like that of a long-extinct jawless fish, and major parts of our genome look and function like those of worms and bacteria. Shubin makes us see ourselves and our world in a completely new light. YOUR INNER FISH is science writing at its finest–enlightening, accessible, and told with irresistible enthusiasm.</description>
      <author>Neil Shubin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Jan 2008 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780739366295.mp3" length="2244714" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52384</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780739366295.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52384">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52384</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Inner Fish: A Journey into the 3.5-Billion-Year History of the Human Body
Author: Neil Shubin
Narrator: Marc Cashman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 59 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.69 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.14 of Total 7
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Why do we look the way we do? What does the human hand have in common with the wing of a fly? Are breasts, sweat glands, and scales connected in some way? To better understand the inner workings of our bodies and to trace the origins of many of today’s most common diseases, we have to turn to unexpected sources: worms, flies, and even fish. Neil Shubin, a leading paleontologist and professor of anatomy who discovered Tiktaalik–the “missing link” that made headlines around the world in April 2006–tells the story of evolution by tracing the organs of the human body back millions of years, long before the first creatures walked the earth. By examining fossils and DNA, Shubin shows us that our hands actually resemble fish fins, our head is organized like that of a long-extinct jawless fish, and major parts of our genome look and function like those of worms and bacteria. Shubin makes us see ourselves and our world in a completely new light. YOUR INNER FISH is science writing at its finest–enlightening, accessible, and told with irresistible enthusiasm.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52384">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52384</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Inner Fish: A Journey into the 3.5-Billion-Year History of the Human Body
Author: Neil Shubin
Narrator: Marc Cashman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 59 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.69 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.14 of Total 7
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Why do we look the way we do? What does the human hand have in common with the wing of a fly? Are breasts, sweat glands, and scales connected in some way? To better understand the inner workings of our bodies and to trace the origins of many of today’s most common diseases, we have to turn to unexpected sources: worms, flies, and even fish. Neil Shubin, a leading paleontologist and professor of anatomy who discovered Tiktaalik–the “missing link” that made headlines around the world in April 2006–tells the story of evolution by tracing the organs of the human body back millions of years, long before the first creatures walked the earth. By examining fossils and DNA, Shubin shows us that our hands actually resemble fish fins, our head is organized like that of a long-extinct jawless fish, and major parts of our genome look and function like those of worms and bacteria. Shubin makes us see ourselves and our world in a completely new light. YOUR INNER FISH is science writing at its finest–enlightening, accessible, and told with irresistible enthusiasm.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Female Brain by Louann Brizendine</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52217</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52217">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52217</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Female Brain
Author: Louann Brizendine
Narrator: Louann Brizendine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 2 minutes
Release date: August  7, 2007
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 26 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Since Dr. Brizendine wrote The Female Brain ten years ago, the response has been overwhelming. This New York Times bestseller has been translated into more than thirty languages, has sold nearly a million copies between editions, and has most recently inspired a romantic comedy starring Whitney Cummings and Sofia Vergara. And its profound scientific understanding of the nature and experience of the female brain continues to guide women as they pass through life stages, to help men better understand the girls and women in their lives, and to illuminate the delicate emotional machinery of a love relationship. Every brain begins as a female brain. It only becomes male eight weeks after conception, when excess testosterone shrinks the communications center, reduces the hearing cortex, and makes the part of the brain that processes sex twice as large.  Louann Brizendine, M.D. is a pioneering neuropsychiatrist who brings together the latest findings to show how the unique structure of the female brain determines how women think, what they value, how they communicate, and whom they’ll love. Brizendine reveals the neurological explanations behind why  • A woman remembers fights that a man insists never happened  • A teen girl is so obsessed with her looks and talking on the phone • Thoughts about sex enter a woman’s brain once every couple of days but enter a man’s brain about once every minute  • A woman knows what people are feeling, while a man can’t spot an emotion unless somebody cries or threatens bodily harm • A woman over 50 is more likely to initiate divorce than a man Women will come away from this book knowing that they have a lean, mean communicating machine. Men will develop a serious case of brain envy.</description>
      <author>Louann Brizendine</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Aug 2007 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780739357538.mp3" length="2985549" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52217</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780739357538.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52217">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52217</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Female Brain
Author: Louann Brizendine
Narrator: Louann Brizendine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 2 minutes
Release date: August  7, 2007
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 26 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Since Dr. Brizendine wrote The Female Brain ten years ago, the response has been overwhelming. This New York Times bestseller has been translated into more than thirty languages, has sold nearly a million copies between editions, and has most recently inspired a romantic comedy starring Whitney Cummings and Sofia Vergara. And its profound scientific understanding of the nature and experience of the female brain continues to guide women as they pass through life stages, to help men better understand the girls and women in their lives, and to illuminate the delicate emotional machinery of a love relationship. Every brain begins as a female brain. It only becomes male eight weeks after conception, when excess testosterone shrinks the communications center, reduces the hearing cortex, and makes the part of the brain that processes sex twice as large.  Louann Brizendine, M.D. is a pioneering neuropsychiatrist who brings together the latest findings to show how the unique structure of the female brain determines how women think, what they value, how they communicate, and whom they’ll love. Brizendine reveals the neurological explanations behind why  • A woman remembers fights that a man insists never happened  • A teen girl is so obsessed with her looks and talking on the phone • Thoughts about sex enter a woman’s brain once every couple of days but enter a man’s brain about once every minute  • A woman knows what people are feeling, while a man can’t spot an emotion unless somebody cries or threatens bodily harm • A woman over 50 is more likely to initiate divorce than a man Women will come away from this book knowing that they have a lean, mean communicating machine. Men will develop a serious case of brain envy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52217">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52217</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Female Brain
Author: Louann Brizendine
Narrator: Louann Brizendine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 2 minutes
Release date: August  7, 2007
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 26 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Since Dr. Brizendine wrote The Female Brain ten years ago, the response has been overwhelming. This New York Times bestseller has been translated into more than thirty languages, has sold nearly a million copies between editions, and has most recently inspired a romantic comedy starring Whitney Cummings and Sofia Vergara. And its profound scientific understanding of the nature and experience of the female brain continues to guide women as they pass through life stages, to help men better understand the girls and women in their lives, and to illuminate the delicate emotional machinery of a love relationship. Every brain begins as a female brain. It only becomes male eight weeks after conception, when excess testosterone shrinks the communications center, reduces the hearing cortex, and makes the part of the brain that processes sex twice as large.  Louann Brizendine, M.D. is a pioneering neuropsychiatrist who brings together the latest findings to show how the unique structure of the female brain determines how women think, what they value, how they communicate, and whom they’ll love. Brizendine reveals the neurological explanations behind why  • A woman remembers fights that a man insists never happened  • A teen girl is so obsessed with her looks and talking on the phone • Thoughts about sex enter a woman’s brain once every couple of days but enter a man’s brain about once every minute  • A woman knows what people are feeling, while a man can’t spot an emotion unless somebody cries or threatens bodily harm • A woman over 50 is more likely to initiate divorce than a man Women will come away from this book knowing that they have a lean, mean communicating machine. Men will develop a serious case of brain envy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Geese Don&amp;#039;t Get Obese (and We Do): How Evolution&amp;#039;s Strategies for Survival Affect Our Everyday Lives by Eric P. Widmaier</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/50927</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/50927">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/50927</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Geese Don&amp;#039;t Get Obese (and We Do): How Evolution&amp;#039;s Strategies for Survival Affect Our Everyday Lives
Author: Eric P. Widmaier
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 48 minutes
Release date: January  1, 1999
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagine being able to consume 250,000 calories daily without gaining weight. If you had the metabolism of a shrew you could. And while most of us can&amp;#039;t hold our breath for more than a few minutes, the Weddell seal can remain underwater for a full 75 minutes! Learn how humans and other creatures have evolved to gauge their need for food, water and oxygen; regulate body temperature and respond to stressful situations.</description>
      <author>Eric P. Widmaier</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Jan 1999 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781885408280_DIG.mp3" length="859221" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/50927</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781885408280_DIG.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/50927">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/50927</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Geese Don&amp;#039;t Get Obese (and We Do): How Evolution&amp;#039;s Strategies for Survival Affect Our Everyday Lives
Author: Eric P. Widmaier
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 48 minutes
Release date: January  1, 1999
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagine being able to consume 250,000 calories daily without gaining weight. If you had the metabolism of a shrew you could. And while most of us can&amp;#039;t hold our breath for more than a few minutes, the Weddell seal can remain underwater for a full 75 minutes! Learn how humans and other creatures have evolved to gauge their need for food, water and oxygen; regulate body temperature and respond to stressful situations.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/50927">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/50927</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Geese Don&amp;#039;t Get Obese (and We Do): How Evolution&amp;#039;s Strategies for Survival Affect Our Everyday Lives
Author: Eric P. Widmaier
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 48 minutes
Release date: January  1, 1999
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagine being able to consume 250,000 calories daily without gaining weight. If you had the metabolism of a shrew you could. And while most of us can&amp;#039;t hold our breath for more than a few minutes, the Weddell seal can remain underwater for a full 75 minutes! Learn how humans and other creatures have evolved to gauge their need for food, water and oxygen; regulate body temperature and respond to stressful situations.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The End of Faith by Sam Harris</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/50347</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/50347">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/50347</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The End of Faith
Author: Sam Harris
Narrator: Brian Emerson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2007
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.71 of Total 7
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An impassioned plea for reason in a world divided by faith. This important and timely work delivers a startling analysis of the clash of faith and reason in today&amp;#039;s world. Harris offers a vivid historical tour of mankind&amp;#039;s willingness to suspend reason in favor of religious beliefs, even when those beliefs are used to justify harmful behavior and sometimes heinous crimes. He asserts that in the shadow of weapons of mass destruction, the world can no longer tolerate views that pit one true god against another. Most controversially, he argues that we cannot afford moderate lip service to religion -- an accommodation that only blinds us to the real perils of fundamentalism. While warning against the encroachment of organized religion into world politics, Harris also draws on new evidence from neuroscience and insights from philosophy to explore spirituality as a biological, brain-based need. He calls on us to invoke that need in taking a secular humanistic approach to solving the problems of this world.</description>
      <author>Sam Harris</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Dec 2007 08:01:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780743572682.mp3" length="739001" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/50347</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780743572682.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/50347">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/50347</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The End of Faith
Author: Sam Harris
Narrator: Brian Emerson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2007
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.71 of Total 7
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An impassioned plea for reason in a world divided by faith. This important and timely work delivers a startling analysis of the clash of faith and reason in today&amp;#039;s world. Harris offers a vivid historical tour of mankind&amp;#039;s willingness to suspend reason in favor of religious beliefs, even when those beliefs are used to justify harmful behavior and sometimes heinous crimes. He asserts that in the shadow of weapons of mass destruction, the world can no longer tolerate views that pit one true god against another. Most controversially, he argues that we cannot afford moderate lip service to religion -- an accommodation that only blinds us to the real perils of fundamentalism. While warning against the encroachment of organized religion into world politics, Harris also draws on new evidence from neuroscience and insights from philosophy to explore spirituality as a biological, brain-based need. He calls on us to invoke that need in taking a secular humanistic approach to solving the problems of this world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/50347">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/50347</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The End of Faith
Author: Sam Harris
Narrator: Brian Emerson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2007
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.71 of Total 7
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An impassioned plea for reason in a world divided by faith. This important and timely work delivers a startling analysis of the clash of faith and reason in today&amp;#039;s world. Harris offers a vivid historical tour of mankind&amp;#039;s willingness to suspend reason in favor of religious beliefs, even when those beliefs are used to justify harmful behavior and sometimes heinous crimes. He asserts that in the shadow of weapons of mass destruction, the world can no longer tolerate views that pit one true god against another. Most controversially, he argues that we cannot afford moderate lip service to religion -- an accommodation that only blinds us to the real perils of fundamentalism. While warning against the encroachment of organized religion into world politics, Harris also draws on new evidence from neuroscience and insights from philosophy to explore spirituality as a biological, brain-based need. He calls on us to invoke that need in taking a secular humanistic approach to solving the problems of this world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
